2010 tuscan

OOWWNNEERR''SS MMAANNUUAALL

TUCSON

OperationMaintenanceSpecifications All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication.However, Hyundai reserves the right to make changes at any time so thatour policy of continual product improvement may be carried out.

This manual applies to all Hyundai models and includes descriptions andexplanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, you mayfind material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehicle.

F2

Your Hyundai should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect the per-formance, safety or durability of your Hyundai and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limitedwarranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations estab-lished by the U.S. Department of Transportation and other federal or state agencies.

Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components. It is possiblefor an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronicsystems. For this reason, we recommend that you carefully follow the radio manufacturer's instruc-tions or consult your Hyundai dealer for precautionary measures or special instructions if you chooseto install one of these devices.

CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI

TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATION

F3

This manual includes information titled as WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE.

These titles indicate the following:

✽✽ NOTICEThis indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided.

SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING

WARNING This indicates that a condition may result in harm, serious injury or death to you or otherpersons if the warning is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the warning.

CAUTIONThis indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipment if thecaution is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the caution.

F4

FOREWORD

Thank you for choosing Hyundai. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discriminating people who driveHyundais. The advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each Hyundai we build is something of which we're veryproud.

Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new Hyundai. It is suggested that you read it care-fully because the information it contains can contribute greatly to the satisfaction you receive from your new car.

The manufacturer also recommends that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by an authorized Hyundai dealer.Hyundai dealers are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance and any other assistance that may be required.

HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA

Note : Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the man-ual in the vehicle for their use. Thank you.

Copyright 2009 Hyundai Motor America. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in any retrievalsystem or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of Hyundai Motor America.

CAUTIONSevere engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that do not meet Hyundaispecifications.You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 8-4 in theVehicle Specifications section of the Owner's Manual.

F5

Guide to Hyundai Genuine Parts1. What are Hyundai Genuine Parts?

Hyundai Genuine Parts are the sameparts used by Hyundai MotorCompany to manufacture vehicles.They are designed and tested for theoptimum safety, performance, and reli-ability to our customers.

2.Why should you use genuine parts?Hyundai Genuine Parts are engi-neered and built to meet rigid manu-facturing requirements. Using imita-tion, counterfeit or used salvage partsis not covered under the Hyundai NewVehicle Limited Warranty or any otherHyundai warranty.

In addition, any damage to or failure ofHyundai Genuine Parts caused by theinstallation or failure of an imitation,counterfeit or used salvage part is notcovered by any Hyundai Warranty.

3. How can you tell if you are purchas-ing Hyundai Genuine Parts? Look for the Hyundai Genuine PartsLogo on the package (see below).

Hyundai Genuine Parts exported toare packaged with labels written onlyin English.

Hyundai Genuine Parts are only soldthrough authorized Hyundai Dealerships.

A100A01L A100A02L A100A04L

A100A03L

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

I

Introduction

Your vehicle at a glance

Safety features of your vehicle

Features of your vehicle

Driving your vehicle

What to do in an emergency

Maintenance

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

Index

table of contents

Please consult your Owner's Handbook & Warranty Information booklet for your vehicle's spe-cific warranty coverage.

The maintenance requirements for your new Hyundai are found in Section 7. As the owner, it is yourresponsibility to see that all maintenance operations specified by the manufacturer are carried out atthe appropriate intervals. When the vehicle is used in severe driving conditions, more frequent main-tenance is required for some operations. Maintenance requirements for severe operating conditionsare also included in Section 7.

WARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAI VEHICLE

RESPONSIBILITY FOR MAINTENANCE

This Owner's Manual should be considered a part of the car and remain with it when it is sold for the use of the next owner.

OWNER'S INFORMATION

ORIGINAL OWNER _____________________________________________________

ADDRESS

CITY _________________ STATE ___________ ZIP CODE _____________________

DELIVERY DATE

(Date Sold to Original Retail Purchaser)

DEALER NAME _______________ DEALER NO. _____________________________

ADDRESS ____________________________________________________________

CITY _________________ STATE ___________ ZIP CODE _____________________

1How to use this manual / 1-2Fuel requirements / 1-3Vehicle handling instructions / 1-5Vehicle break-in process / 1-5Vehicle data collection and event data recorders / 1-6Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster / 1-7

Introduction

Introduction

21

We want to help you get the greatestpossible driving pleasure from your vehi-cle. Your Owner’s Manual can assist youin many ways. We strongly recommendthat you read the entire manual. In orderto minimize the chance of death or injury,you must read the WARNING and CAU-TION sections in the manual.Illustrations complement the words in thismanual to best explain how to enjoy yourvehicle. By reading your manual, you willlearn about features, important safetyinformation, and driving tips under vari-ous road conditions.

The general layout of the manual is pro-vided in the Table of Contents. A goodplace to start is the index; it has an alpha-betical listing of all information in yourmanual.Sections: This manual has eight sectionsplus an index. Each section begins with abrief list of contents so you can tell at aglance if that section has the informationyou want.

You will find various WARNINGs,CAUTIONs, and NOTICEs in this manu-al. These WARNINGs were prepared toenhance your personal safety.You shouldcarefully read and follow ALL proceduresand recommendations provided in theseWARNINGS, CAUTIONS and NOTICES.

✽✽ NOTICEA NOTICE indicates interesting or help-ful information is being provided.

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

WARNING A WARNING indicates a situation inwhich harm, serious bodily injury ordeath could result if the warning isignored.

CAUTIONA CAUTION indicates a situation inwhich damage to your vehicle couldresult if the caution is ignored.

1 3

Introduction

Your new vehicle is designed to use onlyunleaded fuel having a pump octanenumber ((R+M)/2) of 87 or higher.

Your new vehicle is designed to obtainmaximum performance with UNLEADEDFUEL, as well as minimize exhaust emis-sions and spark plug fouling.

Gasoline containing alcohol andmethanolGasohol, a mixture of gasoline andethanol (also known as grain alcohol),and gasoline or gasohol containingmethanol (also known as wood alcohol)are being marketed along with or insteadof leaded or unleaded gasoline.Do not use gasohol containing more than10% ethanol, and do not use gasoline orgasohol containing any methanol. Eitherof these fuels may cause drivability prob-lems and damage to the fuel system.Discontinue using gasohol of any kind ifdrivability problems occur.Vehicle damage or drivability problemsmay not be covered by the manufactur-er’s warranty if they result from the useof:1. Gasohol containing more than 10%

ethanol.2. Gasoline or gasohol containing

methanol.3. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.

FUEL REQUIREMENTS

CAUTIONNever add any fuel system cleaningagents to the fuel tank other thanwhat has been specified. (Consultan authorized HYUNDAI dealer fordetails.)

WARNING• Do not "top off" after the nozzle

automatically shuts off whenrefueling.

• Tighten the cap until it clicks, oth-erwise the Check Engine light will illuminate.

• Always check that the fuel cap isinstalled securely to prevent fuelspillage in the event of an acci-dent.

Introduction

41

"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com-prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 per-cent gasoline, and is manufacturedexclusively for use in Flexible FuelVehicles. “E85” is not compatible withyour vehicle. Use of “E85” may result inpoor engine performance and damage toyour vehicle's engine and fuel system.HYUNDAI recommends that customersdo not use fuel with an ethanol contentexceeding 10 percent.

Use of MTBEHYUNDAI recommends avoiding fuelscontaining MTBE (Methyl Tertiary ButylEther) over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content2.7% weight) in your vehicle.Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0% vol.(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) mayreduce vehicle performance and producevapor lock or hard starting.

Do not use methanolFuels containing methanol (wood alco-hol) should not be used in your vehicle.This type of fuel can reduce vehicle per-formance and damage components ofthe fuel system.

Gasolines for cleaner airTo help contribute to cleaner air,HYUNDAI recommends that you usegasolines treated with detergent addi-tives, which help prevent deposit forma-tion in the engine. These gasolines willhelp the engine run cleaner and enhanceperformance of the Emission ControlSystem.

Operation in foreign countriesIf you are going to drive your vehicle inanother country, be sure to:• Observe all regulations regarding reg-

istration and insurance.• Determine that acceptable fuel is avail-

able.

CAUTIONYour New Vehicle Limited Warrantymay not cover damage to the fuelsystem and any performance prob-lems that are caused by the use offuels containing methanol or fuelscontaining MTBE (Methyl TertiaryButyl Ether) over 15.0% vol.(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight.)

CAUTIONNever use gasohol which containsmethanol. Discontinue use of anygasohol product which impairs dri-vability.

CAUTIONYour New Vehicle Limited Warrantydoes not cover damage to the fuelsystem or any performance prob-lems caused by the use of “E85” fuel.

1 5

Introduction

As with other vehicles of this type, failureto operate this vehicle correctly mayresult in loss of control, an accident orvehicle rollover.Specific design characteristics (higherground clearance, track, etc.) give thisvehicle a higher center of gravity thanother types of vehicles. In other wordsthey are not designed for cornering at thesame speeds as conventional 2-wheeldrive vehicles. Avoid sharp turns orabrupt maneuvers. Again, failure to oper-ate this vehicle correctly may result inloss of control, an accident or vehiclerollover. Be sure to read the “Reducingthe risk of a rollover” driving guide-lines, in section 5 of this manual.

No special break-in period is needed.By following a few simple precautionsfor the first 600 miles (1,000 km) youmay add to the performance, economyand life of your vehicle.• Do not race the engine.• While driving, keep your engine speed

(rpm, or revolutions per minute)between 2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm.

• Do not maintain a single speed for longperiods of time, either fast or slow.Varying engine speed is needed toproperly break-in the engine.

• Avoid hard stops, except in emergen-cies, to allow the brakes to seat prop-erly.

• Don't let the engine idle longer than 3minutes at one time.

• Don't tow a trailer during the first 1,200miles (2,000 km) of operation.

VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESSVEHICLE HANDLINGINSTRUCTIONS

Introduction

61

This vehicle is equipped with an eventdata recorder (EDR). The main pur-pose of an EDR is to record, in certaincrash or near crash-like situations,such as an air bag deployment or hit-ting a road obstacle, data that willassist in understanding how a vehi-cle's systems performed. The EDR isdesigned to record data related tovehicle dynamics and safety systemsfor a short period of time, typically 30seconds or less. The EDR in this vehi-cle is designed to record such dataas:* How various systems in your vehicle

were operating:* Whether or not the driver and pas-

senger safety belts were buckled/fastened;

* How far (if at all) the driver wasdepressing the accelerator and/orbrake pedal; and,

* How fast the vehicle was traveling.

These data can help provide a betterunderstanding of the circumstancesin which crashes and injuries occur.NOTE: EDR data are recorded by yourvehicle only if a nontrivial crash situa-tion occurs; no data are recorded bythe EDR under normal driving condi-tions and no personal data (e.g.,name, gender, age, and crash loca-tion) are recorded. However, otherparties, such as law enforcement,could combine the EDR data with thetype of personally identifying dataroutinely acquired during a crashinvestigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR, spe-cial equipment is required, andaccess to the vehicle or the EDR isneeded.In addition to the vehicle manufacture,other parties, such as law enforce-ment, that have the special equip-ment, can read the information if theyhave access to the vehicle or the EDR.

VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS

1 7

Introduction

INDICATOR SYMBOLS ON THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

❈ For more detailed explanations, refer to “Instrument cluster” in section 4.

Seat belt warning light

Tailgate open warning light

High beam indicator

Light on indicator

Turn signal indicator

Front fog light indicator*

ABS warning light

Parking brake & Brake fluidwarning light

Engine oil pressure warning light

AWD system warning light*

AWD LOCK indicator*

Malfunction indicator

Air bag warning light

Low fuel level warning light

DBC indicator*

Charging system warning light

Door ajar warning light

* : if equipped

ESC indicator*

ESC OFF indicator*

Low tire pressure telltale

ECO indicator*

Shift pattern indicator*

Manual transaxle shift indicator*

Engine coolant temperaturewarning light

Electric power steering (EPS)system warning light

Cruise indicator*

Cruise SET indicator*

2Interior overview / 2-2

Instrument panel overview / 2-3

Engine compartment / 2-4



22

INTERIOR OVERVIEW

1. Door lock/unlock button ....................4-10

2. Power window switches ....................4-15

3. Central door lock switch....................4-10

4. Power window lock button ................4-18

5. Outside rearview mirror control switch ................................................4-32

6. Fuel filler lid release lever .................4-21

7. Instrument panel illumination controlswitch ................................................4-34

8. AWD LOCK button* ..........................5-18

9. DBC button* .....................................5-33

10. ESC OFF button*............................5-30

11. Fuse box .........................................7-51

12. Steering wheel ................................4-28

13. Steering wheel tilt control ...............4-28

14. Seat...................................................3-2

15. Hood release lever..........................4-19

16. Parking brake pedal*.......................5-25

17. Brake pedal.....................................5-24

18. Accelerator pedal..............................5-6

* : if equipped

OLM019001N

2 3


INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

1. Light control / Turn signals..................4-502. Steering wheel audio controls*...........4-903. Bluetooth phone controls* ................4-111 4. Instrument cluster ...............................4-335. Horn....................................................4-296. Driver’s front air bag ...........................3-497. Wiper/Washer .....................................4-548. Auto cruise controls*...........................5-369. Ignition switch ......................................5-510. Digital clock and Audio*....................4-8611. Hazard warning flasher switch ...4-49/6-212. PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator

..........................................................3-4413. Climate control system*............4-62/4-7114. Seat warmer*....................................3-1015. Cigar lighter*.....................................4-8316. Aux, USB and iPod port* ..................4-9117. Power outlet ......................................4-8518. Ashtray* ............................................4-8319. Cup holder ........................................4-8420. Center console box...........................4-8121. Shift lever..........................................5-1022. Passenger’s front air bag..................3-4923. Air vent..............................................4-6524. Glove box..........................................4-81* : if equipped

OLM019002N


42

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

1. Engine coolant reservoir ...................7-22

2. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-21

3. Brake/Clutch* fluid reservoir .............7-25

4. Air cleaner.........................................7-28

5. Fuse box ...........................................7-52

6. Negative battery terminal..................7-34

7. Positive battery terminal ...................7-34

8. Radiator cap .....................................7-24

9. Engine oil dipstick .............................7-21

10. Windshield washer fluid reservoir ...7-26

* : if equipped

OLM079001

* The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

3

Seats / 3-2

Seat belts / 3-16

Child restraint system / 3-30

Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system / 3-38



23

Front seat(1) Forward and backward(2) Seatback angle(3) Seat cushion height (Driver’s seat)*(4) Lumbar support (Driver’s seat)*(5) Seat warmer*(6) Headrest

Rear seat(7) Seatback folding(8) Headrest(9) Armrest(10) Seat warmer*

*: if equipped

SEATS

OLM039001

Manual seat

Power seat

3 3


WARNING - Driver’s seat• Never attempt to adjust the seat

while the vehicle is moving. Thiscould result in loss of control,and an accident causing death,serious injury, or property dam-age.

• Do not allow anything to interferewith the normal position of theseatback. Storing items against aseatback or in any other wayinterfering with proper locking ofa seatback could result in seriousor fatal injury in a sudden stop orcollision.

• Always drive and ride with yourseatback upright and the lap por-tion of the seat belt snug and lowacross the hips. This is the bestposition to protect you in case ofan accident.

• In order to avoid unnecessaryand perhaps severe air baginjuries, always sit as far back aspossible from the steering wheelwhile maintaining comfortablecontrol of the vehicle. We recom-mend that your chest be at least10 inches (250 mm) away fromthe steering wheel.

WARNING - Uprightingseat

When you return the seatback to itsupright position, hold the seatbackand return it slowly and be surethere are no other occupantsaround the seat. If the seatback isreturned without being held andcontrolled, the back of the seatcould spring forward resulting inaccidental injury to a person struckby the seatback.

WARNING - Loose objectsLoose objects in the driver’s footarea could interfere with the opera-tion of the foot pedals, possiblycausing an accident. Do not placeanything under the front seats.

WARNING - Driver respon-sibility for passengers

Riding in a vehicle with the seat-back reclined could lead to seriousor fatal injury in an accident. If aseat is reclined during an accident,the occupant’s hips may slideunder the lap portion of the seatbelt applying great force to theunprotected abdomen. Serious orfatal internal injuries could result.The driver must advise the passen-ger to keep the seatback in anupright position whenever the vehi-cle is in motion.


43

(Continued)• When resetting the seatback to

the upright position, make sure itis securely latched by pushing itforward and backwards.

• To avoid the possibility of burns,do not remove the carpet in thecargo area. Emission controldevices beneath this floor gener-ate high temperatures.

WARNING - Rear seatbacks• The rear seatback must be

securely latched. If not, passen-gers and objects could be thrownforward resulting in seriousinjury or death in the event of asudden stop or collision.

• Luggage and other cargo shouldbe laid flat in the cargo area. Ifobjects are large, heavy, or mustbe piled, they must be secured.Under no circumstances shouldcargo be piled higher than theseatbacks. Failure to follow thesewarnings could result in seriousinjury or death in the event of asudden stop, collision or rollover.

• No passenger should ride in thecargo area or sit or lie on foldedseatbacks while the vehicle ismoving. All passengers must beproperly seated in seats andrestrained properly while riding.

(Continued)

WARNINGAfter adjusting the seat, alwayscheck that it is securely locked intoplace by attempting to move theseat forward or backward withoutusing the lock release lever.Sudden or unexpected movementof the driver's seat could cause youto lose control of the vehicle result-ing in an accident.

3 5


Front seat adjustment - manualForward and backwardTo move the seat forward or backward:1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever

under the front edge of the seat cush-ion up and hold it.

2. Slide the seat to the position youdesire.

3. Release the lever and make sure theseat is locked in place.

Adjust the seat before driving, and makesure the seat is locked securely by tryingto move forward and backward withoutusing the lever. If the seat moves, it is notlocked properly.

Seatback angleTo recline the seatback:1. Lean forward slightly and lift up on the

seatback recline lever located on theoutside of the seat at the rear.

2. Carefully lean back on the seat andadjust the seatback of the seat to theposition you desire.

3. Release the lever and make sure theseatback is locked in place. (The leverMUST return to its original position forthe seatback to lock.)

Seat cushion height (for driver’s seat)To change the height of the seat cushion,push the lever that is located on the out-side of the seat cushion upwards ordownwards.• To lower the seat cushion, push the

lever down several times.• To raise the seat cushion, pull the lever

up several times.

OLM039004OLM039003OLM039002


63

Front seat adjustment - power (if equipped)The front seat can be adjusted by usingthe control knob located on the outside ofthe seat cushion. Before driving, adjustthe seat to the proper position so as toeasily control the steering wheel, pedalsand switches on the instrument panel.

Forward and backwardPush the control knob forward or back-ward to move the seat to the desiredposition. Release the knob once the seatreaches the desired position.

OLM039006

CAUTION• The power seat is driven by an

electric motor. Stop operatingonce the adjustment is complet-ed. Excessive operation maydamage the electrical equipment.

• When in operation, the powerseat consumes a large amount ofelectrical power. To preventunnecessary charging systemdrain, don’t adjust the power seatlonger than necessary while theengine is not running.

• Do not operate two or more powerseat control knobs at the sametime. Doing so may result inpower seat motor or electricalcomponent malfunction.

WARNINGThe power seat is operable with theignition OFF.Therefore, children should never beleft unattended in the car.

3 7


Seatback anglePush the control knob forward or back-ward to move the seatback to the desiredangle. Release the knob once the seatreaches the desired position.

Seat cushion height (for driver’s seat)Pull the control knob up to raise or downto lower the seat cushion. Release theknob once the seat reaches the desiredposition.

Lumbar support (for driver’s seat)The lumbar support can be adjusted bypressing the button.

OLM039007 OLM039008 OLM039009


83

HeadrestThe driver's and front passenger's seatsare equipped with a headrest for theoccupant's safety and comfort.The headrest not only provides comfortfor the driver and front passenger, butalso helps to protect the head and neckin the event of a collision.

Forward and backward adjustment

The headrest may be adjusted forward to3 different positions by pulling the head-rest forward to the desired detent. Toadjust the headrest to it’s furthest back-wards position, pull it fully forward to thefarthest position and release it. Adjust theheadrest so that it properly supports thehead and neck.

OLM039303N

WARNING • For maximum effectiveness in

case of an accident, the headrestshould be adjusted so the middleof the headrest is at the sameheight of the center of gravity ofan occupant's head. Generally,the center of gravity of most peo-ple's head is similar with theheight of the top of their eyes.Also, adjust the headrest as closeto your head as possible. For thisreason, the use of a cushion thatholds the body away from theseatback is not recommended.

• Do not operate the vehicle withthe headrests removed as severeinjury to the occupants mayoccur in the event of an accident.Headrests may provide protec-tion against neck injuries whenproperly adjusted.

• Do not adjust the headrest posi-tion of the driver's seat while thevehicle is in motion.

OLM039010

3 9


Adjusting the height up and down

To raise the headrest, pull it up to thedesired position (1). To lower the head-rest, push and hold the release button (2)on the headrest support and lower theheadrest to the desired position (3).

Removal

To remove the headrest, raise it as far asit can go then press the release button (1)while pulling upward (2).To reinstall the headrest, put the head-rest poles (3) into the holes while press-ing the release button (1). Then adjust itto the appropriate height.

Active headrest (if equipped)

The active headrest is designed to moveforward and upward during a rear impact.This helps to prevent the driver's andfront passenger’s heads from movingbackward and thus helps minimize neckinjuries.

OLM039011 OLM039012 HNF2041-1

WARNINGMake sure the headrest locks inposition after adjusting it to proper-ly protects the occupants.


103

Seat warmer (if equipped)The seat warmer is provided to warm thefront seats during cold weather. With theignition switch in the ON position, pusheither of the switches to warm the driver'sseat or the front passenger's seat.During mild weather or under conditionswhere the operation of the seat warmeris not needed, keep the switches in theOFF position.

• Each time you push the button, thetemperature setting of the seat ischanged as follows :

• The seat warmer defaults to the OFFposition whenever the ignition switch isturned on.

✽✽ NOTICEWith the seat warmer switch in the ONposition, the heating system in the seatturns off or on automatically dependingon the seat temperature.

CAUTION• When cleaning the seats, do not

use an organic solvent such asthinner, benzene, alcohol andgasoline. Doing so may damagethe surface of the heater or seats.

• To prevent overheating the seatwarmer, do not place blankets,cushions or seat covers on theseats while the seat warmer is inoperation.

• Do not place heavy or sharpobjects on seats equipped withseat warmers. Damage to the seatwarming components could occur.

OFF → HIGH ( ) → LOW ( )

→

OLM039013

3 11


Seatback pocketThe seatback pocket is provided on theback of the front passenger’s and driver’sseatbacks.

WARNING - Seatbackpockets

Do not put heavy or sharp objectsin the seatback pockets. In an acci-dent they could come loose fromthe pocket and injure vehicle occu-pants.

OLM039015

WARNINGFor proper operation of the occu-pant classification system:• Do not place any items cumula-

tively weighing over 2.2 lbs (1 kg)in the seatback pocket or on theseat.

• Do not hang onto the front pas-senger seat.

WARNING - Seat warmerburns

Passengers should use extremecaution when using seat warmersdue to the possibility of excessheating or burns. The occupantsmust be able to feel if the seat isbecoming too warm and to turn theseat warmer off. In particular, thedriver must exercise extreme carefor the following types of passen-gers:1. Infants, children, elderly or dis-

abled persons, or hospital outpa-tients

2. Persons with sensitive skin orthose that burn easily

3. Fatigued individuals4. Intoxicated individuals5. Individuals taking medication

that can cause drowsiness orsleepiness (sleeping pills, coldtablets, etc.)


123

Rear seat adjustmentHeadrestThe rear seat(s) is equipped with head-rests in all the seating positions for theoccupant's safety and comfort.The headrest not only provides comfortfor passengers, but also helps to protectthe head and neck in the event of a colli-sion.

Adjusting the height up and down

To raise the headrest, pull it up to thedesired position (1). To lower the head-rest, push and hold the release button (2)on the headrest support and lower theheadrest to the desired position (3).

WARNING• For maximum effectiveness in

case of an accident, the headrestshould be adjusted so the middleof the headrest is at the sameheight of the center of gravity ofan occupant's head. Generally,the center of gravity of most peo-ple's head is similar with theheight of the top of their eyes.Also, adjust the headrest as closeto your head as possible. For thisreason, the use of a cushion thatholds the body away from theseatback is not recommended.

• Do not operate the vehicle withthe headrests removed as severeinjury to an occupant may occurin the event of an accident.Headrests may provide protec-tion against severe neck injurieswhen properly adjusted.

OLM039304N OLM039017

3 13


Removal

To remove the headrest, raise it as far asit can go then press the release button(1) while pulling upward (2).To reinstall the headrest, put the head-rest poles (3) into the holes while press-ing the release button (1). Then adjust itto the appropriate height.

Armrest To use the armrest, pull it forward fromthe seatback.

Folding the rear seatThe rear seatbacks may be folded tofacilitate carrying long items or toincrease the luggage capacity of thevehicle.

OLM039018 OLM039019

WARNINGMake sure the headrest locks inposition after adjusting it to proper-ly protect the occupants.

WARNING The purpose of the fold-down rearseatbacks is to allow you to carrylonger objects that could not beaccommodated in the cargo area.Never allow passengers to sit ontop of the folded down seatbackwhile the car is moving as this isnot a proper seating position andno seat belts are available for use.This could result in serious injuryor death in case of an accident orsudden stop. Objects carried on thefolded down seatback should notextend higher than the top of thefront seatbacks. Doing this couldallow cargo to slide forward andcause injury or damage during sud-den stops.


143

To fold down the rear seatback:1. Insert the rear seat belt buckle in the

pocket between the rear seatback andcushion, and insert the rear seat beltwebbing in the guide to prevent theseat belt from being damaged.

2. Set the front seatback to the uprightposition and if necessary, slide thefront seat forward.

3.Lower the rear headrests to the lowestposition.

4.Pull on the seatback folding lever, thenfold the seat toward the front of thevehicle. When you return the seatbackto its upright position, always be sure ithas locked into position by pushing onthe top of the seatback.

5. To use the rear seat, lift and pull theseatback backward. Pull the seatbackfirmly until it clicks into place. Makesure the seatback is locked in place.

6. Return the rear seat belt to the properposition.

OLM039021 OLM039022

3 15


WARNING When you return the rear seatbackto its upright position after beingfolded down:Be careful not to damage the seatbelt webbing or buckle. Do notallow the seat belt webbing orbuckle to get caught or pinched inthe rear seat. Ensure that the seat-back is completely locked into itsupright position by pushing on thetop of the seatback. Otherwise, inan accident or sudden stop, theseat could fold down and allowcargo to enter the passenger com-partment, which could result inserious injury or death.

CAUTION - Rear seat beltsWhen returning the rear seatbacks tothe upright position, remember toreturn the rear shoulder belts to theirproper position. Routing the seat beltwebbing through the rear seat beltguides will help keep the belts frombeing trapped behind or under theseats.

CAUTION - Damaging rearseat belt buckles

When you fold the rear seatback,insert the buckle in the pocketbetween the rear seatback andcushion. Doing so can prevent thebuckle from being damaged by therear seatback.

WARNING - CargoCargo should always be secured toprevent it from being thrown aboutthe vehicle in a collision and caus-ing injury to the vehicle occupants.Do not place objects in the rearseats, since they cannot be proper-ly secured and may hit the frontseat occupants in a collision.

WARNING - Cargo loadingMake sure the engine is off, theautomatic transaxle is in P (Park)and the parking brake is securelyapplied whenever loading orunloading cargo. Failure to takethese steps may allow the vehicleto move if the shift lever is inadver-tently moved to another position.


163

(Continued)Care should be taken to avoid con-tamination of the webbing with pol-ishes, oils and chemicals, and par-ticularly battery acid. Cleaning maysafely be carried out using mildsoap and water. The belt should bereplaced if webbing becomesfrayed, contaminated or damaged.It is essential to replace the entireassembly after it has been worn ina severe impact even if damage tothe assembly is not obvious. Beltsshould not be worn with strapstwisted. Each belt assembly mustonly be used by one occupant; it isdangerous to put a belt around achild being carried on the occu-pant's lap.

Seat belt restraint system

SEAT BELTS

WARNING• For maximum restraint system

protection, the seat belts mustalways be used whenever the caris moving.

• Seat belts are most effectivewhen seatbacks are in theupright position.

• Children age 12 and under mustalways be properly restrained inthe rear seat. Never allow chil-dren to ride in the front passen-ger seat. If a child over 12 mustbe seated in the front seat, he/shemust be properly belted and theseat should be moved as far backas possible.

• Never wear the shoulder beltunder your arm or behind yourback. An improperly positionedshoulder belt can cause seriousinjuries in a crash. The shoulderbelt should be positioned midwayover your shoulder across yourcollarbone.

(Continued)

WARNINGSeat belts are designed to bearupon the bony structure of thebody, and should be worn lowacross the front of the pelvis or thepelvis, chest and shoulders, asapplicable; wearing the lap sectionof the belt across the abdominalarea must be avoided.Seat belts should be adjusted asfirmly as possible, consistent withcomfort, to provide the protectionfor which they have been designed.A slack belt will greatly reduce theprotection afforded to the wearer.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Avoid wearing twisted seat belts.

A twisted belt can't do its job aswell. In a collision, it could evencut into you. Be sure the beltwebbing is straight and not twist-ed.

• Be careful not to damage the beltwebbing or hardware. If the beltwebbing or hardware is dam-aged, replace it.

3 17


Seat belt warningAs a reminder to the driver, the seat beltwarning light will blink for approximately6 seconds each time you turn the ignitionswitch ON regardless of belt fastening.If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition switch is turned on, theseat belt warning light and the seat beltwarning chime will operate for approxi-mately 6 seconds. But if it is fastenedwithin the 6 seconds, the warning lightwill blink till the 6 seconds and the warn-ing chime will turn off immediately.

If the driver's seat belt is disconnectedafter the ignition switch is turned to theON position, the seat belt warning lightwill operate for approximately 6 seconds.But if it is fastened within the 6 seconds,the warning light will turn off immediately.If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the vehicle speed exceeds 6 mph(10 km/h), the seat belt warning light andchime will operate for approximately 11times with a pattern of 6 seconds on and24 seconds off until the belt is fastenedor the vehicle speed decreases below 3mph (5 km/h).

WARNINGNo modifications or additionsshould be made by the user whichwill either prevent the seat beltadjusting devices from operating toremove slack, or prevent the seatbelt assembly from being adjustedto remove slack.

1GQA2083


183

Seat belt - Driver's 3-point systemwith emergency locking retractorTo fasten your seat belt:

To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of theretractor and insert the metal tab (1) intothe buckle (2). There will be an audible"click" when the tab locks into the buckle.The seat belt automatically adjusts to theproper length only after the lap belt por-tion is adjusted manually so that it fitssnugly around your hips. If you lean for-ward in a slow, easy motion, the belt willextend and let you move around. If thereis a sudden stop or impact, however, thebelt will lock into position. It will also lockif you try to lean forward too quickly.

✽✽ NOTICEIf you are not able to pull out the safetybelt from the retractor, firmly pull thebelt out and release it. Then you will beable to pull the belt out smoothly.

Height adjustment

You can adjust the height of the shoulderbelt anchor to one of 4 positions for max-imum comfort and safety.The height of the adjusting seat beltshould not be too near your neck. Theshoulder portion should be adjusted sothat it lies across your chest and midwayover your shoulder nearest the door andnot your neck.To adjust the height of the seat beltanchor, lower or raise the height adjusterinto an appropriate position.

B180A01NF-1 OLM039026

Front seat

3 19


To raise the height adjuster, pull it up (1).To lower it, push it down (3) while press-ing the height adjuster button (2).Release the button to lock the anchorinto position. Try sliding the heightadjuster to make sure that it has lockedinto position.

Seat belts - Front passenger and rearseat 3-point system with combinationlocking retractorTo fasten your seat belt:

Combination retractor type seat belts areinstalled in the rear seat positions to helpaccommodate the installation of childrestraint systems. Although a combina-tion retractor is also installed in the frontpassenger seat position, it is stronglyrecommended that children always beseated in the rear seat. NEVER placeany infant restraint system in the frontseat of the vehicle.This type of seat belt combines the fea-tures of both an emergency lockingretractor seat belt and an automatic lock-ing retractor seat belt. To fasten your seatbelt, pull it out of the retractor and insertthe metal tab into the buckle. There willbe an audible "click" when the tab locksinto the buckle. When not securing achild restraint, the seat belt operates inthe same way as the driver's seat belt(Emergency Locking Retractor Type). Itautomatically adjusts to the proper lengthonly after the lap belt portion of the seatbelt is adjusted manually so that it fitssnugly around your hips.

B200A02NF

WARNING• Verify the shoulder belt anchor is

locked into position at the appro-priate height. Never position theshoulder belt across your neck orface. Improperly positioned seatbelts can cause serious injuriesin an accident.

• Failure to replace seat belts afteran accident could leave you withdamaged seat belts that will notprovide protection in the event ofanother collision leading to per-sonal injury or death. Replaceyour seat belts after being in anaccident as soon as possible.

WARNINGYou should place the lap belt por-tion as low as possible and snuglyacross your hips, not on your waist.If the lap belt is located too high onyour waist, it may increase thechance of injury in the event of acollision. Both arms should not beunder or over the belt. Rather, oneshould be over and the other under,as shown in the illustration.Never wear the seat belt under thearm nearest the door.


203

When the seat belt is fully extended fromthe retractor to allow the installation of achild restraint system, the seat belt oper-ation changes to allow the belt to retract,but not to extend (Automatic LockingRetractor Type). Refer to “Using a childrestraint system” in this section.

✽✽ NOTICEAlthough the combination retractorprovides the same level of protection forseated passengers in either emergencyor automatic locking modes, it is recom-mended that seated passengers use theemergency locking feature for improvedconvenience. The automatic lockingfunction is intended to facilitate childrestraint installation. To convert fromthe automatic locking feature to theemergency locking operation mode,allow the unbuckled seat belt to fullyretract.

To release the seat belt:

The seat belt is released by pressing therelease button (1) in the locking buckle.When it is released, the belt should auto-matically draw back into the retractor.If this does not happen, check the belt tobe sure it is not twisted, then try again.

CAUTIONDo NOT fold down the left portion ofthe second row seat back when thesecond row center seat belt is buck-led. ALWAYS UNBUCKLE the sec-ond row center seat belt beforefolding down the left portion of thesecond row seat back. If the secondrow center seat belt is buckledwhen the left portion of the secondrow seat back is folded down, dis-tortion and damage to the top por-tion of the seat back and seat beltgarnish may result, causing theseat back to lock into the foldeddown position.

B210A01NF-1

3 21


3 Point rear center belt To fasten the rear center belt

1. Extract the tongue plate from the holeon the belt assembly cover and slowlypull the tongue plates out from theretractor.

2. Insert the tongue plate (A) into theopen end of the buckle (C) until anaudible “click" is heard, indicating thelatch is locked. Make sure the belt isnot twisted.

3. Pull the tongue plate (B) and insert thetongue plate (B) into the open end ofthe buckle (D) until an audible “click” isheard, indicating the latch is locked.Make sure the belt is not twisted.

1KMB3441 OLM039056N 1KMB3443

CAUTION - Cargo Be sure that the cargo is securelyloaded in the rear cargo area. Doingnot so may damage the rear centersafety belt in sudden stop or certaincollisions.

CAUTIONWhen using the rear center seatbelt, the buckle with the “CENTER”mark must be used.


223

There will be an audible “click” when thetab locks in the buckle. The seat beltautomatically adjusts to the proper lengthonly after the lap belt is adjusted manu-ally so that it fits snugly around your hips,if you lean forward in a slow, easymotion, the belt will extend and let youmove around. If there is a sudden stop orimpact, the belt will lock into position. Itwill also lock if you try to lean forward tooquickly.

To unfasten the rear center belt 1.Press the release button on the buckle

(D) and remove the tongue plate (B)from the buckle (D).

2.To retract the rear center seatbelt,insert a key or similar small rigid deviceinto the web release hole (C). Pull upon the seat belt web (A) and allow thewebbing to retract automatically.

OLM039057NWARNINGWhen using the rear seat centerbelt, you must lock all tongueplates and buckles. If any tongueplate or buckle is not locked, it willincrease the chance of injury in theevent of collision.

(C)(C)

(A)(A)

3 23


3. Insert the tongue plate (A) into the holeon the belt assembly cover.

Stowing the rear seat belt • The rear seat belt buckles can be

stowed in the pocket between the rearseatback and cushion when not in use.

• Routing the seat belt webbing throughthe rear seat belt guides will help keepthe belts from being trapped behind orunder the seats.

1KMB3453 OLM039029L OLM039031

CAUTIONWhen using the seat belt, use itafter taking it out of the guides.If you pull the seat belt when it isstored in the guides, it may damagethe guides and/or belt webbing.


243

Pre-tensioner seat belt Your vehicle is equipped with driver's andfront passenger's pre-tensioner seatbelts. The purpose of the pre-tensioner isto make sure that the seat belts fit tightlyagainst the occupant's body in certainfrontal collisions (or side collisions orrollovers). The pre-tensioner seat beltsmay be activated in crashes where thefrontal collision (or side collision orrollover) is severe enough.

When the vehicle stops suddenly, or ifthe occupant tries to lean forward tooquickly, the seat belt retractor will lockinto position. In certain frontal collisions(or side collisions or rollovers), the pre-tensioner will activate and pull the seatbelt into tighter contact against the occu-pant's body.If the system senses excessive seat belttension on the driver or passenger's seatbelt when the pre-tensioner activates, theload limiter inside the pre-tensioner willrelease some of the pressure on theaffected seat belt.

✽✽ NOTICEThe pre-tensioner will activate not onlyin a frontal collision but also in a sidecollision or rollover, if the vehicle isequipped with a side or curtain air bag.

The seat belt pre-tensioner system con-sists mainly of the following components.Their locations are shown in the illustra-tion:1. SRS air bag warning light2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly3. SRS control module

OED030300 1LDE3100

3 25


✽✽ NOTICE• Both the driver's and front passen-

ger's pre-tensioner seat belts may beactivated in certain frontal collisions(or side collisions or rollovers).The pre-tensioners will not be activat-ed if the seat belts are not being wornat the time of the collision.

• When the pre-tensioner seat belts areactivated, a loud noise may be heardand fine dust, which may appear to besmoke, may be visible in the passengercompartment. These are normal oper-ating conditions and are not haz-ardous.

• Although it is harmless, the fine dustmay cause skin irritation and shouldnot be breathed for prolonged peri-ods. Wash all exposed skin areas thor-oughly after an accident in which thepre-tensioner seat belts were activat-ed.

✽✽ NOTICEBecause the sensor that activates theSRS air bag is connected with the pre-tensioner seat belt, the SRS air bagwarning light ( ) on the instrumentpanel will illuminate for approximately6 seconds after the ignition switch hasbeen turned to the ON position, andthen it should turn off.

WARNINGTo obtain maximum benefit from apre-tensioner seat belt:1. The seat belt must be worn cor-

rectly and adjusted to the properposition. Please read and followall of the important informationand precautions about your vehi-cle’s occupant safety features –including seat belts and air bags– that are provided in this manu-al.

2. Be sure you and your passen-gers always wear seat belts prop-erly.

CAUTIONIf the pre-tensioner seat belt is notworking properly, this warning lightwill illuminate even if there is nomalfunction of the SRS air bag. Ifthe SRS air bag warning light doesnot illuminate when the ignitionswitch is turned ON, or if it remainsilluminated after illuminating forapproximately 6 seconds, or if itilluminates while the vehicle isbeing driven, please have anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer inspectthe pre-tensioner seat belt and SRSair bag system as soon as possible.


263

Seat belt precautions(Continued)• Improper handling of the pre-ten-

sioner seat belt assemblies, andfailure to heed the warnings notto strike, modify, inspect, replace,service or repair the pre-tensionerseat belt assemblies may lead toimproper operation or inadvertentactivation and serious injury.

• Always wear the seat belts whendriving or riding in a motor vehi-cle.

• If the vehicle or pre-tensioner seatbelt must be discarded, contactan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNINGAll occupants of the vehicle mustwear their seat belts at all times.Seat belts and child restraintsreduce the risk of serious or fatalinjuries for all occupants in theevent of a collision or sudden stop.Without a seat belt, occupantscould be shifted too close to adeploying air bag, strike the interiorstructure or be thrown from thevehicle. Properly worn seat beltsgreatly reduce these hazards.Even with advanced air bags,unbelted occupants can be severe-ly injured by a deploying air bag.Always follow the precautionsabout seat belts, air bags and occu-pant seating contained in this man-ual.

WARNING• Pre-tensioners are designed to

operate only one time. After acti-vation, pre-tensioner seat beltsmust be replaced. All seat belts,of any type, should always bereplaced after they have beenworn during a collision.

• The pre-tensioner seat beltassembly mechanisms becomehot during activation. Do nottouch the pre-tensioner seat beltassemblies for several minutesafter they have been activated.

• Do not attempt to inspect orreplace the pre-tensioner seatbelts yourself. This must be doneby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Do not strike the pre-tensionerseat belt assemblies.

• Do not attempt to service orrepair the pre-tensioner seat beltsystem in any manner.

(Continued)

3 27


Infant or small childAll 50 states have child restraint laws.Youshould be aware of the specific require-ments in your state. Child and/or infantseats must be properly placed andinstalled in the rear seat. For more infor-mation about the use of these restraints,refer to “Child restraint system” in thissection.

✽✽ NOTICESmall children are best protected frominjury in an accident when properlyrestrained in the rear seat by a childrestraint system that meets the require-ments of the Federal Motor VehicleSafety Standards. Before buying anychild restraint system, make sure that ithas a label certifying that it meetsFederal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard213. The restraint must be appropriatefor your child's height and weight.Check the label on the child restraint forthis information. Refer to “Childrestraint system” in this section.

Larger childrenChildren who are too large for childrestraint systems should always occupythe rear seat and use the availablelap/shoulder belts. The lap portion shouldbe fastened and snugged on the hipsand as low as possible. Check if the beltfits periodically. A child's squirming couldput the belt out of position. Children aregiven the most safety in the event of anaccident when they are restrained by aproper restraint system in the rear seat. Ifa larger child (over age 12) must be seat-ed in the front seat, the child should besecurely restrained by the availablelap/shoulder belt and the seat should beplaced in the rearmost position. Childrenage 12 and under should be restrainedsecurely in the rear seat. NEVER place achild age 12 and under in the front seat.NEVER place a rear facing child seat inthe front seat of a vehicle.

WARNINGEvery person in your vehicle needsto be properly restrained at alltimes, including infants and chil-dren. Never hold a child in yourarms or lap when riding in a vehi-cle. The violent forces created dur-ing a crash will tear the child fromyour arms and throw the childagainst the interior. Always use achild restraint appropriate for yourchild's height and weight.


283

If the shoulder belt portion slightly touch-es the child’s neck or face, try placing thechild closer to the center of the vehicle. Ifthe shoulder belt still touches their faceor neck they need to be returned to achild restraint system.

Restraint of pregnant women Pregnant women should wear lap/shoul-der belt assemblies whenever possibleaccording to specific recommendationsby their doctors. The lap portion of thebelt should be worn AS SNUGLY ANDLOW AS POSSIBLE.

Injured personA seat belt should be used when aninjured person is being transported.When this is necessary, you should con-sult a physician for recommendations.

One person per beltTwo people (including children) shouldnever attempt to use a single seat belt.This could increase the severity ofinjuries in case of an accident.

Do not lie downTo reduce the chance of injuries in theevent of an accident and to achieve max-imum effectiveness of the restraint sys-tem, all passengers should be sitting upand the front and rear seats should be inan upright position when the car is mov-ing. A seat belt cannot provide properprotection if the person is lying down inthe rear seat or if the front and rear seatsare in a reclined position.

WARNING - Shoulder beltson small children

• Never allow a shoulder belt to bein contact with a child’s neck orface while the vehicle is inmotion.

• If seat belts are not properly wornand adjusted on children, there isa risk of death or serious injury.

WARNING - Pregnantwomen

Pregnant women must never placethe lap portion of the safety beltover the area of the abdomenwhere the fetus is located or abovethe abdomen where the belt couldcrush the fetus during an impact.

3 29


Care of seat beltsSeat belt systems should never be disas-sembled or modified. In addition, careshould be taken to assure that seat beltsand belt hardware are not damaged byseat hinges, doors or other abuse.

Periodic inspectionAll seat belts should be inspected peri-odically for wear or damage of any kind.Any damaged parts should be replacedas soon as possible.

Keep belts clean and drySeat belts should be kept clean and dry.If belts become dirty, they can becleaned by using a mild soap solutionand warm water. Bleach, dye, strongdetergents or abrasives should not beused because they may damage andweaken the fabric.

When to replace seat beltsEntire in-use seat belt assembly orassemblies should be replaced if thevehicle has been involved in an accident.This should be done even if no damageis visible. Additional questions concern-ing seat belt operation should be directedto an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING When you return the rear seatbackto its upright position after the rearseatback has been folded down, becareful not to damage the seat beltwebbing or buckle. Be sure that thewebbing or buckle does not getcaught or pinched in the rear seat.A seat belt with damaged webbingor buckle could possibly fail duringa collision or sudden stop, result-ing in serious injury. If the webbingor buckles are damaged, get themreplaced immediately.

WARNINGRiding with a reclined seatbackincreases your chance of seriousor fatal injuries in the event of a col-lision or sudden stop. The protec-tion of your restraint system (seatbelts and air bags) is greatlyreduced by reclining your seat.Seat belts must be snugged againstyour hips and chest to work proper-ly. The more the seatback isreclined, the greater the chance anoccupant's hips will slide under thelap belt causing serious internalinjuries. Also, the shoulder beltmay strike the occupant's neck.Drivers and passengers shouldalways sit well back in their seats,properly belted, and with the seat-backs upright.


303

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMChildren riding in the car should sit in therear seat and must always be properlyrestrained to minimize the risk of injury inan accident, sudden stop or suddenmaneuver. According to accident statis-tics, children are safer when properlyrestrained in the rear seats than in thefront seat. Larger children not in a childrestraint should use one of the seat beltsprovided.You should be aware of the specificrequirements in your state. Child and/orinfant safety seats must be properlyplaced and installed in the rear seat. Youmust use a commercially available childrestraint system that meets the require-ments of the Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards (FMVSS).Child restraint systems are designed to besecured in vehicle seats by lap belts or thelap belt portion of a lap/shoulder belt, orby a LATCH system (if equipped).Children could be injured or killed in acrash if their restraints are not properlysecured. For small children and babies, achild seat or infant seat must be used.Before buying a particular child restraintsystem, make sure it fits your car seatand seat belts, and fits your child. Followall the instructions provided by the man-ufacturer when installing the childrestraint system.

(Continued)• When the child restraint system

is not in use, store it in the lug-gage area or fasten it with a seatbelt so that it will not be thrownforward in the case of a suddenstop or an accident.

• Children may be seriously injuredor killed by an inflating air bag.All children, even those too largefor child restraints, must ride inthe rear seat.

WARNING• A child restraint system must be

placed in the rear seat. Neverinstall a child or infant seat on thefront passenger's seat. Should anaccident occur and cause thepassenger-side air bag to deploy,it could severely injure or kill aninfant or child seated in an infantor child seat. Thus only use achild restraint in the rear seat ofyour vehicle.

• A seat belt or child restraint sys-tem can become very hot if it isleft in a closed vehicle on a sunnyday, even if the outside tempera-ture does not feel hot. Be sure tocheck the seat cover and bucklesbefore placing a child there.

(Continued)

3 31


WARNINGTo reduce the chance of serious orfatal injuries:• Children of all ages are safer

when restrained in the rear seat.A child riding in the front passen-ger seat can be forcefully struckby an inflating air bag resulting inserious or fatal injuries.

• Always follow the child restraintsystem manufacturer’s instruc-tions for installation and use ofthe child restraint.

• Always make sure the child seatis secured properly in the car andyour child is securely restrainedin the child seat.

• Never hold a child in your arms orlap when riding in a vehicle. Theviolent forces created during acrash will tear the child from yourarms and throw the child againstthe car’s interior.

• Never put a seat belt over your-self and a child. During a crash,the belt could press deep into thechild causing serious internalinjuries.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never leave children unattended

in a vehicle – not even for a shorttime. The car can heat up veryquickly, resulting in seriousinjuries to children inside. Evenvery young children may inadver-tently cause the vehicle to move,entangle themselves in the win-dows, or lock themselves or oth-ers inside the vehicle.

• Never allow two children, or anytwo persons, to use the sameseat belt.

• Children often squirm and repo-sition themselves improperly.Never let a child ride with theshoulder belt under their arm orbehind their back. Always proper-ly position and secure children inthe rear seat.

• Never allow a child to stand-up orkneel on the seat or floor of amoving vehicle. During a colli-sion or sudden stop, the childcan be violently thrown againstthe vehicle’s interior, resulting inserious injury.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never use an infant carrier or a

child safety seat that "hooks"over a seatback, it may not pro-vide adequate security in an acci-dent.

• Seat belts can become very hot,especially when the car is parkedin direct sunlight. Always checkseat belt buckles before fasten-ing them over a child.


323

Using a child restraint systemFor small children and babies, the use ofa child seat or infant seat is required.Thischild seat or infant seat should be ofappropriate size for the child and shouldbe installed in accordance with the man-ufacturer's instructions.

For safety reasons, we recommend thatthe child restraint system be used in therear seats.

Since all passenger seat belts movefreely under normal conditions and onlylock under extreme or emergency condi-tions (emergency lock mode), you mustmanually change these seat belts to theauto lock mode to secure a childrestraint.

CRS09

OUN026150

Forward-facing child restraint system

Rearward-facing child restraint system

WARNING - Child seatinstallation

• A child can be seriously injuredor killed in a collision if the childrestraint is not properly anchoredto the car and the child is notproperly restrained in the childrestraint. Before installing thechild restraint system, read theinstructions supplied by the childrestraint system manufacturer.

• If the seat belt does not operateas described in this section, havethe system checked immediatelyby your authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

• Failure to observe this manual'sinstructions regarding childrestraint systems and theinstructions provided with thechild restraint system couldincrease the chance and/orseverity of injury in an accident.

WARNINGNever place a rear-facing childrestraint in the front passengerseat, because of the danger aninflating passenger-side air bagcould impact the rear-facing childrestraint and kill the child.

3 33


Placing a passenger seat belt intothe auto lock mode The use of the auto lock mode willensure that the normal movement of thechild in the vehicle does not cause theseat belt to be pulled out and loosen thefirmness of its hold on the child restraintsystem. To secure a child restraint sys-tem, use the following procedure.

To install a child restraint system on theoutboard or center rear seats, do the fol-lowing:1. Place the child restraint system in the

seat and route the lap/shoulder beltaround or through the restraint, follow-ing the restraint manufacturer’sinstructions. Be sure the seat belt web-bing is not twisted.

2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch intothe buckle. Listen for the distinct “click”sound.

Position the release button so that it iseasy to access in case of an emergency.

3. Pull the shoulder portion of the seatbelt all the way out. When the shoulderportion of the seat belt is fully extend-ed, it will shift the retractor to the “AutoLock” (child restraint) mode.

E2MS103005 OEN036102OEN036101


343

4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion ofthe seat belt to retract and listen for anaudible “clicking” or “ratcheting” sound.This indicates that the retractor is inthe “Auto Lock” mode. If no distinctsound is heard, repeat steps 3 and 4.

5. Remove as much slack from the beltas possible by pushing down on thechild restraint system while feeding theshoulder belt back into the retractor.

6. Push and pull on the child restraintsystem to confirm that the seat belt isholding it firmly in place. If it is not,release the seat belt and repeat steps2 through 6.

7. Double check that the retractor is inthe “Auto Lock” mode by attempting topull more of the seat belt out of theretractor. If you cannot, the retractor isin the “Auto Lock” mode.

To remove the child restraint, press therelease button on the buckle and thenpull the lap/shoulder belt out of therestraint and allow the seat belt to retractfully.

When the seat belt is allowed toretract to its fully stowed position, theretractor will automatically switchfrom the “Auto Lock” mode to theemergency lock mode for normaladult usage.

OEN036104OEN036103

WARNING - Auto lockmode

The lap/shoulder belt automaticallyreturns to the “emergency lockmode” whenever the belt is allowedto retract fully. Therefore, the pre-ceding seven steps must be fol-lowed each time a child restraint isinstalled.If the retractor is not in theAutomatic Locking mode, the childrestraint can move when your vehi-cle turns or stops suddenly. A childcan be seriously injured or killed ifthe child restraint is not properlyanchored to the car, including set-ting the retractor to the AutomaticLocking mode.

3 35


Securing a child restraint seat withtether anchor system Child restraint hook holders are locatedon the back of the rear seatbacks.

1. Route the child restraint seat strapover the seatback.For vehicles with adjustable head-rests, route the tether strap under theheadrest and between the headrestposts, otherwise route the tether strapover the top of the seatback.

2. Connect the tether strap hook to theappropriate child restraint hook holderand tighten to secure the child restraintseat.

OLM039033N WARNING - Tether strapNever mount more than one childrestraint to a single tether or to asingle lower anchorage point. Theincreased load caused by multipleseats may cause the tethers oranchorage points to break, causingserious injury or death.

WARNINGA child can be seriously injured orkilled in a collision if the childrestraint is not properly anchoredto the car and the child is not prop-erly restrained in the child restraint.Always follow the child seat manu-facturer’s instructions for installa-tion and use.

OLM039034


363

Securing a child restraint seat withchild seat lower anchor system Some child seat manufacturers makechild restraint seats that are labeled asLATCH or LATCH-compatible childrestraint seats. LATCH stands for "LowerAnchors and Tethers for Children". Theseseats include two rigid or webbingmounted attachments that connect totwo LATCH anchors at specific seatingpositions in your vehicle. This type ofchild restraint seat eliminates the need touse seat belts to attach the child seat inthe rear seats.

Child restraint symbols are located onthe left and right rear seat backs to indi-cate the position of the lower anchors forchild restraints.

WARNING - Child restraintcheck

Check that the child restraint sys-tem is secure by pushing andpulling it in different directions.Incorrectly fitted child restraintsmay swing, twist, tip or separatecausing death or serious injury.

WARNING - Child restraintanchorage

• Child restraint anchorages aredesigned to withstand only thoseloads imposed by correctly fittedchild restraints. Under no circum-stances are they to be used foradult seat belts or harnesses orfor attaching other items orequipment to the vehicle.

• The tether strap may not workproperly if attached somewhereother than the correct tetheranchor.

OLM039035 OLM039036N

Lower Anchor

Lower AnchorPosition Indicator

3 37


LATCH anchors have been provided inyour vehicle. The LATCH anchors arelocated in the left and right outboard rearseating positions. Their locations areshown in the illustration. There is noLATCH anchor provided for the centerrear seating position.The LATCH anchors are located betweenthe seatback and the seat cushion of therear seat left and right outboard seatingpositions.Follow the child seat manufacturer’sinstructions to properly install childrestraint seats with LATCH or LATCH-compatible attachments.Once you have installed the LATCH childrestraint, assure that the seat is properlyattached to the LATCH and tetheranchors.

Also, test the child restraint seat beforeyou place the child in it. Tilt the seat fromside to side. Also try to tug the seat for-ward. Check to see if the anchors holdthe seat in place.

OLM039053N

WARNINGIf the child restraint is not anchoredproperly, the risk of a child beingseriously injured or killed in a colli-sion greatly increases.

WARNING - LATCH loweranchors

LATCH lower anchors are only tobe used with the left and right rearoutboard seating positions. Neverattempt to attach a LATCHequipped seat in the center seatingposition. You may damage theanchors or the anchors may failand break in a collision.

WARNING When using the vehicle's "LATCH"system to install a child restraintsystem in the rear seat, all unusedvehicle rear seat belt metal latchplates or tabs must be latchedsecurely in their seat belt bucklesand the seat belt webbing must beretracted behind the child restraintto prevent the child from reachingand taking hold of unretracted seatbelts. Unlatched metal latch platesor tabs may allow the child to reachthe unretracted seat belts whichmay result in strangulation and aserious injury or death to the childin the child restraint.

WARNINGInstall the child restraint seat fullyrearward against the seatback withthe seatback reclined two positionsfrom the most upright latched posi-tion.

CAUTIONDo not allow the rear seat belt web-bing to get scratched or pinched bythe child-seat latch and LATCHanchor during the installation.


383

(1) Driver’s front air bag(2) Passenger’s front air bag(3) Side impact air bag(4) Curtain air bag

AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

OLM039301

* The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

WARNINGEven in vehicles with air bags, youand your passengers must alwayswear the seat belts provided inorder to minimize the risk andseverity of injury in the event of acollision or rollover.

3 39


How does the air bag systemoperate • Air bags are activated (able to inflate if

necessary) only when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON or STARTposition.

• Air bags inflate instantly in the event ofa serious frontal collision or side colli-sion (if equipped with a side air bag orcurtain air bag) in order to help protectthe occupants from serious physicalinjury.Also, the side and/or curtain air bagsinflate instantly in the event of arollover in order to help protect theoccupants from serious physical injury.

• There is no single speed at which theair bags will inflate.Generally, air bags are designed toinflate based upon the severity of a col-lision and its direction. These two fac-tors determine whether the sensorsproduce an electronic deployment/inflation signal.

• Air bag deployment depends on anumber of factors including vehiclespeed, angles of impact and the densi-ty and stiffness of the vehicles orobjects which your vehicle hits in thecollision. The determining factors arenot limited to those mentioned above.

• The front air bags will completely inflateand deflate in an instant.It is virtually impossible for you to seethe air bags inflate during an accident.It is much more likely that you will sim-ply see the deflated air bags hangingout of their storage compartments afterthe collision.

• In order to help provide protection in asevere collision, the air bags mustinflate rapidly.The speed of air bag infla-tion is a consequence of the extremelyshort time in which a collision occursand the need to inflate the air bagbetween the occupant and the vehiclestructures before the occupant impactsthose structures. This speed of inflationreduces the risk of serious or life-threat-ening injuries in a severe collision and isthus a necessary part of air bag design.However, air bag inflation can alsocause injuries which can include facialabrasions, bruises and broken bonesbecause the inflation speed also caus-es the air bags to expand with a greatdeal of force.

• There are even circumstances underwhich contact with the steeringwheel air bag can cause fatalinjuries, especially if the occupant ispositioned excessively close to thesteering wheel.

WARNING• To avoid severe personal injury

or death caused by deploying airbags in a collision, the drivershould sit as far back from thesteering wheel air bag as possi-ble (at least 10 inches (250 mm)away). The front passengersshould always move their seatsas far back as possible and sitback in their seat.

• Air bags inflate instantly in theevent of collision, and passen-gers may be injured by the air bagexpansion force if they are not inproper position.

• Air bag inflation may causeinjuries including facial or bodilyabrasions, injuries from brokenglasses or burns.


403

Noise and smokeWhen the air bags inflate, they make aloud noise and they leave smoke andpowder in the air inside of the vehicle.This is normal and is a result of the igni-tion of the air bag inflator. After the airbag inflates, you may feel substantial dis-comfort in breathing due to the contact ofyour chest with both the seat belt and theair bag, as well as from breathing thesmoke and powder. Open your doorsand/or windows as soon as possibleafter impact in order to reduce dis-comfort and prevent prolonged expo-sure to the smoke and powder.Though the smoke and powder are non-toxic, they may cause irritation to the skin(eyes, nose and throat, etc). If this is thecase, wash and rinse with cold waterimmediately and consult a doctor if thesymptom persists.

Do not install a child restraint on thefront passenger’s seat.Never place a rear-facing child restraintin the front passenger’s seat. If the airbag deploys, it would impact the rear-fac-ing child restraint, causing serious orfatal injury.In addition, do not place front-facing childrestraints in the front passenger’s seateither. If the front passenger air baginflates, it could cause serious or fatalinjuries to the child.

1JBH3051

WARNINGWhen the air bags deploy, the airbag related parts in the steeringwheel and/or instrument paneland/or in both sides of the roof railsabove the front and rear doors arevery hot. To prevent injury, do nottouch the air bag storage area’sinternal components immediatelyafter an air bag has inflated.

WARNING• Extreme Hazard! Do not use a

rearward facing child restraint ona seat protected by an air bag infront of it!

• Never put a child restraint in thefront passenger’s seat. If the frontpassenger air bag inflates, it cancause serious or fatal injuries.

• When children are seated in therear outboard seats of a vehicleequipped with side and/or curtainair bags, be sure to install thechild restraint system as far awayfrom the door side as possible,and securely lock the childrestraint system in position.Inflation of side and/or curtain airbags could cause serious injuryor death to an infant or child.

3 41


Air bag warning lightThe purpose of the air bag warning lightin your instrument panel is to alert you ofa potential problem with your air bag -Supplemental Restraint System (SRS).When the ignition switch is turned ON,the warning light should illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds, then go off.Have the system checked if:• The light does not turn on briefly when

you turn the ignition ON.• The light stays on after illuminating for

approximately 6 seconds.• The light comes on while the vehicle is

in motion.

SRS components and functionsThe SRS consists of the following com-ponents:1. Driver's front air bag module2. Passenger's front air bag module3. Side impact air bag modules4. Curtain air bag modules5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies6. Air bag warning light7. SRS control module (SRSCM)/

Rollover sensor8. Front impact sensors9. Side impact sensors10. “PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF” indi-

cator (Front passenger’s seat only)

11. Occupant classification system(Front passenger’s seat only)

12. Driver’s and front passenger’s seatbelt buckle sensors

The SRSCM continually monitors allSRS components while the ignitionswitch is ON to determine if a crashimpact is severe enough to require airbag deployment or pre-tensioner seatbelt deployment.The SRS air bag warning light on theinstrument panel will illuminate for about6 seconds after the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, after which theSRS air bag warning light should go out.If any of the following conditions occurs,this indicates a malfunction of the SRS.Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealerinspect the air bag system as soon aspossible.• The light does not turn on briefly when

you turn the ignition ON.• The light stays on after illuminating for

approximately 6 seconds.• The light comes on while the vehicle is

in motion.

OLM039302NW7-147


423

The front air bag modules are locatedboth in the center of the steering wheeland in the front passenger's panel abovethe glove box. When the SRSCM detectsa sufficiently severe impact to the front ofthe vehicle, it will automatically deploythe front air bags.

Upon deployment, tear seams moldeddirectly into the pad covers will separateunder pressure from the expansion of theair bags. Further opening of the coversthen allows full inflation of the air bags.

A fully inflated air bag, in combinationwith a properly worn seat belt, slows thedriver's or the passenger's forwardmotion, reducing the risk of head andchest injury.

After complete inflation, the air bagimmediately starts deflating, enabling thedriver to maintain forward visibility andthe ability to steer or operate other con-trols.

B240B01L

Driver’s front air bag (1)

B240B02L B240B03L

Driver’s front air bag (2) Driver’s front air bag (3)

3 43


WARNING • Do not install or place any acces-

sories (drink holder, cassetteholder, sticker, etc.) on the frontpassenger's panel above theglove box in a vehicle with a pas-senger's air bag. Such objectsmay become dangerous projec-tiles and cause injury if the pas-senger's air bag inflates.

• When installing a container of liq-uid air freshener inside the vehi-cle, do not place it near theinstrument cluster nor on theinstrument panel surface.It may become a dangerous pro-jectile and cause injury if the pas-senger's air bag inflates.

B240B05L

Passenger’s front air bag

WARNING• If an air bag deploys, there may

be a loud noise followed by a finedust released in the vehicle.These conditions are normal andare not hazardous - the air bagsare packed in this fine powder.The dust generated during airbag deployment may cause skinor eye irritation as well as aggra-vate asthma for some persons.Always wash all exposed skinareas thoroughly with lukewarmwater and a mild soap after anaccident in which the air bagswere deployed.

• The SRS can function only whenthe ignition switch is in the ONposition. If the SRS air bag warn-ing light does not illuminate, con-tinuously remains on after illumi-nating for about 6 seconds whenthe ignition switch is turned tothe ON position, or after theengine is started, or comes onwhile driving, the SRS is notworking properly. If this occurs,have your vehicle immediatelyinspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Before you replace a fuse or dis-

connect a battery terminal, turnthe ignition switch to the LOCKposition and remove the ignitionkey. Never remove or replace theair bag related fuse(s) when theignition switch is in the ON posi-tion. Failure to heed this warningwill cause the SRS air bag warn-ing light to illuminate.


443

Occupant classification systemYour vehicle is equipped with an occu-pant classification system in the frontpassenger's seat.The occupant classification system isdesigned to detect the presence of aproperly-seated front passenger anddetermine if the passenger's front air bagshould be enabled (may inflate) or not.The driver's front air bag is not affectedor controlled by the occupant classifica-tion system.

Main components of occupantclassification system• A detection device located within the

front passenger seat cushion.• Electronic system to determine

whether the passenger air bag sys-tems should be activated or deactivat-ed.

• A indicator light located on the instru-ment panel which illuminates thewords "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF"indicating the front passenger air bagsystem is deactivated.

• The instrument panel air bag indicatorlight is interconnected with the occu-pant classification system.

If the front passenger seat is occupied bya person that the system determines tobe of adult size, and he/she sits properly(sitting upright with the seatback in anupright position, centered on the seatcushion with their seat belt on, legs com-fortably extended and their feet on thefloor), the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF"indicator will turn off and the front pas-senger's air bag will be able to inflate, ifnecessary, in frontal crashes.You will find the "PASSENGER AIR BAGOFF" indicator on the center facia panel.This system detects the conditions 1~4in the following table and activates ordeactivates the front passenger air bagbased on these conditions.

OLM039052N

3 45


Always be sure that you and all vehicleoccupants are seated and restrainedproperly (sitting upright with the seat inan upright position, centered on the seatcushion, with the person's legs comfort-ably extended, feet on the floor, andwearing the seat belt properly) for themost effective protection by the air bagand the seat belt.• The OCS may not function properly if

the passenger takes actions which candefect the detection system. Theseinclude:(1) Failing to sit in an upright position.(2) Leaning against the door or center

console.(3) Sitting towards the sides or the

front of the seat.(4) Putting legs on the dashboard or

resting them on other locationswhich reduce the passenger weighton the front seat.

(5) Improperly wearing the safety belt.(6) Reclining the seat back.

Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant classification system

*1 : If the front passenger seat is occu-pied by a child who is not in a CRS,“PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF” indi-cator may or may not be on. This is anormal condition. But to maximizesafety, do not allow children to ride inthe front passenger seat.

*2 : Never install a child restraint systemon the front passenger seat.

WARNINGRiding in an improper position orplacing weight or an active elec-tronic device (ex. Laptop computer,navigation etc..) on the front pas-senger's seat when it is unoccu-pied by a passenger adverselyaffects the occupant classificationsystem (OCS).

(Continued)

Conditiondetected by theoccupant classi-fication system

1. Adult or child*1

2. Child restraint

system*2

3. Unoccupied

4. There is a

malfunction in

the system

Off

On

On

Off

Off

Off

Off

On

Activated

Deactivated

Deactivated

Activated

"PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF"indicator light

SRS warninglight

Front passen-ger air bag

Activated

Activated

Activated

Activated

Side air bag

Activated

Activated

Activated

Activated

Curtain air bag

Indicator/Warning light Devices


463

1KMN3663

1KMN3664

1KMN3665

- Never sit with hips shiftedtowards the front of the seat.

- Never lean on the door or centerconsole.

- Never sit on one side of the frontpassenger seat.

- Never place feet on the dash-board.

B990A08O

1KMN3662

- Never put a heavy load or anactive electronic device (ex.Laptop computer, navigationetc..) on the front passenger seat.

- Never excessively recline thefront passenger seatback.

OVQ036014N

- Never place feet on the front pas-senger seatback.

(Continued)

3 47


When an adult is seated in the front pas-senger seat, if the “PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF” indicator is on, turn the igni-tion switch to the LOCK position and askthe passenger to sit properly (sittingupright with the seat back in an uprightposition, centered on the seat cushionwith their seat belt on, legs comfortablyextended and their feet on the floor).Restart the engine and have the personremain in that position. This will allow thesystem to detect the person and toenable the passenger air bag.

If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indi-cator is still on, ask the passenger tomove to the rear seat.

✽✽ NOTICEThe "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF"indicator illuminates for about 4 sec-onds after the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position or after the engine isstarted. If the front passenger seat isoccupied, the occupant classificationsensor will then classify the front pas-senger after several more seconds.

B990A01O

WARNINGDo not allow an adult passenger toride in the front seat when the“PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF” indi-cator is illuminated because the airbag will not deploy in the event of acrash. If the "PASSENGER AIR BAGOFF" indicator remains illuminatedafter the adult passenger reposi-tions themselves properly and thecar is restarted, it is recommendedthat passenger move to the rearseat because the passenger's frontair bag will not deploy.Front seat passengers must stayproperly seated to avoid seriousinjury from a deploying air bag.

WARNINGDo not put a heavy load or an activeelectronic device (ex. Laptop com-puter, navigation etc..) on the frontpassenger seat. Do not place anyitems under the front passengerseat. Any of these could interferewith proper sensor operation.

Proper position


483

(Continued)• Accident statistics show that chil-

dren are safer if they arerestrained in the rear, as opposedto the front seat. It is recommend-ed that child restraints be securedin a rear seat, including an infantriding in a rear-facing infant seat,a child riding in a forward-facingchild seat and an older child rid-ing in a booster seat.

• Air bags can only be used once –have an authorized HYUNDAIdealer replace the air bag imme-diately after deployment.

• The occupant classification sys-tem may not work properly ifwater, coffee or any other liquidincluding rain gets on the seat.Keep the front seat dry at alltimes.

• Do not place an electronic devicesuch as a laptop computer on thefront passenger seat. Its elec-tronic field may cause the OCS toswitch to the "on" condition andthus allow the passenger air bagto deploy needlessly in a colli-sion, increasing your repaircosts.

(Continued)• If the front passenger seat is

occupied by a child who is not ina CRS, the "PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF" indicator may or maynot be on and the passenger airbag may or may not deploy in acollision. Have the child move to arear seat to increase their safety.

• Do not modify or replace the frontpassenger seat. Don't place any-thing on or attach anything suchas a blanket or seat heater to thefront passenger seat. This canadversely affect the occupantclassification system.

• Do not place sharp objects on thefront passenger seat. These maydamage the occupant classifica-tion system, if they puncture theseat cushion.

• Do not use accessory seat cov-ers on the front seats.

(Continued)

WARNING• Even though your vehicle is

equipped with the occupant clas-sification system, never install achild restraint system in the frontpassenger's seat. A deploying airbag can forcefully strike a childresulting in serious injuries ordeath. Any child age 12 andunder should ride in the rear seat.Children too large for childrestraints should use the avail-able lap/shoulder belts. No mat-ter what type of crash, children ofall ages are safer when restrainedin the rear seat.

• If the "PASSENGER AIR BAGOFF" indicator is illuminatedwhen the front passenger's seatis occupied by an adult andhe/she sits properly (sittingupright with the seatback in anupright position, centered on theseat cushion with their seat belton, legs comfortably extendedand their feet on the floor), havethat person sit in the rear seat.

(Continued)

3 49


Driver's and passenger's front airbagYour vehicle is equipped with aSupplemental Restraint (Air Bag) Systemand lap/shoulder belts at both the driverand passenger seating positions. Theindications of the system's presence arethe letters "AIR BAG" embossed on theair bag pad cover in the steering wheeland the passenger's side front panel padabove the glove box.

The SRS consists of air bags installedunder the pad covers in the center of thesteering wheel and the passenger's sidefront panel above the glove box.

The purpose of the SRS is to provide thevehicle's driver and/or the front passen-ger with additional protection than thatoffered by the seat belt system alone incase of a frontal impact of sufficientseverity. The SRS uses sensors to gath-er information about the driver's and frontpassenger's seat belt usage and impactseverity.

OLM039037

Driver’s front air bag

WARNINGIf the occupant classification sys-tem is not working properly, theSRS air bag warning light onthe instrument panel will illuminatebecause the passenger's front airbag is connected with the occupantclassification system. If there is amalfunction of the occupant classi-fication system, the "PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF" indicator will notilluminate and the passenger'sfront air bag will inflate in frontalimpact crashes even if there is nooccupant in the front passenger'sseat. If the SRS air bag warninglight does not illuminate when theignition switch is turned to the ONposition, remains illuminated afterapproximately 6 seconds when theignition switch is turned to the ONposition, or if it illuminates whilethe vehicle is being driven, have anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer inspectthe occupant classification systemand the SRS air bag system assoon as possible.

OLM039038

Passenger’s front air bag


503

The seat belt buckle sensors determine ifthe driver and front passenger's seatbelts are fastened.

The advanced SRS offers the ability tocontrol the air bag inflation with two lev-els. A first stage level is provided for mod-erate-severity impacts. A second stagelevel is provided for more severe impacts.

The passenger’s front air bag is designedto help reduce the injury of children sit-ting close to the instrument panel in lowspeed collisions. However, children aresafer if they are restraint in the rear seat.

According to the impact severity and seatbelt usage, the SRSCM (SRS ControlModule) controls the air bag inflation.Failure to properly wear seat belts canincrease the risk or severity of injury inan accident.

Additionally, your vehicle is equippedwith an occupant classification system inthe front passenger's seat. The occupantclassification system detects the pres-ence of a passenger in the front passen-ger's seat and will turn off the front pas-senger's air bag under certain condi-tions. For more detail, see "Occupantclassification system" in this section.

WARNINGIf an occupant classification sys-tem is not working properly, theSRS air bag warning light onthe instrument panel will illuminatebecause the SRS air bag warninglight is connected with the occu-pant classification system. If theSRS air bag warning light does notilluminate when the ignition switchis turned to the ON position,remains illuminated after approxi-mately 6 seconds when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON position,or if it illuminates while the vehicleis being driven, have an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer inspect theadvanced SRS air bag system assoon as possible.

WARNINGDo not place any objects under-neath the front seats as they couldinterfere with the occupant classifi-cation system.

3 51


✽✽ NOTICE• Be sure to read information about the

SRS on the labels provided on the sunvisor.

• Advanced air bags are combined withpre-tensioner seat belts to help pro-vide enhanced occupant protection infrontal crashes. Front air bags are notintended to deploy in collisions inwhich protection can be provided bythe pre-tensioner seat belt.

(Continued)• Move your seat as far back as

practical from the front air bags,while still maintaining control ofthe vehicle.

• You and your passengers shouldnever sit or lean unnecessarilyclose to the air bags. Improperlypositioned driver and passengerscan be severely injured by inflat-ing air bags.

• Never lean against the door orcenter console – always sit in anupright position.

• Do not allow a passenger to ridein the front seat when the “PAS-SENGER AIR BAG OFF” indicatoris illuminated, because the airbag will not deploy in the event ofa moderate or severe frontalcrash.

(Continued)

WARNINGAlways use seat belts and childrestraints – every trip, every time,everyone! Air bags inflate with con-siderable force and in the blink ofan eye. Seat belts help keep occu-pants in proper position to obtainmaximum benefit from the air bag.Even with advanced air bags,improperly and unbelted occupantscan be severely injured when theair bag inflates. Always follow theprecautions about seat belts, airbags and occupant safety con-tained in this manual.To reduce the chance of serious orfatal injuries and receive the maxi-mum safety benefit from yourrestraint system:• Never place a child in any child or

booster seat in the front seat.• ABC – Always Buckle Children in

the back seat. It is the safestplace for children of any age toride.

• Front and side air bags can injureoccupants improperly positionedin the front seats.

(Continued)

WARNINGIf you are considering modificationof your vehicle due to a disability,please contact the HyundaiCustomer Assistance Center at 1-800-633-5151.


523

OEP036096N

OVQ036018N

1VQA2091

Rear impact

Side impact

Rollover

(Continued)• No objects should be placed over

or near the air bag modules onthe steering wheel, instrumentpanel, and the front passenger'spanel above the glove box,because any such object couldcause harm if the vehicle is in acrash severe enough to causethe air bags to deploy.

• Never place covers, blankets orseat warmers on the passengerseat as these may interfere withthe occupant classification sys-tem.

• Do not tamper with or disconnectSRS wiring or other componentsof the SRS system. Doing socould result in injury, due to acci-dental deployment of the air bagsor by rendering the SRS inopera-tive.

• If the SRS air bag warning lightremains illuminated while thevehicle is being driven, have anauthorized HYUNDAI dealerinspect the air bag system assoon as possible.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Air bags can only be used once –

have an authorized HYUNDAIdealer replace the air bag imme-diately after deployment.

• The SRS is designed to deploythe front air bags only when animpact is sufficiently severe andwhen the impact angle is lessthan 30° from the forward longitu-dinal axis of the vehicle.Additionally, the air bags will onlydeploy once. Seat belts must beworn at all times.

• Front air bags are not intended todeploy in side-impact, rear-impact or rollover crashes. Inaddition, front air bags will notdeploy in frontal crashes belowthe deployment threshold.

(Continued)

3 53


Side impact air bagYour vehicle is equipped with a sideimpact air bag in each front seat. Thepurpose of the air bag is to provide thevehicle's driver and/or the front passen-ger with additional protection than thatoffered by the seat belt alone.

(Continued)• Sitting improperly or out of posi-

tion can result in serious or fatalinjury in a crash. All occupantsshould sit upright with the seat-back in an upright position, cen-tered on the seat cushion withtheir seat belt on, legs comfort-ably extended and their feet onthe floor until the vehicle isparked and the ignition key isremoved.

• The SRS air bag system mustdeploy very rapidly to provideprotection in a crash. If an occu-pant is out of position because ofnot wearing a seat belt, the airbag may forcefully contact theoccupant causing serious or fatalinjuries.

(Continued)• Even though your vehicle is

equipped with the occupant clas-sification system, do not install achild restraint system in the frontpassenger seat position. A childrestraint system must never beplaced in the front seat.The infantor child could be severely injuredor killed by an air bag deploymentin case of an accident.

• Children age 12 and under mustalways be properly restrained inthe rear seat. Never allow chil-dren to ride in the front passen-ger seat. If a child over 12 mustbe seated in the front seat, he orshe must be properly belted andthe seat should be moved as farback as possible.

• For maximum safety protection inall types of crashes, all occu-pants including the driver shouldalways wear their seat beltswhether or not an air bag is alsoprovided at their seating positionto minimize the risk of severeinjury or death in the event of acrash. Do not sit or lean unneces-sarily close to the air bag whilethe vehicle is in motion.

(Continued)

OXM039054

OLM039039


543

• The side impact air bags are designedto deploy during certain side-impactcollisions, depending on the crashseverity, angle, speed and point ofimpact.

• The side impact air bags do not onlydeploy on the side of the impact butalso on the opposite side.

• Also, both sides of the side impact airbags deploy in certain rollover situa-tions.

• The side impact air bags are notdesigned to deploy in all side impact orrollover situations.

(Continued)• Do not install any accessories on

the side or near the side impactair bag.

• Do not place any objects over theair bag or between the air bagand yourself.

• Do not place any objects (anumbrella, bag, etc.) between thefront door and the front seat.Such objects may become dan-gerous projectiles and causeinjury if the supplemental sideimpact air bag inflates.

• To prevent unexpected deploy-ment of the side impact air bagthat may result in personal injury,avoid impact to the side impactsensor when the ignition switchis on.

• If the seat or seat cover is dam-aged, have the vehicle checkedand repaired by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer because yourvehicle is equipped with sideimpact air bags and an occupantclassification system.

WARNING• The side impact air bag is supple-

mental to the driver's and the pas-senger's seat belt systems and isnot a substitute for them.Therefore your seat belts must beworn at all times while the vehicleis in motion. The air bags deployonly in certain side impact orrollover conditions severe enoughto cause significant injury to thevehicle occupants.

• For best protection from the sideimpact air bag system and toavoid being injured by thedeploying side impact air bag,both front seat occupants shouldsit in an upright position with theseat belt properly fastened. Thedriver's hands should be placedon the steering wheel at the 9:00and 3:00 positions. The passen-ger's arms and hands should beplaced on their laps.

• Do not use any accessory seatcovers.

• Use of seat covers could reduceor prevent the effectiveness ofthe system.

(Continued)

3 55


Curtain air bagCurtain air bags are located along bothsides of the roof rails above the front andrear doors.They are designed to help protect theheads of the front seat occupants andthe rear outboard seat occupants in cer-tain side impact collisions.

• The curtain air bags are designed todeploy during certain side impact colli-sions, depending on the crash severity,angle, speed and point of impact.

• The curtain air bags do not only deployon the side of the impact but also onthe opposite side.

• Also, the both sides of the curtain airbags deploy in certain rollover situa-tions.

• The curtain air bags are not designedto deploy in all side impact or rolloversituations.

WARNING• In order for side and curtain air

bags to provide the best protec-tion, front seat occupants andoutboard rear occupants shouldsit in an upright position with theseat belts properly fastened.Importantly, children should sit ina proper child restraint system inthe rear seat.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When children are seated in the

rear outboard seats, they must beseated in the proper childrestraint system. Make sure toposition the child restraint sys-tem as far away from the doorside as possible, and secure thechild restraint system in a lockedposition.

• Do not allow the passengers tolean their heads or bodies ontodoors, put their arms on thedoors, stretch their arms out ofthe window, or place objectsbetween the doors and passen-gers when they are seated onseats equipped with side and cur-tain air bags.

• Never try to open or repair anycomponents of the side curtainair bag system. This should onlybe done by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Failure to follow the above instruc-tions can result in injury or death tothe vehicle occupants in an acci-dent.

OXM039055

OXM039056


563

Why didn’t my air bag go off in acollision? (Inflation and non-infla-tion conditions of the air bag)There are many types of accidents inwhich the air bag would not be expect-ed to provide additional protection.These include rear impacts, second orthird collisions in multiple impactaccidents, as well as low speedimpacts. In other words, just becauseyour vehicle is damaged and even if itis totally unusable, don’t be surprisedthat the air bags did not inflate.

Air bag collision sensors(1) SRS control module/Rollover sensor(2) Front impact sensor

(3) Side impact sensor (4) Side impact sensor

OLM039040N/OLM039041/OLM039042/OLM039043/OLM039044

1 2 3 4

3 57


Air bag inflation conditionsFront air bags

Front air bags are designed to inflate in afrontal collision depending on the intensi-ty, speed or angles of impact of the frontcollision.

1VQA2084

WARNING• Do not hit or allow any objects to

impact the locations where airbags or sensors are installed.This may cause unexpected airbag deployment, which couldresult in serious personal injuryor death.

• If the installation location orangle of the sensors is altered inany way, the air bags may deploywhen they should not or they maynot deploy when they should,causing severe injury or death.Therefore, do not try to performmaintenance on or around the airbag sensors. Have the vehiclechecked and repaired by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Problems may arise if the sensorinstallation angles are changeddue to the deformation of thefront bumper, body, front doorand B pillars where side collisionsensors are installed. Have thevehicle checked and repaired byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Your vehicle has been designed

to absorb impact and deploy theair bag(s) in certain collisions.Installing bumper guards (or sidestep or running board) or replac-ing a bumper (or front door) withnon-genuine parts may adverselyaffect your vehicles collision andair bag deployment performance.

WARNINGIf your vehicle is equipped with sideand curtain air bag, set the ignitionswitch to OFF or ACC positionwhen the vehicle is being towed.The side and curtain air bag maydeploy when the ignitions is ON,and the rollover sensor detects thesituation as a rollover.


583

Side impact and curtain air bags

Side impact and curtain air bags aredesigned to inflate when an impact isdetected by side collision sensorsdepending on the strength, speed orangles of impact resulting from a sideimpact collision.

Also, the side impact and curtain air bagsare designed to inflate when a rollover isdetected by a rollover sensor.Although the front air bags (driver’s andfront passenger’s air bags) are designedto inflate only in frontal collisions, theyalso may inflate in other types of colli-sions if the front impact sensors detect asufficient impact. Side impact and curtainair bags are designed to inflate only inside impact collisions or rollovers. Butthey may inflate in other type of collisionsor similar rollover situations, includingwhen the vehicle is tilted such as beingtowed if the side impact sensors orrollover sensor detect a sufficient impactor rollover.If the vehicle chassis is impacted bybumps or objects on unimproved roads,the air bags may deploy. Drive carefullyon unimproved roads or on surfaces notdesigned for vehicle traffic to preventunintended air bag deployment.

Air bag non-inflation conditions• In certain low-speed collisions the air

bags may not deploy. The air bags aredesigned not to deploy in such casesbecause they may not provide benefitsbeyond the protection of the seat beltsin such collisions.

1VQA2086

OVQ036018N

OUN026090

3 59


• Air bags are not designed to inflate inrear collisions, because occupants aremoved backward by the force of theimpact. In this case, inflated air bagswould not be able to provide any addi-tional benefit.

• Front air bags may not inflate in sideimpact collisions, because occupantsmove to the direction of the collision,and thus in side impacts, frontal air bagdeployment would not provide addi-tional occupant protection.However, side impact and curtain airbags may inflate depending on theintensity, vehicle speed and angles ofimpact.

• In an angled collision, the force ofimpact may direct the occupants in adirection where the air bags would notbe able to provide any additional bene-fit, and thus the sensors may notdeploy any air bags.

1VQA2089OVQ036018NOUN036087


603

• Just before impact, drivers often brakeheavily. Such heavy braking lowers thefront portion of the vehicle causing it to“ride” under a vehicle with a higherground clearance. Air bags may notinflate in this "under-ride" situationbecause deceleration forces that aredetected by sensors may be signifi-cantly reduced by such “under-ride”collisions.

• Front air bags may not inflate inrollover accidents because front airbag deployment would not provideadditional occupant protection.However, if equipped with side impactand curtain air bags, the air bags mayinflate in a rollover, when it is detectedby the rollover sensor.

• Air bags may not inflate if the vehiclecollides with objects such as utilitypoles or trees, where the point ofimpact is concentrated to one area andthe full force of the impact is not deliv-ered to the sensors.

1VQA2090 1VQA2091 1VQA2092

3 61


SRS CareThe SRS is virtually maintenance-freeand so there are no parts you can safelyservice by yourself. If the SRS air bagwarning light does not illuminate, or con-tinuously remains on, have your vehicleimmediately inspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Any work on the SRS system, such asremoving, installing, repairing, or anywork on the steering wheel, the frontpassenger's panel, front seats and roofrails must be performed by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer. Improper handling ofthe SRS system may result in seriouspersonal injury.

WARNING• Modification to SRS components

or wiring, including the additionof any kind of badges to the padcovers or modifications to thebody structure, can adverselyaffect SRS performance and leadto possible injury.

• Not only the modification of theparts where the SRS sensors arebut also the modification of otherparts of the vehicle may affect theSRS performance and lead topossible injury.

• For cleaning the air bag pad cov-ers, use only a soft, dry cloth orone which has been moistenedwith plain water. Solvents orcleaners could adversely affectthe air bag covers and properdeployment of the system.

• No objects should be placed overor near the air bag modules on thesteering wheel, instrument panel,and the front passenger's panelabove the glove box, because anysuch object could cause harm if thevehicle is in a crash severe enoughto cause the air bags to inflate.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If the air bags inflate, they must

be replaced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• Do not tamper with or disconnectSRS wiring, or other componentsof the SRS system. Doing socould result in injury, due to acci-dental inflation of the air bags orby rendering the SRS inopera-tive.

• If components of the air bag sys-tem must be discarded, or if thevehicle must be scrapped, certainsafety precautions must beobserved. An authorized HYUNDAIdealer knows these precautionsand can give you the necessaryinformation. Failure to follow theseprecautions and procedures couldincrease the risk of personalinjury.

• If your vehicle was flooded andhas soaked carpeting or water onthe floor, you shouldn't try tostart the engine; have the cartowed to an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.


623

Additional safety precautions• Never let passengers ride in the

cargo area or on top of a folded-down back seat. All occupants shouldsit upright, fully back in their seats withtheir seat belts on and their feet on thefloor.

• Passengers should not move out ofor change seats while the vehicle ismoving. A passenger who is not wear-ing a seat belt during a crash or emer-gency stop can be thrown against theinside of the vehicle, against otheroccupants, or out of the vehicle.

• Each seat belt is designed torestrain one occupant. If more thanone person uses the same seat belt,they could be seriously injured or killedin a collision.

• Do not use any accessories on seatbelts. Devices claiming to improveoccupant comfort or reposition the seatbelt can reduce the protection providedby the seat belt and increase thechance of serious injury in a crash.

• Passengers should not place hardor sharp objects between them-selves and the air bags. Carryinghard or sharp objects on your lap or inyour mouth can result in injuries if anair bag inflates.

• Keep occupants away from the airbag covers. All occupants should situpright, fully back in their seats withtheir seat belts on and their feet on thefloor. If occupants are too close to theair bag covers, they could be injured ifthe air bags inflate.

• Do not attach or place objects on ornear the air bag covers. Any objectattached to or placed on the front orside air bag covers could interfere withthe proper operation of the air bags.

• Do not modify the front seats.Modification of the front seats couldinterfere with the operation of the sup-plemental restraint system sensingcomponents or side air bags.

• Do not place items under the frontseats. Placing items under the frontseats could interfere with the operationof the supplemental restraint systemsensing components and wiring har-nesses.

• Never hold an infant or child on yourlap. The infant or child could be seri-ously injured or killed in the event of acrash. All infants and children shouldbe properly restrained in appropriatechild safety seats or seat belts in therear seat.

Adding equipment to or modifyingyour air bag-equipped vehicleIf you modify your vehicle by changingyour vehicle's frame, bumper system,front end or side sheet metal or rideheight, this may affect the operation ofyour vehicle's air bag system.

WARNING• Sitting improperly or out of posi-

tion can cause occupants to beshifted too close to a deploying airbag, strike the interior structure orbe thrown from the vehicle result-ing in serious injury or death.

• Always sit upright with the seat-back in an upright position, cen-tered on the seat cushion withyour seat belt on, legs comfortablyextended and your feet on thefloor.

• Always have the ignition OFF inan abnormal situation.The side airbags may inflate if the vehicle istilted such as when being towedbecause the rollover sensordetects it as a rollover situation.

• Be careful not to cause impact tothe doors when the ignition is ON.The air bags may inflate.

3 63


Air bag warning label Air bag warning labels, some required by the U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), are attached to alertthe driver and passengers of potential risks of the air bag system.

OLM039058N/OLM039050N/OLM039051

4

Keys / 4-3

Remote keyless entry / 4-4

Theft-alarm system / 4-7

Door locks / 4-9

Tailgate / 4-13

Windows / 4-15

Hood / 4-19

Fuel filler lid / 4-21

Panorama sunroof / 4-24

Steering wheel / 4-28

Mirrors / 4-30

Instrument cluster / 4-33

Rearview camera / 4-49

Hazard warning flasher / 4-49

Lighting / 4-50

Wipers and washers / 4-54

Interior light / 4-58

Defroster / 4-60

Manual climate control system / 4-62

Automatic climate control system / 4-71

Windshield defrosting and defogging / 4-78

Storage compartment / 4-81


Interior features / 4-83

Exterior features / 4-89

Audio system / 4-90

Features of your vehicle4

4 3


Record your key numberThe key code number is stamped on thebar code tag attached to the key set.Should you lose your keys, this numberwill enable an authorized HYUNDAI deal-er to duplicate the keys easily. Removethe bar code tag and store it in a safeplace. Also, record the code number andkeep it in a safe place (not in the vehicle).

Key operationsUsed to start the engine, lock and unlockthe doors.

KEYS

OUN046100L

WARNING - Ignition keyLeaving children unattended in avehicle with the ignition key is dan-gerous even if the key is not in theignition switch. Children copyadults and they could place the keyin the ignition switch. The ignitionkey would enable children to oper-ate power windows or other con-trols, or even make the vehiclemove, which could result in seriousbodily injury or even death. Neverleave the keys in your vehicle withunsupervised children.

OUN026060

WARNINGUse only HYUNDAI original partsfor the ignition key in your vehicle.If an aftermarket key is used, theignition switch may not return toON after START. If this happens, thestarter will continue to operatecausing damage to the startermotor and possible fire due toexcessive current in the wiring.


44

Remote keyless entry systemoperationsLock (1)All doors (and tailgate) are locked if thelock button is pressed.If all doors (and tailgate) are closed, thehazard warning lights will blink once toindicate that all doors (and tailgate) arelocked.The chime sounds once if the lock buttonis pressed once more within 4 seconds.However, if any door (or tailgate) remainsopen, the hazard warning lights and thechime will not operate. If all doors (andtailgate) are closed after the lock buttonis pressed, the hazard warning lightsblink.

Unlock (2) Driver's door is unlocked if the unlockbutton is pressed once. The hazardwarning lights will blink twice to indicatethat the driver's door is unlocked.All doors (and tailgate) are unlocked ifthe unlock button is pressed once morewithin 4 seconds. The hazard warninglights will blink twice again to indicatethat all doors (and tailgate) are unlocked.After depressing this button, the doors(and tailgate) will be locked automatical-ly unless you open any door within 30seconds.

Alarm (3)The horn sounds and hazard warninglights flash for about 30 seconds if thisbutton is pressed. To stop the horn andlights, press any button on the transmit-ter.

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY

OLM049002N

4 5


Transmitter precautions✽✽ NOTICEThe transmitter will not work if any offollowing occur:• The ignition key is in ignition switch.• You exceed the operating distance

limit (about 30 feet [10 m]).• The battery in the transmitter is

weak.• Other vehicles or objects may be

blocking the signal.• The weather is extremely cold.• The transmitter is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio station oran airport which can interfere withnormal operation of the transmitter.

When the transmitter does not workcorrectly, open and close the door withthe ignition key. If you have a problemwith the transmitter, contact an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

This device complies with Part 15 ofthe FCC rules.Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:1. This device may not cause harmful

interference, and 2. This device must accept any interfer-

ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

CAUTIONKeep the transmitter away fromwater or any liquid. If the keylessentry system is inoperative due toexposure to water or liquids, it willnot be covered by your manufactur-er’s vehicle warranty.

WARNINGChanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user’s authority to operatethe equipment. If the keyless entrysystem is inoperative due tochanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance, it willnot be covered by your manufactur-er’s vehicle warranty.


64

Battery replacementTransmitter uses a 3 volt lithium batterywhich will normally last for several years.When replacement is necessary, use thefollowing procedure.1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and gen-

tly pry open the transmitter centercover.

2. Replace the battery with a new battery(CR2032). When replacing the battery,make sure the battery positive “+” sym-bol faces up as indicated in the illus-tration.

3. Install the battery in the reverse orderof removal.

For replacement transmitters, see anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer for transmit-ter reprogramming.

CAUTION• The keyless entry system trans-

mitter is designed to give youyears of trouble-free use, howev-er it can malfunction if exposed tomoisture or static electricity. Ifyou are unsure how to use yourtransmitter or replace the battery,contact an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

• Using the wrong battery cancause the transmitter to malfunc-tion. Be sure to use the correctbattery.

• To avoid damaging the transmit-ter, don't drop it, get it wet, orexpose it to heat or sunlight.

CAUTIONAn inappropriately disposed bat-tery can be harmful to the environ-ment and human health.Dispose the battery according toyour local law(s) or regulation.

OLM049200

4 7


THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM

This system is designed to provide pro-tection from unauthorized entry into thecar. This system is operated in threestages: the first is the "Armed" stage, thesecond is the "Theft-alarm" stage, andthe third is the "Disarmed" stage. If trig-gered, the system provides an audiblealarm with blinking of the hazard warninglights.

Armed stagePark the car and stop the engine. Armthe system as described below.1. Remove the ignition key from the igni-

tion switch and exit the vehicle.2. Make sure that all doors (and tailgate)

and engine hood are closed andlatched.

3. Lock the doors using the transmitter ofthe keyless entry system.

After completion of the steps above, thehazard warning lights will blink once toindicate that the system is armed.

If any door (or tailgate) or engine hoodremains open, the hazard warning lightsand the chime will not operate and thetheft-alarm will not arm. If all doors (andtailgate) and engine hood are closedafter the lock button is pressed, the haz-ard warning lights blink once.

The system can also be armed by lock-ing the doors with the key from the frontdoors; however, the hazard warninglights will not blink using this method.

✽✽ NOTICEThe theft-alarm system by the key canbe deactivated by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.If you want this feature, consult anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Do not arm the system until all pas-sengers have left the vehicle. If thesystem is armed while a passenger(s)remains in the vehicle, the alarm maybe activated when the remaining pas-senger(s) leave the vehicle. If anydoor (or tailgate) or engine hood isopened within 30 seconds after thesystem enters the armed stage, thesystem is disarmed to prevent anunnecessary alarm.

Armed

stage

Theft-alarm

stageDisarmed

stage


84

Theft-alarm stageThe alarm will be activated if any of thefollowing occurs while the system isarmed.• A front or rear door is opened without

using the ignition key or transmitter.• The tailgate is opened without using

the transmitter.• The engine hood is opened.The horn will sound and the hazardwarning lights will blink continuously forapproximately 27 seconds, and repeatthe horn 3 times unless the system is dis-armed. To turn off the system, unlock thedoors with the ignition key or transmitter.

Disarmed stageThe system will be disarmed when thedoors (and tailgate) are unlocked with thetransmitter or the ignition key.After depressing the unlock button, thehazard warning lights will blink twice toindicate that the system is disarmed.After depressing the unlock button, if anydoor (or tailgate) is not opened within 30seconds, the system will be rearmed.

✽✽ NOTICE• Avoid trying to start the engine while

the alarm is activated. The vehiclestarting motor is disabled during thetheft-alarm stage.If the system is not disarmed with thetransmitter, insert the key into theignition switch, turn the ignitionswitch to the ON position and wait for30 seconds. Then the system will bedisarmed. (if equipped)

• If you lose your keys, consult yourauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTIONDo not change, alter or adjust thetheft-alarm system because it couldcause the theft-alarm system tomalfunction and should only beserviced by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.Malfunctions caused by improperalterations, adjustments or modifi-cations to the theft-alarm systemare not covered by your vehiclemanufacturer warranty.

4 9


Operating door locks from out-side the vehicle • Turn the key toward the rear of the

vehicle to unlock and toward the frontof the vehicle to lock.

• If you lock the door with a key, all vehi-cle doors will lock automatically.

• From the driver’s door, turn the key tothe right once to unlock the driver’sdoor and once more within 4 secondsto unlock all doors.

• Doors can also be locked andunlocked with the transmitter.

• Once the doors are unlocked, they maybe opened by pulling the door handle.

• When closing the door, push the doorby hand. Make sure that doors areclosed securely.

❈ If your vehicle is equipped with theremote keyless entry system, there isno key lock on the front passenger’sdoor.

✽✽ NOTICE• In cold and wet climates, door lock

and door mechanisms may not workproperly due to freezing conditions.

• If the door is locked/unlocked multi-ple times in rapid succession witheither the vehicle key or door lockswitch, the system may stop operatingtemporarily in order to protect thecircuit and prevent damage to systemcomponents.

• To lock a door without the key, push theinside door lock button (1) or centraldoor lock switch (2) to the “Lock” posi-tion and close the door (3).

• If you lock the door with the centraldoor lock switch (2), all vehicle doorswill lock automatically.

✽✽ NOTICEAlways remove the ignition key, engagethe parking brake, close all windowsand lock all doors when leaving yourvehicle unattended.

DOOR LOCKS

OLM049008

LockUnlock

OLM049009


104

Operating door locks from insidethe vehicleWith the door lock button• To unlock a door, push the door lock

button (1) to the “Unlock” position. Thered mark (2) on button will be visible.

• To lock a door, push the door lock but-ton (1) to the “Lock” position. If the dooris locked properly, the red mark (2) onthe door lock button will not be visible.

• To open a door, pull the door handle(3) outward.

• If the inner door handle of the driver’s(or front passenger’s) door is pulledwhen the door lock button is in lockposition, the button is unlocked anddoor opens. (if equipped)

• Front doors cannot be locked if theignition key is in the ignition switch andany front door is open.

With central door lock switchOperate by depressing the central doorlock switch.

OLM049010

Lock Unlock

WARNING - Door lock mal-function

If a power door lock ever fails tofunction while you are in the vehi-cle, try one or more of the followingtechniques to exit:• Operate the door unlock feature

repeatedly (both electronic andmanual) while simultaneouslypulling on the door handle.

• Operate the other door locks andhandles, front and rear.

• Lower a front window and use thekey to unlock the door from out-side.

• Move to the cargo area and openthe tailgate.

OLM049011

Driver’s door

OLM049209N

Passenger’s door

4 11


• When pushing down on the front por-tion (1) of the switch, all vehicle doorswill lock.

• When pushing down on the rear por-tion (2) of the switch, all vehicle doorswill unlock.

• If the key is in the ignition switch andany front door is opened, the doors willnot lock even though the front portion(1) of central door lock switch ispressed.

WARNING - Unlockedvehicles

Leaving your vehicle unlocked caninvite theft or possible harm to youor others from someone hiding inyour vehicle while you are gone.Always remove the ignition key,engage the parking brake, close allwindows and lock all doors whenleaving your vehicle unattended.

WARNING - Unattendedchildren

An enclosed vehicle can becomeextremely hot, causing death orsevere injury to unattended chil-dren or animals who cannot escapethe vehicle. Furthermore, childrenmight operate features of the vehi-cle that could injure them, or theycould encounter other harm, possi-bly from someone gaining entry tothe vehicle. Never leave children oranimals unattended in your vehicle.

WARNING - Doors• The doors should always be fully

closed and locked while the vehi-cle is in motion to prevent acci-dental opening of the door.Locked doors will also discour-age potential intruders when thevehicle stops or slows.

• Be careful when opening doorsand watch for vehicles, motorcy-cles, bicycles or pedestriansapproaching the vehicle in thepath of the door. Opening a doorwhen something is approachingcan cause damage or injury.


124

Impact sensing door unlock system (if equipped)In the event of air bag deployment result-ing from a vehicle impact, all doors willautomatically unlock.

Auto door lock/unlock feature• All doors will be automatically locked

when shifting the transaxle shift leverout of P (Park) with engine is running.

• All doors will be automatically unlockedwhen shifting the transaxle shift leverinto P (Park) with engine is running.

Child-protector rear door lockThe child safety lock is provided to helpprevent children from accidentally open-ing the rear doors from inside the vehicle.The rear door safety locks should beused whenever children are in the vehi-cle.1. Open the rear door.2. Push the child safety lock located on

the rear edge of the door to the lock( ) position. When the child safetylock is in the lock position, the reardoor will not open even though theinner door handle is pulled.

3. Close the rear door.To open the rear door, pull the outsidedoor handle.Even though the doors may be unlocked,the rear door will not open by pulling theinner door handle (1) until the rear doorchild safety lock is unlocked (➡).

OLM049012

WARNING - Rear doorlocks

If children accidentally open therear doors while the vehicle is inmotion, they could fall out and beseverely injured or killed. To pre-vent children from opening the reardoors from the inside, the rear doorsafety locks should be used when-ever children are in the vehicle.

4 13


Opening the tailgate• The tailgate is locked or unlocked

when all doors are locked or unlockedwith the key, transmitter or central doorlock switch.

• If unlocked, the tailgate can be openedby pressing the handle switch andpulling the handle up.

✽✽ NOTICEIn cold and wet climates, door lock anddoor mechanisms may not work proper-ly due to freezing conditions.

Closing the tailgateTo close the tailgate, lower and pushdown the tailgate firmly. Make sure thatthe tailgate is securely latched.

TAILGATE

OLM049013 OLM049014

WARNINGThe tailgate swings upward. Makesure no objects or people are nearthe rear of the vehicle when open-ing the tailgate.

CAUTIONMake certain that you close the tail-gate before driving your vehicle.Possible damage may occur to thetailgate lift cylinders and attachedhardware if the tailgate is notclosed prior to driving.

WARNING - Exhaustfumes

If you drive with the tailgate open,you will draw dangerous exhaustfumes into your vehicle which cancause serious injury or death tovehicle occupants.If you must drive with the tailgateopen, keep the air vents and all win-dows open so that additional out-side air comes into the vehicle.


144

Emergency tailgate safety releaseYour vehicle is equipped with the emer-gency tailgate safety release lever locat-ed on the bottom of the tailgate. Whensomeone is inadvertently locked in theluggage compartment, if the lever ispushed, the tailgate latch mechanism isreleased and the tailgate is opened bypushing rearward.

WARNING• For emergencies, be fully aware

of the location of the emergencytailgate safety release lever inthis vehicle and how to open thetailgate if you are accidentallylocked in the luggage compart-ment.

• No one should be allowed tooccupy the luggage compartmentof the vehicle at any time. Theluggage compartment is a verydangerous location in the eventof a crash.

• Use the release lever for emer-gencies only. Use extreme cau-tion, especially while the vehicleis in motion.

OLM049015

WARNING - Rear cargoarea

Occupants should never ride in therear cargo area where no restraintsare available. To avoid injury in theevent of an accident or suddenstops, occupants should always beproperly restrained.

4 15


(1) Driver’s door power window switch(2) Front passenger’s door power win-

dow switch(3) Rear door (left) power window switch(4) Rear door (right) power window

switch(5) Window opening and closing(6) Automatic power window up/down*

(Driver’s window)(7) Power window lock switch

* : if equipped

✽✽ NOTICEIn cold and wet climates, power windowsmay not work properly due to freezingconditions.

WINDOWS

OLM049020N


164

Power windowsThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition for power windows to operate.Each door has a power window switchthat controls the door's window. The driv-er has a power window lock switch whichcan block the operation of passengerwindows. The power windows can beoperated for approximately 30 secondsafter the ignition key is removed or turnedto the ACC or LOCK position. However, ifthe front doors are opened, the powerwindows cannot be operated within the30 second period after the ignition keyremoval.

✽✽ NOTICEWhile driving with the rear windowsdown or with the sunroof (if equipped)in an open (or partially open) position,your vehicle may demonstrate a windbuffeting or pulsation noise. This noiseis a normal occurrence and can bereduced or eliminated by taking the fol-lowing actions. If the noise occurs withone or both of the rear windows down,partially lower both front windowsapproximately one inch. If you experi-ence the noise with the sunroof open,slightly reduce the size of the sunroofopening.

Window opening and closingThe driver’s door has a master powerwindow switch that controls all the win-dows in the vehicle.To open or close a window, press downor pull up the front portion of the corre-sponding switch to the first detent posi-tion (5).

Auto down window (if equipped) (Driver’s window)Pressing the power window switchmomentarily to the second detent posi-tion (6) completely lowers the driver’swindow even when the switch isreleased. To stop the window at thedesired position while the window is inoperation, pull up the switch momentarilyto the opposite direction of the windowmovement.

OLM049021 OLM049022

4 17


Auto up/down window (if equipped) (Driver's window)Depressing or pulling up the power windowswitch momentarily to the second detentposition (6) completely lowers or lifts thewindow even when the switch is released.To stop the window at the desired positionwhile the window is in operation, pull up ordepress and release the switch to theopposite direction of the movement.If the power window is not operated cor-rectly, the automatic power window systemmust be reset as follows:1.Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-

tion.2. Close driver’s window and continue

pulling up on driver’s power windowswitch for at least 1 second after the win-dow is completely closed.

Automatic reversal

If the upward movement of the window isblocked by an object or part of the body,the window will detect the resistance andwill stop upward movement. The windowwill then lower approximately 11.8 in. (30cm) to allow the object to be cleared.If the window detects the resistancewhile the power window switch is pulledup continuously, the window will stopupward movement then lower approxi-mately 1 in. (2.5 cm). And if the powerwindow switch is pulled up continuouslyagain within 5 seconds after the windowis lowered by the automatic windowreversal feature, the automatic windowreversal will not operate.

✽✽ NOTICEThe automatic reverse feature for thedriver’s window is only active when the“auto up” feature is used by fullypulling up the switch. The automaticreverse feature will not operate if thewindow is raised using the halfway posi-tion on the power window switch.

WARNING Always check for obstructionsbefore raising any window to avoidinjuries or vehicle damage. If anobject less than 0.16 in. (4 mm) indiameter is caught between thewindow glass and the upper win-dow channel, the automatic reversewindow may not detect the resist-ance and will not stop and reversedirection.

OUN026013OLM049023


184

Power window lock button• The driver can disable the power win-

dow switches on the passenger doorsby depressing the power window lockswitch located on the driver’s door toLOCK (pressed).

• When the power window lock switchis ON, the driver’s master controlcannot operate the passenger doorpower windows.

OLM049024

CAUTION• To prevent possible damage to

the power window system, do notopen or close two windows ormore at the same time. This willalso ensure the longevity of thefuse.

• Never try to operate the mainswitch on the driver's door andthe individual door windowswitch in opposing directions atthe same time. If this is done, thewindow will stop and cannot beopened or closed.

WARNING - Windows• NEVER leave the ignition key in

the vehicle.• NEVER leave any child unattend-

ed in the vehicle. Even veryyoung children may inadvertentlycause the vehicle to move, entan-gle themselves in the windows,or otherwise injure themselves orothers.

• Always double check to makesure all arms, hands, head andother obstructions are safely outof the way before closing a win-dow.

• Do not allow children to play withthe power windows. Keep the dri-ver’s door power window lockswitch in the LOCK position(depressed). Serious injury canresult from unintentional windowoperation by the child.

• Do not extend any head or armsoutside through the windowopening while driving.

4 19


Opening the hood 1. Pull the release lever to unlatch the

hood. The hood should pop openslightly.

2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise thehood slightly, pull the secondary latch(1) inside of the hood center and liftthe hood (2).

3.Pull out the support rod from theengine room.

4.Hold the hood open with the supportrod.

HOOD

OLM049025 OLM049026 OLM049027

WARNING - Hot partsGrasp the support rod in the areawrapped in rubber. The rubber willhelp prevent you from being burnedby hot metal when the engine ishot.


204

Closing the hood1. Before closing the hood, check the fol-

lowing:• All filler caps in engine compartment

must be correctly installed.• Gloves, rags or any other com-

bustible material must be removedfrom the engine compartment.

2. Return the support rod to its clip toprevent it from rattling.

3. Lower the hood until it is about 1 ft. (30cm) above the closed position and letit drop. Make sure that it locks intoplace.

WARNING• Before closing the hood, ensure

that all obstructions are removedfrom the hood opening. Closingthe hood with an obstructionpresent in the hood opening mayresult in property damage orsevere personal injury.

• Do not leave gloves, rags or anyother combustible material in theengine compartment. Doing somay cause a heat-induced fire.

• Always double check to be surethat the hood is firmly latchedbefore driving away. If it is notlatched, the hood could openwhile the vehicle is being driven,causing a total loss of visibility,which might result in an accident.

• Do not move the vehicle with thehood in the raised position, asvision is obstructed and the hoodcould fall or be damaged.

4 21


Opening the fuel filler lidThe fuel filler lid must be opened frominside the vehicle by pulling up the fuelfiller lid opener lever.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the fuel filler lid does not openbecause ice has formed around it, taplightly or push on the lid to break the iceand release the lid. Do not pry on the lid.If necessary, spray around the lid withan approved de-icer fluid (do not useradiator anti-freeze) or move the vehicleto a warm place and allow the ice tomelt.

1. Stop the engine.2. To open the fuel filler lid, pull the fuel

filler lid opener up.3. Pull the fuel filler lid (1) out to fully

open.4. To remove the cap, turn the fuel filler

cap (2) counterclockwise.5. Refuel as needed.

Closing the fuel filler lid1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise until

it “clicks”. This indicates that the cap issecurely tightened.

2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it light-ly making sure that it is securelyclosed.

FUEL FILLER LID

OSA047022 OLM049028

WARNING - Refueling• If pressurized fuel sprays out, it

can cover your clothes or skinand thus subject you to the riskof fire and burns. Always removethe fuel cap carefully and slowly.If the cap is venting fuel or if youhear a hissing sound, wait untilthe condition stops before com-pletely removing the cap.

• Do not "top off" after the nozzleautomatically shuts off whenrefueling.

• Tighten the cap until it clicks, oth-erwise the Check Engine lightwill illuminate.

• Always check that the fuel cap isinstalled securely to prevent fuelspillage in the event of an acci-dent.


224

(Continued)Use only approved portable plas-tic fuel containers designed tocarry and store gasoline.

• Do not use cellular phones whilerefueling. Electric current and/orelectronic interference from cel-lular phones can potentiallyignite fuel vapors causing a fire.

• When refueling, always shut theengine off. Sparks produced byelectrical components related tothe engine can ignite fuel vaporscausing a fire. Once refueling iscomplete, check to make sure thefiller cap and filler door aresecurely closed, before startingthe engine.

• DO NOT use matches or a lighterand DO NOT SMOKE or leave a litcigarette in your vehicle while ata gas station especially duringrefueling. Automotive fuel ishighly flammable and can, whenignited, result in fire.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Do not get back into a vehicle

once you have begun refuelingsince you can generate staticelectricity by touching, rubbingor sliding against any item or fab-ric (polyester, satin, nylon, etc.)capable of producing static elec-tricity. Static electricity dischargecan ignite fuel vapors resulting inrapid burning. If you must re-enter the vehicle, you shouldonce again eliminate potentiallydangerous static electricity dis-charge by touching a metal partof the vehicle, away from the fuelfiller neck, nozzle or other gaso-line source.

• When using an approvedportable fuel container, be sure toplace the container on theground prior to refueling. Staticelectricity discharge from thecontainer can ignite fuel vaporscausing a fire. Once refueling hasbegun, contact with the vehicleshould be maintained until thefilling is complete.

(Continued)

WARNING - Refueling dan-gers

Automotive fuels are flammablematerials. When refueling, pleasenote the following guidelines care-fully. Failure to follow these guide-lines may result in severe personalinjury, severe burns or death by fireor explosion.• Read and follow all warnings

posted at the gas station facility.• Before refueling, note the loca-

tion of the Emergency GasolineShut-Off, if available, at the gasstation facility.

• Before touching the fuel nozzle,you should eliminate potentiallydangerous static electricity dis-charge by touching another metalpart of the vehicle, a safe dis-tance away from the fuel fillerneck, nozzle, or other gas source.

(Continued)

4 23


(Continued)• If a fire breaks out during refuel-

ing, leave the vicinity of the vehi-cle, and immediately contact themanager of the gas station andthen contact the local fire depart-ment or 911. Follow any safetyinstructions they provide.

CAUTION• Make sure to refuel your vehicle

according to the "Fuel require-ments" suggested in section 1.

• If the fuel filler cap requiresreplacement, use only a genuineHYUNDAI cap or the equivalentspecified for your vehicle. Anincorrect fuel filler cap can resultin a serious malfunction of thefuel system or emission controlsystem.

• Do not spill fuel on the exteriorsurfaces of the vehicle. Any typeof fuel spilled on painted surfacesmay damage the paint.

• After refueling, make sure the fuelcap is installed securely to pre-vent fuel spillage in the event ofan accident.


244

If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof,you can slide or tilt your sunroof with thesunroof control lever located on the over-head console.

The sunroof can only be opened, closed,or tilted when the ignition switch is in theON position.

✽✽ NOTICE• In cold and wet climates, the sunroof

may not work properly due to freez-ing conditions.

• After a vehicle is washed or in a rain-storm be sure to wipe off any waterthat is on the sunroof before operatingit.

✽✽ NOTICEThe sunroof cannot tilt when it is in theslide position but can be slid while in atilt position.

PANORAMA SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)

OLM049030

CAUTIONDo not continue to move the sun-roof control lever after the sunroofis fully opened, closed, or tilted.Damage to the motor or systemcomponents could occur.

WARNING • Never adjust the sunroof or roller

blind while driving. This couldresult in loss of control and anaccident that may cause death,serious injury, or property dam-age.

• If you would like to carry items onthe roof rack using a cross bar,do not operate the sunroof.

• When carrying cargo on the roofrack, do not load heavy itemsabove the sunroof or glass roof.

• All occupants of the vehicle mustwear their seat belts at all times.Seat belts and child restraintsreduce serious or fatal injuriesfor all occupants in the event of acollision or sudden stop.

WARNING Do not allow children operate thesunroof. Closing a sunroof onsomeone can cause serious injury,and in some cases, even death.

4 25


Sliding the sunroof Before opening or closing the sunroof,open the roller blind.To open the sunroof (manual slide fea-ture), pull the sunroof control lever back-ward to the first detent position.To close the sunroof (manual slide fea-ture), push or pull the sunroof controllever with safety switch (1) forward ordownward to the first detent position.

To open the sunroof automatically:

Pull the sunroof control lever backward tothe second detent position and thenrelease it. The sunroof will slide openautomatically open all the way.To stop the sunroof sliding at any point,pull or push the sunroof control levermomentarily.

To close the sunroof automatically:

Push the sunroof control lever forward tothe second detent position and thenrelease it. The sunroof will automaticallyclose all the way.To stop the sunroof sliding at any point,pull or push the sunroof control levermomentarily.

Automatic reversalIf an object or part of the body is detectedwhile the sunroof is closing automatically, itwill reverse the direction, and then stop.The auto reverse function does not work ifa tiny obstacle is between the sliding glassand the sunroof sash. You should alwayscheck that all passengers and objects areaway from the sunroof before closing it.

OLM049031 OXM049029

WARNING • Never activate the auto reverse

function intentionally with any ofyour body parts.

• The auto reverse function maynot work if something getscaught just before the sunrooffully closes.


264

Tilting the sunroof Before opening or closing the sunroof,open the roller blind.To open the sunroof (manual feature),push the sunroof control lever upwarduntil the sunroof moves to the desiredposition.To close the sunroof, pull the sunrooflever downward until the sunroof movesto the desired position.

Roller blind The roller blinds are installed inside ofthe sunroof and glass roof.Open or close it manually when you needto.Before opening or closing the sunroof,open the roller blind.

✽✽ NOTICEIt is normal for wrinkles to form on theblind because of its material character-istic.

WARNING - Sunroof• Be careful that no head, hands

and body parts are obstructed bya closing sunroof.

• Do not extend the face, neck,arms or body outside the sunroofwhile driving.

• Make sure your hands and headare safely out of the way beforeclosing a sunroof.

CAUTION• Periodically remove any dirt that

may accumulate on the guide rail.• If you try to open the sunroof

when the temperature is belowfreezing or when the sunroof iscovered with snow or ice, theglass or the motor could be dam-aged.

• Do not leave the roller blindclosed while the sunroof isopened.

OXM049031OLM049032

4 27


Resetting the sunroofWhenever the vehicle battery is discon-nected or discharged, you must resetyour sunroof system as follows:

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ONposition.

2. Open the roller blind.3. Close the sunroof.4. Release the sunroof control lever.5. Push the sunroof control lever forward

in the direction of close (about 10 sec-onds) until the sunroof is moved a lit-tle. Then, release the lever.

6. Push the sunroof control lever forwardin the direction of close until the sun-roof operates as follows;

TILT OPEN → SLIDE OPEN →SLIDE CLOSE

Then, release the lever.

When this is complete, the sunroof sys-tem has been reset.


284

Electronic power steering Power steering uses the motor to assistyou in steering the vehicle. If the engineis off or if the power steering systembecomes inoperative, the vehicle maystill be steered, but it will requireincreased steering effort.The motor driven power steering is con-trolled by power steering control unitwhich sense the steering wheel torque,steering wheel position and vehiclespeed to command the motor.The steering wheel becomes heavier asthe vehicle’s speed increases andbecomes lighter as the vehicle’s speeddecreases for the better control of thesteering wheel.Should you notice any change in theeffort required to steer during normalvehicle operation, have the power steer-ing checked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

✽✽ NOTICEThe following symptoms may occur dur-ing normal vehicle operation:• The EPS warning light does not illumi-

nate.• The steering wheel becomes heavier

after turning the ignition switch on.This happens as the system performsthe EPS system diagnostics. When thediagnostics is completed, the steeringwheel will return to its normal condi-tion.

• Click noise may be heard from theEPS relay after the ignition switch isturned to the ON or LOCK position.

• Motor noise may be heard when thevehicle is at a stop or at a low drivingspeed or in cold weather.

• The steering effort can suddenlyincrease, if the operation of EPS sys-tem is stopped to prevent serious acci-dents when the malfunction of EPSsystem is detected by self-diagnosis.

Tilt steering Tilt steering allows you to adjust thesteering wheel before you drive. You canalso raise it to give your legs more roomwhen you exit and enter the vehicle (ifequipped).

The steering wheel should be positionedso that it is comfortable for you to drive,while permitting you to see the instru-ment panel warning lights and gauges.

STEERING WHEEL

WARNING• Never adjust the angle and height

of steering wheel while driving.You may lose your steering con-trol and cause severe personalinjury or accidents.

• After adjusting, push the steeringwheel both up and down to becertain it is locked in position.

4 29


To change the steering wheel angle, pulldown the lock-release lever (1), adjustthe steering wheel to the desired angle(2) and the desired position (if equipped)(3), then pull up the lock-release lever tolock the steering wheel in place. Be sureto adjust the steering wheel to thedesired position before driving.

HornTo sound the horn, press the horn sym-bol on your steering wheel.Check the horn regularly to be sure itoperates properly.

✽✽ NOTICETo sound the horn, press the area indi-cated by the horn symbol on your steer-ing wheel (see illustration). The hornwill operate only when this area ispressed.

OLM049033L

CAUTIONDo not strike the horn severely tooperate it, or hit it with your fist. Donot press on the horn with a sharp-pointed object.

OLM049034


304

Inside rearview mirrorAdjust the rearview mirror to center onthe view through the rear window. Makethis adjustment before you start driving.

Day/night rearview mirror Make this adjustment before you startdriving and while the day/night lever is inthe day position.Pull the day/night lever toward you toreduce glare from the headlights of vehi-cles behind you during night driving.Remember that you lose some rearviewclarity in the night position.

Electric chromic mirror (ECM) (if equipped)The electric rearview mirror automatical-ly controls the glare from the headlightsof the car behind you in nighttime or lowlight driving conditions. The sensormounted in the mirror senses the lightlevel around the vehicle, and automati-cally controls the headlight glare fromvehicles behind you.When the engine is running, the glare isautomatically controlled by the sensormounted in the rearview mirror.Whenever the shift lever is shifted intoreverse (R), the mirror will automaticallygo to the brightest setting in order toimprove the drivers view behind the vehi-cle.

MIRRORS

WARNING - Rear visibilityDo not place objects in the rearseat or cargo area which wouldinterfere with your vision throughthe rear window.

OLM049035

Day

Night

CAUTIONWhen cleaning the mirror, use apaper towel or similar materialdampened with glass cleaner. Donot spray glass cleaner directly onthe mirror as that may cause the liq-uid cleaner to enter the mirror hous-ing.

4 31


To operate the electric rearview mirror:

• Press the ON/OFF button (1) to turnthe automatic dimming function on.The mirror indicator light will illuminate.Press the ON/OFF button to turn theautomatic dimming function off. Themirror indicator light will turn off.

• The mirror defaults to the ON positionwhenever the ignition switch is turnedon.

Outside rearview mirror Be sure to adjust mirror angles beforedriving.Your vehicle is equipped with both left-hand and right-hand outside rearviewmirrors. The mirrors can be adjustedremotely with the remote switch. The mir-ror heads can be folded back to preventdamage during an automatic car wash orwhen passing in a narrow street.

OLM049037L

Indicator Sensor

Rearview display mirror

(if equipped)

WARNING - Rearview mir-rors

• The right outside rearview mirroris convex. Objects seen in themirror are closer than theyappear.

• Use your interior rearview mirroror direct observation to deter-mine the actual distance of fol-lowing vehicles when changinglanes.

CAUTIONDo not scrape ice off the mirrorface; this may damage the surfaceof the glass. If ice should restrictmovement of the mirror, do notforce the mirror for adjustment. Toremove ice, use a deicer spray, or asponge or soft cloth with very warmwater.

CAUTIONIf the mirror is jammed with ice, donot adjust the mirror by force. Usean approved spray de-icer (not radi-ator antifreeze) to release thefrozen mechanism or move thevehicle to a warm place and allowthe ice to melt.

WARNING Do not adjust or fold the outsiderearview mirrors while the vehicleis moving. This could result in lossof control, and an accident whichcould cause death, serious injuryor property damage.


324

Remote controlThe electric remote control mirror switchallows you to adjust the position of theleft and right outside rearview mirrors. Toadjust the position of either mirror, pushthe switch (1) to R or L to select the rightside mirror or the left side mirror, thenpress a corresponding point on the mirroradjustment control to position the select-ed mirror up, down, left or right.After adjustment, put the switch into neu-tral (center) position to prevent the inad-vertent adjustment.

Folding the outside rearview mirrorTo fold the outside rearview mirror, graspthe housing of the mirror and then fold ittoward the rear of the vehicle.

CAUTION• The mirrors stop moving when

they reach the maximum adjust-ing angles, but the motor contin-ues to operate while the switch isdepressed. Do not depress theswitch longer than necessary, themotor may be damaged.

• Do not attempt to adjust the out-side rearview mirror by hand.Doing so may damage the parts.

OLM049039 OLM049042

4 33


INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

1. Tachometer

2. Turn signal indicators

3. Speedometer

4. Engine temperature gauge

5. Shift position indicator

6. Fuel gauge

7. Odometer/Trip computer*

8. Warning and indicator lights

* : if equipped

OLM049051N

* The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

For more details refer to the "Gauges" in the next pages.


344

Instrument panel illuminationWhen the vehicle’s parking lights orheadlights are on, press the illuminationcontrol button to adjust the brightness ofthe instrument panel illumination.

GaugesSpeedometer The speedometer indicates the forwardspeed of the vehicle.The speedometer is calibrated in milesper hour and/or kilometers per hour.

Tachometer The tachometer indicates the approxi-mate number of engine revolutions perminute (rpm).Use the tachometer to select the correctshift points and to prevent lugging and/orover-revving the engine.When the door is open, or if the engine isnot started within 1 minute, the tachome-ter pointer may move slightly in ON posi-tion with the engine OFF. This movementis normal and will not affect the accuracyof the tachometer once the engine is run-ning.

OLM049052 OLM049056OLM049054N

4 35


Engine temperature gauge This gauge shows the temperature of theengine coolant when the ignition switchis ON.Do not continue driving with an overheat-ed engine. If your vehicle overheats, referto “If the engine overheats” in section 6.

CAUTIONIf the gauge pointer moves beyondthe normal range area toward the“H” position, it indicates overheat-ing that may damage the engine.

CAUTIONDo not operate the engine withinthe tachometer's RED ZONE.This may cause severe engine dam-age.

WARNINGNever remove the radiator capwhen the engine is hot. The enginecoolant is under pressure andcould cause severe burns. Waituntil the engine is cool beforeadding coolant to the reservoir.

OLM049057


364

Fuel gaugeThe fuel gauge indicates the approxi-mate amount of fuel remaining in the fueltank. The fuel tank capacity is given in sec-tion 8. The fuel gauge is supplemented bya low fuel warning light, which will illumi-nate when the fuel tank is near empty.On inclines or curves, the fuel gaugepointer may fluctuate or the low fuelwarning light may come on earlier thanusual due to the movement of fuel in thetank.

Trip computer The trip computer is a microcomputer-controlled driver information system thatdisplays information related to driving,including odometer, tripmeter, distanceto empty, average fuel consumption,average speed, driving time and ECOON/OFF mode (if equipped) on the dis-play when the ignition switch is in the ONposition. All stored driving information(except odometer and distance to empty)is reset if the battery is disconnected.

WARNING - Fuel gaugeRunning out of fuel can exposevehicle occupants to danger.You must stop and obtain addition-al fuel as soon as possible after thewarning light comes on or when thegauge indicator comes close to theE level.

CAUTIONAvoid driving with a extremely lowfuel level. Running out of fuel couldcause the engine to misfire, damag-ing the catalytic converter.

OLM049058 OLM049059

4 37


The odometer is always displayed untilthe display is turned off.Push the TRIP button for less than 1 sec-ond to select tripmeter, distance toempty, average fuel consumption, aver-age speed, driving time and ECOON/OFF mode* function as follows:

Odometer

The odometer indicates the total dis-tance the vehicle has been driven.You will also find the odometer useful todetermine when periodic maintenanceshould be performed.

Tripmeter

This mode indicates the distance of indi-vidual trips selected since the last trip-meter reset.The meter's working range is from 0.0 to999.9 miles (0.0 to 999.9 km).Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1second, when the tripmeter is being dis-played, clears the tripmeter to zero (0.0).

OLM049060N OLM049061N

Tripmeter

Driving time

ECO ON/OFF mode*

Distance to empty

Average fuel consumption

Average speed

* : if equipped


384

Distance to empty

This mode indicates the estimated dis-tance to empty based on the current fuelin the fuel tank and the amount of fueldelivered to the engine. When theremaining distance is below 30 miles (50km), “----” will be displayed and the dis-tance to empty indicator will blink.The meter’s working range is from 30 to990 miles (50 to 990 km).

Average fuel consumption

This mode calculates the average fuelconsumption from the total fuel used andthe distance since the last average con-sumption reset. The total fuel used is cal-culated from the fuel consumption input.For an accurate calculation, drive morethan 0.03 miles (50 m).Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1second, when the average fuel consump-tion is being displayed, clears the averagefuel consumption to zero (--.-).

✽✽ NOTICE• If the vehicle is not on level ground or

the battery power has been interrupt-ed, the “Distance to empty” functionmay not operate correctly.The trip computer may not registeradditional fuel if less than 1.6 gallons (6liters) of fuel are added to the vehicle.

• The fuel consumption and distance toempty values may vary significantlybased on driving conditions, drivinghabits, and condition of the vehicle.

• The distance to empty value is an esti-mate of the available driving distance.This value may differ from the actualdriving distance available.

OLM049062N OLM049064N

4 39


Average speed

This mode calculates the average speedof the vehicle since the last averagespeed reset.Even if the vehicle is not in motion, theaverage speed keeps going while theengine is running.Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1second, when the average speed isbeing displayed, clears the averagespeed to zero (---).

Driving time

This mode indicates the total time trav-eled since the last driving time reset.Even if the vehicle is not in motion, thedriving time keeps going while the engineis running.The meter’s working range is from0:00~99:59.Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1second, when the driving time is beingdisplayed, clears the driving time to zero(0:00).

ECO ON/OFF mode (if equipped)

You can turn the ECO indicator on/off onthe instrument cluster in this mode.If you push the TRIP button more than 1second in the ECO ON mode, ECO OFFis displayed in the screen and the ECOindicator turns off.If you want to display the ECO indicatoragain, press the TRIP button more than 1second in the ECO OFF mode and thenECO ON mode is displayed in thescreen.When you press the TRIP button lessthan 1 second in the ECO mode, themode is changed to odometer.

OLM049066N OLM049067N OLM049068N


404

Warnings and indicatorsAll warning lights are checked by turningthe ignition switch ON (do not start theengine). Any light that does not illuminateshould be checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.After starting the engine, check to makesure that all warning lights are off. If anyare still on, this indicates a situation thatneeds attention. When releasing theparking brake, the brake system warninglight should go off. The fuel warning lightwill stay on if the fuel level is low.

ECO indicator (if equipped)

The ECO indicator is a system thatinforms you to drive economically.It is displayed if you drive fuel efficientlyto help you improve fuel efficiency.• The ECO indicator (green) will turn on

when you are driving fuel efficiently inthe ECO ON mode.If you don't want the indicator dis-played, you can turn the ECO ONmode to OFF mode by pressing theTRIP button.As per ECO ON/OFF Mode operation,refer to the previous page.

• The fuel-efficiency can be changed bythe driver's driving habit and road con-dition.

• It doesn't work at the condition whichdoesn't meet economical driving suchas P (Park), N (Neutral) and R(Reverse) or sports mode.

Air bag warning light

This warning light will illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds each time youturn the ignition switch to the ON posi-tion.This light also comes on when the Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) isnot working properly. If the AIR BAGwarning light does not come on, or con-tinuously remains on after operating forabout 6 seconds when you turned theignition switch to the ON position or start-ed the engine, or if it comes on whiledriving, have the SRS inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

ECO

WARNINGDon't keep watching the indicatorwhile driving. It will distract youwhile driving and cause an acci-dent that results in severe personalinjury.

4 41


Anti-lock brake system(ABS) warning light

This light illuminates if the ignition switchis turned ON and goes off in approxi-mately 3 seconds if the system is operat-ing normally.If the ABS warning light remains on,comes on while driving, or does notcome on when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, this indicatesthat there may be a malfunction with theABS.If this occurs, have your vehicle checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible. The normal brakingsystem will still be operational, but with-out the assistance of the anti-lock brakesystem.

Electronic brakeforce distribution(EBD) systemwarning light

If two warning lights illuminate at thesame time while driving, your vehiclemay have a malfunction with ABS andEBD system.In this case, your ABS and regular brakesystem may not work normally. Have thevehicle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the ABS warning light or EBD warn-ing light is on and stays on, thespeedometer or odometer/tripmetermay not work. Also, the EPS warninglight may illuminate and the steeringeffort may increase or decrease. In thiscase, have your vehicle checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon aspossible.

WARNINGIf both ABS and Brake warninglights are on and stay on, your vehi-cle’s brake system will not worknormally. So you may experiencean unexpected and dangerous situ-ation during sudden braking. In thiscase, avoid high speed driving andabrupt braking. Have your vehiclechecked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer as soon as possible.


424

Parking brake & brakefluid warning light

Parking brake warning

This light is illuminated when the parkingbrake is applied with the ignition switch inthe START or ON position. The warninglight should go off when the parkingbrake is released while engine is run-ning.The parking brake warning chime willsound to remind you that the parkingbrake is applied when you are drivingabove 6 mph (10 km/h). Always releasethe parking brake before you drive.

Low brake fluid level warning

If the warning light remains on, it mayindicate that the brake fluid level in thereservoir is low.If the warning light remains on:1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.2. With the engine stopped, check the

brake fluid level immediately and addfluid as required. Then check all brakecomponents for fluid leaks.

3. Do not drive the vehicle if leaks arefound, the warning light remains on orthe brakes do not operate properly.Have the vehicle towed to any author-ized HYUNDAI dealer for a brake sys-tem inspection and necessary repairs.

Your vehicle is equipped with dual-diago-nal braking systems. This means you stillhave braking on two wheels even if oneof the dual systems should fail. With onlyone of the dual systems working, morethan normal pedal travel and greaterpedal pressure are required to stop thecar. Also, the car will not stop in as shorta distance with only a portion of thebrake system working. If the brakes failwhile you are driving, shift to a lower gearfor additional engine braking and stop thecar as soon as it is safe to do so.To check bulb operation, check whetherthe parking brake and brake fluid warninglight illuminates when the ignition switchis in the ON position.

Seat belt warning

As a reminder to the driver, the seat beltwarning light will blink for approximately6 seconds each time you turn the ignitionswitch ON, regardless of belt fastening.For details, refer to the seat belt on chap-ter 3.

Turn signal indicator

The blinking green arrows on the instru-ment panel show the direction indicatedby the turn signals. If the arrow comes onbut does not blink, blinks more rapidlythan normal, or does not illuminate at all,a malfunction in the turn signal system isindicated. Your dealer should be consult-ed for repairs.This indicator also blinks when the haz-ard warning switch is turned on.WARNING

Driving the vehicle with a warninglight on is dangerous. If the brakewarning light remains on, have thebrakes checked and repaired imme-diately by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

4 43


Light on indicator

The indicator illuminates when the taillights or headlights are ON.

High beam indicator

This indicator illuminates when the head-lights are on and in the high beam posi-tion or when the turn signal lever is pulledinto the Flash-to-Pass position.

Front fog light indicator (if equipped)

The indicator illuminates when the frontfog lights are ON.

Engine oil pressure warning light

This warning light indicates the engine oilpressure is low.If the warning light illuminates while driv-ing:1. Drive safely to the side of the road and

stop.2. With the engine off, check the engine

oil level. If the level is low, add oil asrequired.

If the warning light remains on afteradding oil or if oil is not available, call anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTIONIf the oil pressure warning lightstays on while the engine is run-ning, serious engine damage mayresult. The oil pressure warninglight comes on whenever there isinsufficient oil pressure. In normaloperation, it should come on whenthe ignition switch is turned on,then go out when the engine isstarted. If the oil pressure warninglight stays on while the engine isrunning, there is a serious malfunc-tion.If this happens, stop the car assoon as it is safe to do so, turn offthe engine and check the oil level. Ifthe oil level is low, fill the engine oilto the proper level and start theengine again. If the light stays onwith the engine running, turn theengine off immediately. In anyinstance where the oil light stays onwhen the engine is running, theengine should be checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer beforethe car is driven again.

CAUTIONIf the engine is not stopped imme-diately after the engine oil pressurewarning light is illuminated, severedamage could result.


444

Shift pattern indicator (if equipped)

The indicator displays which automatictransaxle shift position is selected.

Manual transaxle shiftindicator (if equipped)

This indicator informs you which gear isdesired while driving to save fuel.For example

: Indicates that shifting up to the 3rdgear is desired (currently the shiftlever is in the 2nd gear).

: Indicates that shifting down to the3rd gear is desired (currently theshift lever is in the 4th gear).

✽✽ NOTICEWhen the system is not working proper-ly, up & down arrow indicator and Gearare not displayed.

Charging system warninglight

This warning light indicates a malfunctionof either the generator or electricalcharging system.If the warning light comes on while thevehicle is in motion:1. Drive to the nearest safe location.2. With the engine off, check the genera-

tor drive belt for looseness or break-age.

3. If the belt is adjusted properly, a prob-lem exists somewhere in the electricalcharging system. Have an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer correct the problemas soon as possible.

Door ajar warning light

This warning light illuminates when adoor is not closed securely with the igni-tion switch in any position.

Tailgate open warning light

This warning light illuminates when thetailgate is not closed securely with theignition switch in any position.

4 45


Low fuel level warning light

This warning light indicates the fuel tankis nearly empty. When it comes on, youshould add fuel as soon as possible.Driving with the fuel level warning light onor with the fuel level below “E” can causethe engine to misfire and damage thecatalytic converter.

Malfunction indicator (MIL)(check engine light)

This indicator light is part of the EngineControl System which monitors variousemission control system components. Ifthis light illuminates while driving, it indi-cates that a potential malfunction hasbeen detected somewhere in the emis-sion control system.This light will also illuminate when theignition switch is turned to the ON posi-tion, and will go out in a few secondsafter the engine is started. If it illuminateswhile driving, or does not illuminate whenthe ignition switch is turned to the ONposition, take your vehicle to your near-est authorized HYUNDAI dealer andhave the system checked.Generally, your vehicle will continue to bedrivable, but have the system checked byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer promptly.

CAUTION• Prolonged driving with the

Emission Control SystemMalfunction Indicator Light illumi-nated may cause damage to theemission control systems whichcould effect drivability and/or fueleconomy.

• If the Emission Control SystemMalfunction Indicator Light illumi-nates, potential catalytic converterdamage is possible which couldresult in loss of engine power.Have the Engine Control Systeminspected as soon as possible byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.


464

ESC indicator (ElectronicStability Control) (if equipped)

The ESC indicator will illuminate whenthe ignition switch is turned ON, butshould go off after approximately 3 sec-onds. When the ESC is on, it monitorsthe driving conditions and under normaldriving conditions, the ESC indicator willremain off. When a slippery or low trac-tion condition is encountered, the ESCwill operate, and the ESC indicator willblink to indicate the ESC is operating.But, if the ESC system malfunctions theindicator illuminates and stays on. Takeyour vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAIdealer and have the system checked.

ESC OFF indicator (if equipped)

The ESC OFF indicator will illuminatewhen the ignition switch is turned ON,but should go off after approximately 3seconds. To switch to ESC OFF mode,press the ESC OFF button. The ESCOFF indicator will illuminate indicatingthe ESC is deactivated.

DBC (Downhill brake con-trol) indicator (if equipped)

The DBC indicator will illuminate whenthe DBC button is pressed and the sys-tem is on.When driving down a steep hill at aspeed under 22 mph (35 km/h), the DBCwill operate and the DBC indicator willblink to indicate the DBC is operating.

If the red indicator illuminates, the DBCsystem may have malfunctioned. Takeyour vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAIdealer and have the system checked.

AWD system warning light(if equipped)

When the ignition switch is turned to theON position, the AWD indicator will illu-minate and then go off in a few seconds.If the AWD system warning light illuminates, this indicates that there is amalfunction in the AWD system. If thisoccurs, have your vehicle checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon aspossible.

AWD LOCK indicator (if equipped)

The AWD LOCK indicator light is illumi-nated when the AWD LOCK button ispushed. The purpose of this AWD LOCKmode is to increase the drive powerwhen driving on dry road surfaces, wetpavement, snow-covered roads and/oroff-road. The AWD LOCK indicator lightis turned off by pushing the button again.

CAUTIONDo not use AWD LOCK mode on drypaved roads or highway, it cancause noise, vibration or damage ofAWD related parts.

4 47


WARNING - Low tire pres-sure

Significantly low tire pressuremakes the vehicle unstable and cancontribute to loss of vehicle controland increased braking distances.Continued driving on low pressuretires will cause the tires to overheatand fail.

Low tire pressure telltale

The low tire pressure telltale comes onfor 3 seconds after the ignition switch isturned to the ON position.If the warning light does not come on, orcontinuously remains on after coming onfor about 3 seconds when you turned theignition switch to the ON position, theTire Pressure Monitoring System is notworking properly. If this occurs, have yourvehicle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.This warning light will also illuminate ifone or more of your tires is significantlyunder-inflated. You should stop andcheck your tires as soon as possible. Ifthe warning light illuminates while driv-ing, reduce vehicle speed immediatelyand stop the vehicle. Avoid hard brakingand overcorrecting at the steering wheel.Inflate the tires to the proper pressure asindicated on the vehicle’s tire informationplacard.The TPMS is not a replacement for nor-mal tire maintenance. Tire inflationshould be checked on a regular basis.Refer to the TPMS instructions and warn-ings in section 5.

Engine coolanttemperature warning light

The warning light illuminates if the tem-perature of the engine coolant is above248±5.4°F (120±3°C).Do not continue driving with an overheat-ed engine. If your vehicle overheats, referto “Overheating” in section 6.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the engine coolant temperature warn-ing light illuminates, it indicates over-heating that may damage the engine.

Electronic power steering(EPS) system warning light

This indicator light comes on after theignition key is turned to the ON positionand then it will go out after the engine isstarted.This light also comes on when the EPShas some troubles. If it comes on whiledriving, have your vehicle inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

EPS


484

Cruise indicator CRUISE indicator

The indicator light illuminates when thecruise control system is enabled.The cruise indicator light in the instru-ment cluster is illuminated when thecruise control ON-OFF button on thesteering wheel is pushed.The indicator light turns off when thecruise control ON-OFF button is pushedagain. For more information about theuse of cruise control, refer to “Cruisecontrol system” in section 5.

Cruise SET indicator

The indicator light illuminates when thecruise function switch (SET- or RES+) isON.The cruise SET indicator light in theinstrument cluster is illuminated whenthe cruise control switch (SET- or RES+)is pushed. The cruise SET indicator lightdoes not illuminate when the cruise con-trol switch (CANCEL) is pushed or thesystem is disengaged.

Key reminder warning chime If the driver’s door is opened while theignition key is left in the ignition switch(ACC or LOCK position), the keyreminder warning chime will sound. Thisis to prevent you from locking your keysin the vehicle. The chime sounds until thekey is removed from the ignition switch orthe driver’s door is closed.

SETCRUISE

4 49


REARVIEW CAMERA (IF EQUIPPED)The rearview camera will activate whenthe back-up light is ON with the ignitionswitch ON and the shift lever in the R(Reverse) position.This system is a supplemental systemthat shows behind the vehicle through therearview display mirror while backing-up.The rearview camera may be turned off bypressing the ON/OFF button when therearview camera is activated.To turn the camera on again, press theON/OFF button again when the ignitionswitch is on and the shift lever in R(Reverse). Also, the camera will turn onautomatically whenever the ignition switchis turned off and on again.

The hazard warning flasher should beused whenever you find it necessary tostop the car in a hazardous location.When you must make such an emer-gency stop, always pull off the road as faras possible.The hazard warning lights are turned onby pushing in the hazard switch. Thiscauses all turn signal lights to blink. Thehazard warning lights will operate eventhough the key is not in the ignitionswitch.To turn the hazard warning lights off,push the switch a second time.

WARNING• This system is a supplementary

function only. It is the responsi-bility of the driver to alwayscheck the inside/outside rearviewmirror and the area behind thevehicle before and while backingup because there is a dead zonethat can't see through the cam-era.

• Always keep the camera lensclean. If lens is covered with for-eign matter, the camera may notoperate normally.

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER

OLM049084

OLM049081/OLM049082/OLM049083N

■ Type B

■ Type ARear view display

Rear view display


504

Battery saver function • The purpose of this feature is to pre-

vent the battery from being dis-charged. The system automaticallyturns off the exterior lights when thedriver removes the ignition key andopens the driver-side door.

• With this feature, the parking lights willbe turned off automatically if the driverparks on the side of road at night.If necessary, to keep the lights onwhen the ignition key is removed, per-form the following:1) Open the driver-side door.2) Turn the parking lights OFF and ON

again using the light switch on thesteering column.

Headlight escort function (if equipped)The headlights (and/or taillights) remainon for approximately 20 minutes after theignition key is removed or turned to theACC or LOCK position. However, if thedriver’s door is opened and closed, theheadlights are turned off after 30 sec-onds.The headlights can be turned off bypressing the lock button on the transmit-ter twice or turning off the light switchfrom the headlight or Auto light position.

Headlight welcome functionWhen the headlight switch is in the ONposition or in the AUTO position and alldoors (and tailgate) are closed andlocked, if you press the door unlock but-ton on the transmitter, the headlight willcome on for about 15 seconds.To turn off the headlight immediately, doone of the following:• Press the door lock button.• Press the unlock button twice within 4

seconds.• Press the unlock button once more

after 4 seconds.

Lighting controlThe light switch has a Headlight and aParking light position.To operate the lights, turn the knob at theend of the control lever to one of the fol-lowing positions:(1) OFF position(2) Parking light position(3) Headlight position(4) Auto light position (if equipped)

LIGHTING

OXM049110

4 51


Parking light position ( )When the light switch is in the parkinglight position (1st position), the tail, posi-tion, license and instrument panel lightswill turn ON.

Headlight position ( )When the light switch is in the headlightposition (2nd position), the head, tail,position, license and instrument panellights will turn ON.

✽✽ NOTICEThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition to turn on the headlights.

Auto light position (if equipped)When the light switch is in the AUTO lightposition, the taillights and headlights willbe turn ON or OFF automaticallydepending on the amount of light outsidethe vehicle.

OAM049041 OAM049042 OLM049328


524

High beam operation To turn on the high beam headlights,push the lever away from you. Pull it backfor low beams.The high beam indicator will light whenthe headlight high beams are switchedon.To prevent the battery from being dis-charged, do not leave the lights on for aprolonged time while the engine is notrunning.

To flash the headlights, pull the levertowards you. It will return to the normal(low beam) position when released. Theheadlight switch does not need to be onto use this flashing feature.

CAUTION• Never place anything over sensor

(1) located on the instrumentpanel. This will ensure betterauto-light system control.

• Don’t clean the sensor using awindow cleaner. The cleaner mayleave a light film which couldinterfere with sensor operation.

• If your vehicle has window tint orother types of coating on thefront windshield, the Auto lightsystem may not work properly.

OAM049044 OAM049043

4 53


Turn signals and lane change sig-nalsThe ignition switch must be on for theturn signals to function. To turn on theturn signals, move the lever up or down(A). The green arrow indicators on theinstrument panel indicate which turn sig-nal is operating. They will self-cancelafter a turn is completed. If the indicatorcontinues to flash after a turn, manuallyreturn the lever to the OFF position.

To signal a lane change, move the turnsignal lever slightly and hold it in position(B). The lever will return to the OFF posi-tion when released.If an indicator stays on and does notflash or if it flashes abnormally, one of theturn signal bulbs may be burned out andwill require replacement.

One-touch lane change function (if equipped)To activate an one-touch lane changefunction, move the turn signal leverslightly for less than 0.5 second and thenrelease it. The lane change signals willblink 3 times.

✽✽ NOTICEIf an indicator flash is abnormally quickor slow, a bulb may be burned out orhave a poor electrical connection in thecircuit.

Front fog light (if equipped) Fog lights are used to provide improvedvisibility when visibility is poor due to fog,rain or snow, etc. The fog lights will turnon when fog light switch (1) is turned toON after the headlights (low beam) areturned on.To turn off the fog lights, turn the switchto OFF.

OAM049046

CAUTIONWhen in operation, the fog lightsconsume large amounts of vehicleelectrical power. Only use the foglights when visibility is poor.

OAM049045


544

A : Wiper speed control· MIST – Single wipe· OFF – Off· INT – Intermittent wipe

AUTO* – AUTO control wipe· LO – Low wiper speed· HI – High wiper speed

B : Intermittent or Auto control wipetime adjustment

C : Wash with brief wipes (front)

D : Rear wiper/washer control· ON – Continuous wipe· INT – Intermittent wipe· OFF – Off

E : Wash with brief wipes (rear)

* : if equipped

WIPERS AND WASHERS

Windshield wiper/washer Rear window wiper/washer (if equipped)

OAM049100N/OAM049048N

4 55


Windshield wipers Operates as follows when the ignitionswitch is turned ON.MIST : For a single wiping cycle, move

the lever to this (MIST) positionand release it. The wipers willoperate continuously if the lever isheld in this position.

OFF : Wiper is not in operationINT : Wiper operates intermittently at

the same wiping intervals. Use thismode in a light rain or mist. To varythe speed setting, turn the speedcontrol knob(1).

LO : Normal wiper speedHI : Fast wiper speed

✽✽ NOTICEIf there is heavy accumulation of snowor ice on the windshield, defrost thewindshield for about 10 minutes, oruntil the snow and/or ice is removedbefore using the windshield wipers toensure proper operation.

✽✽ NOTICE• When you operate the wipers, if your

vehicle has a problem in any part ofthe wiper operation system, the wipermay operate in the LO mode regard-less of the wiper switch position. Inthis case, have your vehicle checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible.

• When the ignition key is removed, thewiper blade sometimes may move toproperly position slightly for reducingthe deterioration of the windshieldwipers.

Auto control (if equipped)The rain sensor located on the upper endof the windshield glass senses theamount of rainfall and controls the wipingcycle for the proper interval. The more itrains, the faster the wiper operates.When the rain stops, the wiper stops.To vary the speed setting, turn the speedcontrol knob (1).If the wiper switch is set in AUTO modewhen the ignition switch is ON, the wiperwill operate once to perform a self-checkof the system. Set the wiper to OFF posi-tion when the wiper is not in use.

OAM049101N OXM049123

Rain sensor


564

Windshield washers In the OFF position, pull the lever gentlytoward you to spray washer fluid on thewindshield and to run the wipers 1-3cycles.Use this function when the windshield isdirty.The spray and wiper operation will con-tinue until you release the lever.If the washer does not work, check thewasher fluid level. If the fluid level is notsufficient, you will need to add appropri-ate non-abrasive windshield washer fluidto the washer reservoir.The reservoir filler neck is located in thefront of the engine compartment on thepassenger side.

CAUTIONWhen the ignition switch is ON andthe windshield wiper switch isplaced in the AUTO mode, use cau-tion in the following situations toavoid any injury to the hands orother parts of the body:• Do not touch the upper end of the

windshield glass facing the rainsensor.

• Do not wipe the upper end of thewindshield glass with a damp orwet cloth.

• Do not put pressure on the wind-shield glass.

CAUTIONWhen washing the vehicle, set thewiper switch in the OFF position tostop the auto wiper operation.The wiper may operate and be dam-aged if the switch is set in the AUTOmode while washing the vehicle.Do not remove the sensor coverlocated on the upper end of the pas-senger side windshield glass.Damage to system parts couldoccur and may not be covered byyour vehicle warranty.When starting the vehicle in winter,set the wiper switch in the OFFposition. Otherwise, wipers mayoperate and ice may damage thewindshield wiper blades. Alwaysremove all snow and ice and defrostthe windshield properly prior tooperating the windshield wipers.

OAM049102N

4 57


Rear window wiper and washerswitch The rear window wiper and washerswitch is located at the end of the wiperand washer switch lever. Turn the switchto the desired position to operate the rearwiper and washer.ON - Normal wiper operationINT - Intermittent wiper operation

(if equipped) OFF - Wiper is not in operation

Push the lever away from you to sprayrear washer fluid and to run the rearwipers 1~3 cycles. The spray and wiperoperation will continue until you releasethe lever.

CAUTIONTo prevent possible damage to thewasher pump, do not operate thewasher when the fluid reservoir isempty.

WARNINGDo not use the washer in freezingtemperatures without first warmingthe windshield with the defrosters;the washer solution could freeze onthe windshield and obscure yourvision.

CAUTION• To prevent possible damage to

the wipers or windshield, do notoperate the wipers when thewindshield is dry.

• To prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use gasoline,kerosene, paint thinner, or othersolvents on or near them.

• To prevent damage to the wiperarms and other components, donot attempt to move the wipersmanually.

OAM049103N OXM049125


584

Map lampPush the lens to turn the map lamp on oroff.• ON : The light (with room lamp)

stays on at all times.• DOOR : The light (with room lamp)

comes on when any door(except tailgate) is openedregardless of the ignition switchposition. When doors (excepttailgate) are unlocked by thetransmitter, the light (with roomlamp) comes on for approxi-mately 30 seconds as long asany door (except tailgate) is notopened.

Also, the light (with room lamp)goes out gradually after approxi-mately 30 seconds if the door(except tailgate) is closed.However, if the ignition switch isON or all doors (except tailgate)are locked, the light will turn offimmediately.If a door (except tailgate) isopened with the ignition switch inthe ACC or LOCK position, thelight (with room lamp) stays on forabout 20 minutes. However, if adoor (except tailgate) is openedwith the ignition switch in the ONposition, the light (with roomlamp) stays on continuously.

• OFF : The light (only map lamp) staysoff at all times.

INTERIOR LIGHT

OLM049100

CAUTIONDo not use the interior lights forextended periods when the engineis not running.It may cause battery discharge.

4 59


Room lampThe room lamp operates according to themap lamp main switch position.• ON : The light (room lamp) stays on at

all times regardless of the maplamp main switch position.

Luggage lamp (if equipped)The light comes on or off when the tail-gate is opened or closed.

Glove box lampThe glove box lamp comes on when theglove box is opened.The parking lights or headlights must beON for the glove box lamp to function.

OLM049101 OLM049103 OLM049102


604

Vanity mirror lamp (if equipped)• : The lamp will turn on if this but-

ton is pressed.

• : The lamp will turn off if this but-ton is pressed.

✽✽ NOTICETurn off the lamp before return the sun-visor to its original position.

✽✽ NOTICEIf you want to defrost and defog thefront windshield, refer to “Windshielddefrosting and defogging” in this sec-tion. Rear window defroster

The defroster heats the window toremove frost, fog and thin ice from therear window, while the engine is running.

OLM049105

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the conduc-tors bonded to the inside surface ofthe rear window, never use sharpinstruments or window cleanerscontaining abrasives to clean thewindow.

DEFROSTER

OLM049109

4 61


To activate the rear window defroster,press the rear window defroster buttonlocated in the center facia switch panel.The indicator on the rear windowdefroster button illuminates when thedefroster is ON.If there is heavy accumulation of snow onthe rear window, brush it off before oper-ating the rear defroster.The rear window defroster automaticallyturns off after approximately 20 minutesor when the ignition switch is turned off.To turn off the defroster, press the rearwindow defroster button again.

Outside rearview mirror defroster (if equipped)If your vehicle is equipped with the out-side rearview mirror defrosters, they willoperate at the same time you turn on therear window defroster.

Front windshield deicer (if equipped)To activate the front windshield deicer,press the front windshield deicer buttonlocated in the center facia switch panel.The indicator on the front windshielddeicer button illuminates when the deiceris ON.The front windshield deicer automaticallyturns off after approximately 20 minutesor when the ignition switch is turned off.To turn off the deicer, press the frontwindshield deicer button again.

OLM049104


624

MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OLM049111

1. Fan speed control knob

2. Front windshield defroster button

3. MAX A/C mode button

4. Temperature control knob

5. Air conditioning button

6. Mode selection button

7. Air intake control button

4 63


Heating and air conditioning1. Start the engine.2. Set the mode to the desired position.

For improving the effectiveness ofheating and cooling;- Heating:- Cooling:

3. Set the temperature control to thedesired position.

4. Set the air intake control to the outside(fresh) air position.

5. Set the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turn theair conditioning system on.

OLM049120


644

Mode selectionThe mode selection button controls thedirection of the air flow through the venti-lation system.Air can be directed to the floor, dash-board outlets, or windshield. Six symbolsare used to represent MAX A/C, Face,Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost and Defrostair position.The MAX A/C mode is used to cool theinside of the vehicle faster.

MAX A/C-Level (B, D)

Air flow is directed toward the upper bodyand face.In this mode, the air conditioning and therecirculated air position will be selectedautomatically.

Face-Level (B, D)

Air flow is directed toward the upper bodyand face. Additionally, each outlet can becontrolled to direct the air dischargedfrom the outlet.

Bi-Level (B, D, E, C)

Air flow is directed towards the face andthe floor.

Floor-Level (C, A, D, E)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor, with a small amount of the air beingdirected to the windshield and side win-dow defrosters.

Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D, E)

Most of the air flow is directed to the floorand the windshield with a small amountdirected to the side window defrosters.

Defrost-Level (A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thewindshield with a small amount of airdirected to the side window defrosters.

OLM049112

4 65


Instrument panel vents

The outlet vents can be opened or closedseparately using the horizontal thumb-wheel. To close the vent, rotate it left tothe maximum position. To open the vent,rotate it right to the desired position.Also, you can adjust the direction of airdelivery from these vents using the ventcontrol lever as shown.

Temperature controlThe temperature control knob allows youto control the temperature of the air flow-ing from the ventilation system. Tochange the air temperature in the pas-senger compartment, turn the knob tothe right position for warm and hot air orleft position for cooler air.

Air intake control This is used to select the outside (fresh)air position or recirculated air position.To change the air intake control position,push the control button.

OLM049115 OLM049116OLM049114


664

Recirculated air position

The indicator light on thebutton illuminates when therecirculated air position isselected.With the recirculated airposition selected, air fromthe passenger compart-ment will be drawn throughthe heating system andheated or cooled accordingto the function selected.

Outside (fresh) air position

The indicator light on thebutton does not illuminateswhen the outside (fresh) airposition is selected.With the outside (fresh) airposition selected, air entersthe vehicle from outside andis heated or cooled accord-ing to the function selected.

✽✽ NOTICEProlonged operation of the heater in therecirculated air position (without airconditioning selected) may cause fog-ging of the windshield and side windowsand the air within the passenger com-partment may become stale.In addition, prolonged use of the airconditioning with the recirculated airposition selected will result in excessive-ly dry air in the passenger compart-ment.

WARNING• Continued use of the climate con-

trol system operation in the recir-culated air position may allowhumidity to increase inside thevehicle which may fog the glassand obscure visibility.

• Do not sleep in a vehicle with theair conditioning or heating sys-tem on. It may cause seriousharm or death due to a drop in theoxygen level and/or body temper-ature.

• Continued use of the climate con-trol system operation in the recir-culated air position can causedrowsiness or sleepiness, andloss of vehicle control. Set the airintake control to the outside(fresh) air position as much aspossible while driving.

4 67


Fan speed controlThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition for fan operation.The fan speed control knob allows you tocontrol the fan speed of the air flowingfrom the ventilation system. To changethe fan speed, turn the knob to the rightfor higher speed or left for lower speed.Setting the mode selection knob to the“0” position turns off the fan.

Air conditioning Push the A/C button to turn the air condi-tioning system on (indicator light will illu-minate). Push the button again to turn theair conditioning system off.

System operationVentilation1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

Heating1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn

the air conditioning system on.• If the windshield fogs up, set the mode

to the or position.

OLM049117 OLM049118


684

Operation Tips

• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes fromentering the car through the ventilationsystem, temporarily set the air intakecontrol to the recirculated air position.Be sure to return the control to thefresh air position when the irritationhas passed to keep fresh air in thevehicle. This will help keep the driveralert and comfortable.

• Air for the heating/cooling system isdrawn in through the grilles just aheadof the windshield. Care should betaken that these are not blocked byleaves, snow, ice or other obstructions.

• To prevent interior fog on the wind-shield, set the air intake control to thefresh air position and fan speed to thedesired position, turn on the air condi-tioning system, and adjust the temper-ature control to desired temperature.

Air conditioning All HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systemsare filled with environmentally friendly R-134a refrigerant which does not dam-age the ozone layer.1. Start the engine. Push the air condi-

tioning button.2. Set the mode to the position.3. Set the air intake control to the outside

air or recirculated air position.4. Adjust the fan speed control and tem-

perature control to maintain maximumcomfort.

• When maximum cooling is desired, setthe temperature control to the extremeleft position, set the mode control tothe MAX A/C position, then set the fanspeed control to the highest speed.

✽✽ NOTICE• When using the air conditioning sys-

tem, monitor the temperature gaugeclosely while driving up hills or inheavy traffic when outside tempera-tures are high. Air conditioning sys-tem operation may cause engine over-heating. Continue to use the blowerfan but turn the air conditioning sys-tem off if the temperature gauge indi-cates engine overheating.

• When opening the windows in humidweather air conditioning may createwater droplets inside the vehicle.Since excessive water droplets maycause damage to electrical equipment,air conditioning should only be runwith the windows closed.

4 69


Air conditioning system operation tips

• If the vehicle has been parked in directsunlight during hot weather, open thewindows for a short time to let the hotair inside the vehicle escape.

• To help reduce moisture inside of thewindows on rainy or humid days,decrease the humidity inside the vehi-cle by operating the air conditioningsystem.

• During air conditioning system opera-tion, you may occasionally notice aslight change in engine speed as theair conditioning compressor cycles.This is a normal system operationcharacteristic.

• Use the air conditioning system everymonth only for a few minutes to ensuremaximum system performance.

• When using the air conditioning sys-tem, you may notice clear water drip-ping (or even puddling) on the groundunder the passenger side of the vehi-cle. This is a normal system operationcharacteristic.

• Operating the air conditioning systemin the recirculated air position providesmaximum cooling, however, continualoperation in this mode may cause theair inside the vehicle to become stale.

• During cooling operation, you mayoccasionally notice a misty air flowbecause of rapid cooling and humid airintake. This is a normal system opera-tion characteristics.

Climate control air filter The climate control air filter installedbehind the glove box filters the dust orother pollutants that come into the vehi-cle from the outside through the heatingand air conditioning system. If dust orother pollutants accumulate in the filterover a period of time, the air flow from theair vents may decrease, resulting inmoisture accumulation on the inside ofthe windshield even when the outside(fresh) air position is selected. If this hap-pens, have the climate control air filterreplaced by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

1LDA5047

Outside air

Recirculatedair

Climate controlair filter

Blower

Evaporatorcore

Heater core


704

✽✽ NOTICE• Replace the filter according to the

Maintenance Schedule.If the car is being driven in severeconditions such as dusty or roughroads, more frequent air conditionerfilter inspections and changes arerequired.

• When the air flow rate suddenlydecreases, the system should bechecked at an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

Checking the amount of air con-ditioner refrigerant and compres-sor lubricantWhen the amount of refrigerant is low,the performance of the air conditioning isreduced. Overfilling also has a negativeimpact on the air conditioning system.Therefore, if abnormal operation isfound, have the system inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

✽✽ NOTICEIt is important when servicing the airconditioning system that the correcttype and amount of oil and refrigerant isused. Otherwise, damage to the com-pressor and abnormal system operationmay occur.

WARNINGThe air conditioning system shouldbe serviced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer. Improper servicemay cause serious injury to theperson performing the service.

4 71


AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

1. AUTO (automatic control) button

2. Driver’s temperature control knob

3. A/C display

4. Passenger’s temperature control knob

5. Dual temperature control selection button

6. OFF button

7. Front windshield defrost button

8. Air conditioning button

9. Fan speed control button

10. Air intake control button

11. Mode selection button

OLM049121L


724

Automatic heating and air condi-tioningThe automatic climate control system iscontrolled by simply setting the desiredtemperature.The Full Automatic Temperature Control(FATC) system automatically controls theheating and cooling system as follows;

1. Push the AUTO button. It is indicatedby AUTO on the display. The modes,fan speeds, air intake and air-condi-tioning will be controlled automaticallyby temperature setting.

2. Set the temperature switch to thedesired temperature.If the temperature is set to the lowestsetting (Lo), the air conditioning sys-tem will operate continuously.

3. To turn the automatic operation off,select any button or switch of the fol-lowing:• Mode selection button• Air conditioning button• Front windshield defroster button• Air intake control button• Fan speed control switchThe selected function will be controlledmanually while other functions operateautomatically.

For your convenience and to improve theeffectiveness of the climate control, usethe AUTO button and set the temperatureto 73°F (23°C).

✽✽ NOTICENever place anything over the sensorlocated on the instrument panel toensure better control of the heating andcooling system.

OLM049154OLM049122L

4 73


Manual heating and air condition-ingThe heating and cooling system can becontrolled manually by pushing buttonsor turning knob(s) other than the AUTObutton. In this case, the system workssequentially according to the order ofbuttons or knob(s) selected.When pressing any button (or turningany knob) except the AUTO button whileusing automatic operation, the functionsnot selected will be controlled automati-cally.1. Start the engine.2. Set the mode to the desired position.

For improving the effectiveness ofheating and cooling;- Heating:- Cooling:

3. Set the temperature control to thedesired position.

4. Set the air intake control to the outside(fresh) air position.

5. Set the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turn theair conditioning system on.

Press the AUTO button in order to con-vert to full automatic control of the sys-tem.

Mode selectionThe mode selection button controls thedirection of the air flow through the venti-lation system.The air flow outlet port is converted asfollows:

Refer to the illustration in the “Manual cli-mate control system”.

Face-Level (B, D)

Air flow is directed toward the upper bodyand face. Additionally, each outlet can becontrolled to direct the air dischargedfrom the outlet.

Bi-Level (B, D, E, C)

Air flow is directed towards the face andthe floor.

Floor-Level (C, A, D, E)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor, with a small amount of the air beingdirected to the windshield and side win-dow defrosters.

Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D, E)

Most of the air flow is directed to the floorand the windshield with a small amountdirected to the side window defrosters.

OLM049123


744

Defrost-Level (A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thewindshield with a small amount of airdirected to the side window defrosters.

Instrument panel vents

The outlet vents can be opened or closedseparately using the horizontal thumb-wheel. To close the vent, rotate it left tothe maximum position. To open the vent,rotate it right to the desired position.Also, you can adjust the direction of airdelivery from these vents using the ventcontrol lever as shown.

Temperature controlThe temperature will increase to themaximum (HI) by turning the knob to theright extremely.The temperature will decrease to the min-imum (Lo) by turning the knob to the leftextremely.When turning the knob, the temperaturewill increase or decrease by 1°F/0.5°C.When set to the lowest temperature set-ting, the air conditioning will operate con-tinuously.

OLM049124L OLM049114 OLM049125L

4 75


Adjusting the driver and passenger sidetemperature individually

1. Press the DUAL button to operate thedriver and passenger side temperatureindividually. Also, if the passenger sidetemperature control switch is operat-ed, it will automatically change to theDUAL mode as well.

2. Operate the left temperature control toadjust the driver side temperature.Operate the right temperature controlto adjust the passenger side tempera-ture.

When the driver side temperature is setto the highest (HI) or lowest (Lo) temper-ature setting, the DUAL mode is deacti-vated for maximum heating or cooling.

Adjusting the driver and passenger sidetemperature equally

1. Press the DUAL button again to deac-tivate DUAL mode. The passengerside temperature will be set to thesame temperature as the driver side.

2. Operate the driver side temperaturecontrol switch. The driver and passen-ger side temperature will be adjustedequally.

Temperature conversion

You can switch the temperature modebetween Fahrenheit to Centigrade as fol-lows:While pressing the OFF button, press theAUTO button for 3 seconds or more.The display will change from Fahrenheitto Centigrade, or from Centigrade toFahrenheit.If the battery has been discharged or dis-connected, the temperature mode dis-play will reset to Fahrenheit.

Outside thermometerThe current outside temperature is dis-played in 1°F (1°C) increments. The tem-perature range is between -40°F ~ 140°F(-40°C ~ 60°C).• The outside temperature on the display

may not change immediately like ageneral thermometer to prevent thedriver from being inattentive.

OLM049126 OLM049127N


764

Air intake controlThis is used to select the outside (fresh)air position or recirculated air position.To change the air intake control position,push the control button.

Recirculated air position

With the recirculated airposition selected, air fromthe passenger compart-ment will be drawn throughthe heating system andheated or cooled accordingto the function selected.

Outside (fresh) air position

With the outside (fresh) airposition selected, air entersthe vehicle from outsideand is heated or cooledaccording to the functionselected.

✽✽ NOTICEProlonged operation of the heater in therecirculated air position (without airconditioning selected) may cause fog-ging of the windshield and side windowsand the air within the passenger com-partment may become stale.In addition, prolonged use of the air con-ditioning with the recirculated air posi-tion selected will result in excessively dryair in the passenger compartment.

OLM049128L

WARNING• Continued use of the climate con-

trol system operation in the recir-culated air position may allowhumidity to increase inside thevehicle which may fog the glassand obscure visibility.

• Do not sleep in a vehicle with theair conditioning or heating systemon. It may cause serious harm ordeath due to a drop in the oxygenlevel and/or body temperature.

• Continued use of the climate con-trol system operation in the recir-culated air position can causedrowsiness or sleepiness, and lossof vehicle control. Set the air intakecontrol to the outside (fresh) airposition as much as possible whiledriving.

4 77


Fan speed controlThe fan speed can be set to the desiredspeed by operating the fan speed controlswitch.To change the fan speed, press ( �)the switch for higher speed, or press(� ) the switch for lower speed. Toturn the fan speed control off, press thefront blower OFF button.

Air conditioningPress the A/C button to turn the air con-ditioning system on (indicator light willilluminate).Press the button again to turn the airconditioning system off.

OFF modePress the OFF button to turn off the airclimate control system. However, you canstill operate the mode and air intake but-tons as long as the ignition switch is inthe ON position.

OLM049131OLM049129L OLM049130L


784

• For maximum defrosting, set the tem-perature control to the extremeright/hot position and the fan speedcontrol to the highest speed.

• If warm air to the floor is desired whiledefrosting or defogging, set the modeto the floor-defrost position.

• Before driving, clear all snow and icefrom the windshield, rear window, out-side rear view mirrors, and all side win-dows.

• Clear all snow and ice from the hoodand air inlet in the cowl grill to improveheater and defroster efficiency and toreduce the probability of fogging up theinside of the windshield.

Manual climate control systemTo defog inside windshield 1. Set the fan speed to the desired posi-

tion.2. Select desired temperature.3. Press the defrost button ( ).4. The outside (fresh) air will be selected

automatically. If the position isselected, air conditioning will also beselected automatically.

If the air conditioning and/or outside(fresh) air position are not selected auto-matically, press the corresponding buttonmanually.

WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING

WARNING - Windshieldheating

Do not use the or positionduring cooling operation inextremely humid weather. The dif-ference between the temperature ofthe outside air and the windshieldcould cause the outer surface ofthe windshield to fog up, causingloss of visibility. In this case, setthe mode selection to the posi-tion and fan speed control to thelower speed.

OLM049132

4 79


To defrost outside windshield 1. Set the fan speed to the highest posi-

tion.2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot

position.3. Press the defrost button ( ).4. The outside (fresh) air and air condi-

tioning will be selected automatically.

Automatic climate control systemTo defog inside windshield 1. Set the fan speed to the desired posi-

tion.2. Select desired temperature.3. Press the defroster button ( ).4. The air conditioning will turn on

according to the detected ambient tem-perature and outside (fresh) air posi-tion will be selected automatically.

If the air conditioning and outside (fresh)air position are not selected automatical-ly, adjust the corresponding button man-ually. If the position is selected,lower fan speed is adjusted to a higherfan speed.

To defrost outside windshield 1. Set the fan speed to the highest posi-

tion.2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot

(HI) position.3. Press the defroster button ( ).4. The air conditioning will turn on

according to the detected ambienttemperature and outside (fresh) airposition will be selected automatically.

OLM049134 OLM049135OLM049133


804

Defogging logicTo reduce the possibility of fogging upthe inside of the windshield, the air intakeor air conditioning are controlled auto-matically according to certain conditionssuch as or position. To cancel orreturn to the defogging logic, do the fol-lowing.

Manual climate control system1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-

tion.2. Select the defrost position pressing

the defrost button ( ).3. Press the air intake control button at

least 5 times within 3 seconds.The indicator light in the air intake controlbutton will blink 3 times with 0.5 secondof interval. It indicates that the defogginglogic is canceled or returned to the pro-grammed status.

If the battery has been discharged or dis-connected, it resets to the defog logicstatus.

Automatic climate control system1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-

tion.2. Select the defroster position pressing

the defroster button ( ).3. While pressing the air conditioning

button (A/C), press the air intake con-trol button at least 5 times within 3 sec-onds.

The A/C display blinks 3 times with 0.5second of interval. It indicates that thedefogging logic is canceled or returned tothe programmed status.

If the battery has been discharged or dis-connected, it resets to the defog logicstatus.

OLM049137NOLM049136N

4 81


These compartments can be used tostore small items required by the driveror passengers.

Center console storage These compartments can be used tostore small items required by the driveror front passenger.To open the center console storage pullup the lever.

Glove boxThe glove box can be locked andunlocked with a master key.To open the glove box, pull the handleand the glove box will automaticallyopen. Close the glove box after use.

STORAGE COMPARTMENT

WARNING - Flammablematerials

Do not store cigarette lighters,propane cylinders, or other flamma-ble/explosive materials in the vehi-cle. These items may catch fireand/or explode if the vehicle isexposed to hot temperatures forextended periods.

CAUTION• To avoid possible theft, do not

leave valuables in the storagecompartment.

• Always keep the storage com-partment covers closed whiledriving. Do not attempt to placeso many items in the storagecompartment that the storagecompartment cover cannot closesecurely.

WARNING To reduce the risk of injury in anaccident or sudden stop, alwayskeep the glove box door closedwhile driving.

OLM049151 OLM049152

UUUUNNNNLLLLOOOOCCCCKKKK

LLLLOOOOCCCCKKKK


824

Sunglass holder To open the sunglass holder, press thecover and the holder will slowly open.Place your sunglasses in the compart-ment door with the lenses facing out.Push to close.

WARNING• Do not keep objects except sun-

glass inside the sunglass holder.Such objects can be thrown fromthe holder in the event of a sud-den stop or an accident, possiblyinjuring the passengers in thevehicle.

• Do not open the sunglass holderwhile the vehicle is moving. Therear view mirror of the vehiclecan be blocked by an open sun-glass holder.

OLM049142

4 83


Cigarette lighter (if equipped)For the cigarette lighter to work, the igni-tion switch must be in the ACC positionor the ON position.To use the cigarette lighter, push it all theway into its socket. When the elementhas heated, the lighter will pop out to the“ready” position.Do not hold the cigarette lighter pressedin. This can damage the heating elementand create a fire hazard.If it is necessary to replace the cigarettelighter, use only a genuine HYUNDAIreplacement or its approved equivalent.

Ashtray (if equipped)To use the ashtray, open the cover.To clean or empty the ashtray, pull it out.

INTERIOR FEATURES

CAUTIONOnly a genuine HYUNDAI lightershould be used in the cigarettelighter socket. The use of plug-inaccessories (shavers, hand-heldvacuums, and coffee pots, etc.) maydamage the socket or cause electri-cal failure.

WARNING• Do not hold the lighter in after it

is already heated because it willoverheat.

• If the lighter does not pop outwithin 30 seconds, remove it toprevent overheating.

OLM049144

WARNING - Ashtray use• Do not use the vehicle’s ashtrays

as waste receptacles.• Putting lit cigarettes or matches

in an ashtray with other com-bustible materials may cause afire.

OLM049145


844

Cup holder

Cups or small beverage cans may beplaced in the cup holders.

SunvisorUse the sunvisor to shield direct lightthrough the front or side windows.To use the sunvisor, pull it downward.To use the sunvisor for the side window,pull it downward, unsnap it from thebracket (1) and swing it to the side (2).Adjust the sunvisor extension forward orbackward (3).To use the vanity mirror, pull down thevisor and slide the mirror cover (4).The ticket holder (5) is provided for hold-ing a tollgate ticket. (if equipped)

WARNING - Hot liquids• Do not place uncovered cups of

hot liquid in the cup holder whilethe vehicle is in motion. If the hotliquid spills, you burn yourself.Such a burn to the driver couldlead to loss of control of the vehi-cle.

• To reduce the risk of personalinjury in the event of sudden stopor collision, do not place uncov-ered or unsecured bottles, glass-es, cans, etc., in the cup holderwhile the vehicle is in motion.

OLM049146

■ Front

OLM049147

■ Rear (if equipped)OLM049207

4 85


Power outletThe power outlet is designed to providepower for mobile telephones or otherdevices designed to operate with vehicleelectrical systems. The devices shoulddraw less than 10 amps with the enginerunning.

CAUTION - Vanity mirrorlamp (if equipped)

If you use the vanity mirror lamp,turn off the lamp before return thesunvisor to its original position. Itcould result in battery dischargeand possible sunvisor damage.

OLM049150

OLM049153

■ Front

■ Rear (if equipped)

CAUTION• Use the power outlet only when

the engine is running and removethe accessory plug after use.Using the accessory plug for pro-longed periods of time with theengine off could cause the bat-tery to discharge.

• Only use 12V electric accessorieswhich are less than 10A in elec-tric capacity.

• Adjust the air-conditioner orheater to the lowest operatinglevel when using the power outlet.

• Close the cover when not in use.• Some electronic devices can

cause electronic interferencewhen plugged into a vehicle’spower outlet. These devices maycause excessive audio static andmalfunctions in other electronicsystems or devices used in yourvehicle.

WARNINGDo not put a finger or a foreign ele-ment (pin, etc.) into a power outletand do not touch with a wet hand.You may get an electric shock.


864

Digital clock (if equipped)

Whenever the battery terminals or relat-ed fuses are disconnected, you mustreset the time.When the ignition switch is in the ACC orON position, the clock buttons operate asfollows:

Setup the clockWith audio off

1. Press the [SETUP] button until theclock of the display blinks.

2. Set the clock by turning the knob(1)and press it.

With audio on

1. Press the [SETUP] button.2. Select the [CLOCK] mode by turning

the knob(1) and press it.3. Set the clock by turning the knob(1)

and press it. Floor mat anchor(s) (if equipped)When using a floor mat on the front floorcarpet, make sure it attaches to the floormat anchor(s) in your vehicle. This keepsthe floor mat from sliding forward.

OLM049208

WARNINGDo not adjust the clock while driv-ing. You may lose your steeringcontrol and cause severe personalinjury or accidents.

OLM049228

WARNING• Make sure the floor mat is proper-

ly placed on the floor carpet. If thefloor mat slips and interferes withthe movement of the pedals duringdriving, it may cause an accident.

• Don't put an additional floor maton the top of the anchored floormat, otherwise the additional matmay slide forward and interferewith the movement of the pedals.

■ Type A ■ Type B

4 87


Luggage net (holder) (if equipped)To keep items from shifting in the cargoarea, you can use the holders located inthe cargo area to attach the luggage net.

If necessary, contact your authorizedHYUNDAI dealer to obtain a luggage net.

Cargo security screen (if equipped) Use the cargo security screen to hideitems stored in the cargo area.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the goods orthe vehicle, care should be takenwhen carrying fragile or bulkyobjects in the luggage compart-ment.

WARNINGAvoid eye injury. DO NOT over-stretch the luggage net, ALWAYSkeep your face and body out of theluggage net’s recoil path. DO NOTuse the luggage net when the straphas visible signs of wear or dam-age.

OLM049202 OLM049203


884

To use the cargo security screen, pull thehandle backward and insert the edgesinto the slots.

When not in use, place the cargo securi-ty screen on the lower portion of thecargo area.

WARNING• Do not place objects on the cargo

security screen. Such objectsmay be thrown about inside thevehicle and possibly injure vehi-cle occupants during an accidentor when braking.

• Never allow anyone to ride in theluggage compartment. It isdesigned for luggage only.

• Maintain the balance of the vehi-cle and locate the weight as farforward as possible.

CAUTIONSince the cargo security screenmay be damaged or malformed, donot put the luggage on it when it isused.

OLM049204 OLM049205

4 89


EXTERIOR FEATURES

Roof rack (if equipped)If the vehicle has a roof rack, you canload cargo on top of your vehicle.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the vehicle is equipped with a sunroof,be sure not to position cargo onto theroof rack in such a way that it couldinterfere with sunroof operation.

CAUTION• When carrying cargo on the roof

rack, take the necessary precau-tions to make sure the cargo doesnot damage the roof of the vehicle.

• When carrying large objects onthe roof rack, make sure they donot exceed the overall roof lengthor width.

• When you are carrying cargo onthe roof rack, do not operate thesunroof (if equipped).OLM049206

WARNING • The following specification is the

maximum weight that can beloaded onto the roof rack.Distribute the load as evenly aspossible onto roof rack andsecure the load firmly.

Loading cargo or luggage inexcess of the specified weightlimit on the roof rack may dam-age your vehicle.

(Continued)

(Continued)• The vehicle center of gravity will

be higher when items are loadedonto the roof rack. Avoid suddenstarts, braking, sharp turns,abrupt maneuvers or high speedsthat may result in loss of vehiclecontrol or rollover resulting in anaccident.

• Always drive slowly and turn cor-ners carefully when carryingitems on the roof rack. Severewind updrafts, caused by passingvehicles or natural causes, cancause sudden upward pressureon items loaded on the roof rack.This is especially true when car-rying large, flat items such aswood panels or mattresses. Thiscould cause the items to fall offthe roof rack and cause damageto your vehicle or others aroundyou.

• To prevent damage or loss ofcargo while driving, check fre-quently before or while driving tomake sure the items on the roofrack are securely fastened.

ROOF 220 lbs. (100 kg)RACK EVENLY DISTRIBUTED


904

AntennaRoof antenna Your vehicle uses a roof antenna toreceive both AM and FM broadcast sig-nals. This antenna is removable. Toremove the antenna, turn it counterclock-wise. To install the antenna, turn it clock-wise.

Steering wheel audio control (if equipped) The steering wheel may incorporateaudio control buttons. These buttons areinstalled to promote safe driving.

AUDIO SYSTEM

OHM048154

■ Type A ■ Type BCAUTION

• Before entering a place with a lowheight clearance, be sure that theantenna is removed.

• Be sure to remove the antennabefore washing the car in an auto-matic car wash or it may be dam-aged.

• When reinstalling your antenna, itis important that it is fully tight-ened and adjusted to the uprightposition to ensure proper recep-tion. But it could be removedwhen parking the vehicle or whenloading cargo on the roof rack.

• When cargo is loaded on the roofrack, do not place the cargo nearthe antenna pole to ensure properreception.

CAUTIONDo not operate audio remote con-trol buttons simultaneously.

4 91


MODE (1)Press the button to change audio source.- FM(1~2)➟AM➟SAT(1~3)➟CD➟USB

AUX(iPod) FM...

SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2)The SEEK/PRESET button has differentfunctions based on the system mode.For the following functions the buttonshould be pressed for 0.8 second ormore.

RADIO mode

It will function as the AUTO SEEK selectbutton.

CD/USB/iPod mode

It will function as the FF/REW button.

If the SEEK/PRESET button is pressedfor less than 0.8 second, it will work asfollows in each mode.

RADIO mode

It will function as the PRESET STATIONbuttons.

CD/USB/iPod mode

It will function as TRACK UP/DOWN but-ton.

VOLUME (VOL / ) (3)• Push the lever upward ( ) to

increase the volume.• Push the lever downward ( ) to

decrease the volume.

MUTE (4)• Press the button to mute the sound• Press the button to turn off the micro-

phone during a telephone call.

Detailed information for audio controlbuttons are described in the followingpages in this section.

Aux, USB and iPod port(if equipped)If your vehicle has an aux and/orUSB(universal serial bus) port or iPodport, you can use an aux port to connectaudio devices and the USB port to plugin a USB device.Both ports are used together with theaccessory iPod cable to connect an iPod.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen using a portable audio deviceconnected to the power outlet, noise mayoccur during playback. If this happens,use the power source of the portableaudio device.

❈ iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.

OLM049195


924

How vehicle audio worksAM and FM radio signals are broadcastfrom transmitter towers located aroundyour city. They are intercepted by theradio antenna on your vehicle.This signalis then received by the radio and sent toyour vehicle speakers.When a strong radio signal has reachedyour vehicle, the precise engineering ofyour audio system ensures the best pos-sible quality reproduction. However, insome cases the signal coming to yourvehicle may not be strong and clear. Thiscan be due to factors such as the dis-tance from the radio station, closeness ofother strong radio stations or the pres-ence of buildings, bridges or other largeobstructions in the area.

AM broadcasts can be received atgreater distances than FM broadcasts.This is because AM radio waves aretransmitted at low frequencies. Theselong, low frequency radio waves can fol-low the curvature of the earth rather thantravelling straight out into the atmos-phere. In addition, they curve aroundobstructions so that they can provide bet-ter signal coverage.

FM broadcasts are transmitted at highfrequencies and do not bend to follow theearth's surface. Because of this, FMbroadcasts generally begin to fade atshort distances from the station.Also, FM signals are easily affected bybuildings, mountains, or other obstruc-tions.These can result in certain listeningconditions which might lead you tobelieve a problem exists with your radio.The following conditions are normal anddo not indicate radio trouble:

¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢

JBM002 JBM003

AM reception FM radio station

¢ ¢ ¢

JBM001

FM reception

4 93


• Fading - As your vehicle moves awayfrom the radio station, the signal willweaken and sound will begin to fade.When this occurs, we suggest that youselect another stronger station.

• Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals orlarge obstructions between the trans-mitter and your radio can disturb thesignal causing static or fluttering nois-es to occur. Reducing the treble levelmay lessen this effect until the distur-bance clears.

• Station Swapping - As a FM signalweakens, another more powerful sig-nal near the same frequency maybegin to play. This is because yourradio is designed to lock onto the clear-est signal. If this occurs, select anotherstation with a stronger signal.

• Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio signalsbeing received from several directionscan cause distortion or fluttering. Thiscan be caused by a direct and reflect-ed signal from the same station, or bysignals from two stations with closefrequencies. If this occurs, selectanother station until the condition haspassed.

JBM005

¢ ¢ ¢

JBM004


944

Satellite radio receptionYou may experience receiving difficultiesreceiving XM™ satellite radio signals inthe following situations.

• If you are driving in a tunnel or a cov-ered parking area.

• If you are driving beneath the top levelof a multi-level freeway.

• If you drive under a bridge.• If you are driving next to a tall vechi-

cle(such as a truck or a bus) that blockthe signal.

• If you are driving in a valley where thesurrounding hills or peaks block thesignal from the satellite.

• If you are driving on a mountain roadwhere is blocked by mountains.

• If you are driving in an area with talltrees that block the signal(10m ormore), for example on an road thatgoes through a dense forset.

• The signal can become weak in someareas that are not covered by the XM™repeater network.

NOTE:There may be other unforeseen cir-cumstances leading to receptionproblems with XM™ satellite radiosignal.

4 95


Using a cellular phone or a two-wayradioWhen a cellular phone is used inside thevehicle, noise may be produced from theaudio equipment. This does not meanthat something is wrong with the audioequipment. In such a case, use the cellu-lar phone at a place as far as possiblefrom the audio equipment.

Care of discs• If the temperature inside the vehicle is

too high, open the vehicle windows forventilation before using your vehicleaudio.

• It is illegal to copy and use MP3/WMAfiles without permission. Use CDs thatare created only by lawful means.

• Do not apply volatile agents such asbenzene and thinner, normal cleanersand magnetic sprays made for ana-logue disc onto CDs.

• To prevent the disc surface from get-ting damaged. Hold and carry CDs bythe edges or the edges of the centerhole only.

• Clean the disc surface with a piece ofsoft cloth before playback (wipe it fromthe center to the outside edge).

• Do not damage the disc surface orattach pieces of sticky tape or paperonto it.

• Make sure objects other than CDs arenot inserted into the CD player (Do notinsert more than one CD at a time).

• Keep CDs in their cases after use toprotect them from scratches or dirt.

• Depending on the type of CD-R/CD-RW CDs, certain CDs may not operatenormally according to manufacturingcompanies or making and recordingmethods. In such circumstances, if youstill continue to use those CDs, theymay cause the malfunction of yourvehicle audio system.

✽✽ NOTICE - Playing anIncompatible Copy ProtectedAudio CD

Some copy protected CDs, which do notcomply with the international audio CDstandards (Red Book), may not play onyour vehicle audio. Please note that ifyou try to play copy protected CDs andthe CD player does not perform correct-ly the CDs maybe defective, not the CDplayer.

WARNINGDo not use a cellular phone whiledriving. Stop at a safe location touse a cellular phone.


964

1. AM Selection Button

2. FM Selection Button

3. Automatic Station Seek Button

4. Power ON/OFF Button and Volume

Control Knob

5. Preset Selection Button

6. SCAN Selection Button

7. DISP Button

8. SETUP Button

9. TUNE & AUDIO Control Knob

RADIO, SET UP, VOLUME, AUDIO CONTROL (USA/CANCADA)

❋ There will be no , logo if the Bluetooth/XM SATELLITE feature is not supported.

4 97


Using RADIO, SETUP, VOLUMEand AUDIO CONTROL

1. AM Selection Button Pressing the [AM] button selects the AMband. AM Mode is displayed on the LCD.

2. FM Selection Button Turns to FM mode and toggles FM1 andFM2 when the button is pressed eachtime.

3. Automatic Station Seek Button• When the [SEEK ] is pressed, it will

automatically tune to the next lowerstation.

• When the [SEEK ] is pressed, it willautomatically tune to the next higherstation.

4. Power ON/OFF Button & VolumeControl Knob

• Turns the audio system on/off whenthe ignition switch is on ACC or ON.

• If the knob is turned clockwise/counter-clockwise, the volume will increase/decrease.

5. Preset Selection Button• Press [1]~[6] buttons less than 0.8 sec-

ond to play the station saved in eachbutton.

• Press [1]~[6] button more than 0.8 sec-ond or longer to save the current stationto the respective button with a beep.

6. SCAN Button• When the button is pressed, it auto-

matically scans the radio stationsupwards.

• The SCAN feature steps through eachstation, starting from the initial station,for ten seconds.

• Press the [SCAN] button again to stopthe scan feature and to listen to thecurrently selected channel.

7. DISP ButtonTurn the LCD Display & Backlight on/offwhen [DISP] button press.

8. SETUP ButtonPress this Button to enter SETUP mode,If no action is taken for 8 seconds, it willreturn to previous mode.In “SETUP” mode, rotate the TUNE knobto move the cursor between items, andpush the TUNE knob to select.• SCROLLSelect whether long file names arescrolled continuously (“ON”) or just once(“OFF”).

• SDVCSelect this item to turn the SDVC(SpeedDependent Volume Control) feature ONor OFF. If it is turned ON, volume level isadjusted automatically according to thevehicle speed.

• P.BASS (PowerBass)This function creates virtual soundeffects and allows adjustments to theBASS level.HIGH ➟ MID ➟ LOW ➟ OFF

• XMSelect default display of XM mode.“Category/Channel name” or “Artist/SongTitle” can be selected.


984

• PHONE (if available)Select this item to enter BLUETOOTHsetup mode. Refer to “BLUETOOTHPHONE OPERATION” section fordetailed information.

• Adjusting the ClockPress the [SETUP] button. Use the vol-ume controller to adjust the clock in thefollowing order: CLOCK • ENTER • hour orminute.Adjust the hour and press the [ENTER]button to set. Use the same method to adjust the minute and press the [ENTER]button to complete and exit from clockadjustment mode.Pressing the [SETUP] button while inPOWER OFF screen will allow the user to make immediately adjustments to theclock.

9. TUNE Knob & Audio ControlKnob

• Rotate the knob clockwise or counter-clock wise to increase or decrease fromcurrent frequency.(AM 10kHz, FM 200kHz)

Pressing the button changes the BASS,MIDDLE, TREBLE, FADER and BAL-ANCE TUNE mode. The mode selectedis shown on the display. After selectingeach mode, rotate the Audio control knobclockwise or counterclockwise.

• BASS ControlTo increase the BASS, rotate the knobclockwise, while to decrease the BASS,rotate the knob counterclockwise.

• MIDDLE ControlTo increase the MIDDLE, rotate the knobclockwise, while to decrease the MID-DLE, rotate the knob counterclockwise.

• TREBLE ControlTo increase the TREBLE, rotate the knobclockwise, while to decrease the TRE-BLE, rotate the knob counterclockwise.

• FADER ControlTurn the control knob clockwise toemphasize rear speaker sound (frontspeaker sound will be attenuated). Whenthe control knob is turned counterclock-wise, front speaker sound will be empha-sized (rear speaker sound will be attenu-ated).

• BALANCE ControlRotate the knob clockwise to emphasizeright speaker sound (left speaker soundwill be attenuated). When the controlknob is turned counter clockwise, leftspeaker sound will be emphasized (rightspeaker sound will be attenuated).

4 99


CD (USA/CANCADA)


1. CD Loading Slot

2. CD Eject Button

3. CD Selection Button

4. Automatic Station Seek Button

5. RANDOM play Button

6. REPEAT Button

7. CD Indicator

8. SCAN Play Button

9. INFO Button

10. FOLDER Moving Button

11. SEARCH Knob & ENTER Button


1004

Using CD Player

1. CD Loading SlotInsert a CD label side up and gently pushin while ignition switch is on ACC or ON.The audio automatically switches to CDmode and begins to play the CD. If theaudio was turned off, audio power willautomatically turned on as the CD isinserted.- This audio only recognizes 12 cm-size,

CD-DA (Audio CD) or ISO data-CD(MP3 CD).

- If UDF data-CD or non-CD (e.g. DVD) isinserted, "Reading Error" message willbe displayed and the disc will be eject-ed.

2. CD Eject Button• Press [ ] button to eject the CD. This

button works regardless of ignitionswitch status.

3. CD Selection ButtonIf there is a CD in the CD DECK it switch-es to CD mode.

If there is no CD, then the message "NoCD" will become displayed on the LCDfor 3 seconds and returns to the previousmode.

4. Track Selection Button• Press [TRACK ] button for less than

0.8 second to play from the beginningof current song.

• Press [TRACK ] button for less than0.8 second and press again within 1second to play the previous song.

• Press [TRACK ] button for 0.8 sec-ond or longer to initiate reverse direc-tion high speed sound search of cur-rent song.

• Press [TRACK ] button for less than0.8 second to play the next song.

• Press [TRACK ] button for 0.8 sec-ond or longer to initiate forward direc-tion high speed sound search of cur-rent song.

5. RANDOM Play Button• Press this button for less than 0.8 sec-

ond to play songs randomly in currentfolder.

• Press this button for 0.8 second orlonger to play songs randomly in entireCD.

• To cancel RANDOM Play, press thisbutton again.

6. REPEAT Button• Press this button for less than 0.8 sec-

ond to repeat current song.• Press this button for 0.8 second or

longer to repeat all songs in currentfolder.

• To cancel REPEAT, press this buttonagain.

7. CD IndicatorWhen car ignition switch is ACC or ONand if the CD is loaded, this indicator islit. If the CD is ejected, the light is turnedoff.

8. SCAN Play ButtonPlay each song in the CD for 10 seconds.To cancel SCAN Play, press this buttonagain.

9. INFO ButtonDisplayes the information of the currentsong.- Audio CD : Disc Title/Artist, Track Title

/Artist, Total Tracks.

CAUTION Do not insert a CD if CD indicator islit.

4 101


- MP3 CD : File Name, Title, Artist,Album, Folder, Total Files (Not dis-played if the information is unavailableon the CD or file.)

10. FOLDER Moving Button • Press [FOLDER ] button to move to

child folder of the current folder anddisplay the first song in the folder.Press TUNE/ ENTER knob to move tothe folder displayed. It will play the firstsong in the folder.

• Press [FOLDER ] button to move toparent folder of the current folder anddisplay the first song in the folder.Press TUNE/ENTER knob to move tothe folder displayed.

11. SEARCH Knob & ENTERButton

• Turn this knob clockwise to browsesongs after current song, or counter-clockwise to browse songs before cur-rent song. To play the displayed song,press the knob.

• Pressing this knob without turningenters to AUDIO CONTROL mode.

NOTE:Order of playing files (folders) :

1. Song playing order : to sequentially.

2. Folder playing order :

❋ If no song file is contained in thefolder, that folder is not displayed.


1024

CAUTION IN USING USB DEVICE

• To use an external USB device,make sure the device is notmounted when starting up thevehicle and mount the deviceafter starting up.

• If you start the vehicle when theUSB device is mounted, it maydamage the USB device. (USB isnot ESA.)

• If the vehicle is started up orturned off while the external USBdevice is connected, the externalUSB device may not work.

• It may not play inauthentic MP3 orWMA files.1) It can only play MP3 files with

the compression rate between8Kbps~320Kbps.

2) It can only play WMA musicfiles with the compression ratebetween 8Kbps~320Kbps.

• Take cautions for static electricitywhen mounting or dismountingthe external USB device.

• An encoded MP3 PLAYER is notrecognizable.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Depending on the condition of

the external USB device, the con-nected external USB device canbe unrecognizable.

• When the formatted byte/sectorsetting of External USB devices isnot either 512 BYTE or 2048BYTE, then the device will not berecognized.

• Use only a USB device formattedto FAT 12/16/32.

• USB devices without USB IFauthentication may not be recog-nizable.

• Make sure the USB connectionterminal does not come in contactwith human bodies or externalobjects.

• If you repeat mounting and dis-mounting the USB device in ashort period of time, it may breakthe device.

• You may hear a strange noisewhen mounting or dismounting aUSB device.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If you dismount the external USB

device during playback in USBmode, the external USB device canbe damaged or malfunction.Therefore, mount the external USBdevice when the engine is turnedoff or in another mode.

• Depending on the type and capac-ity of the external USB device orthe type of the files stored in thedevice, there is a difference in thetime taken for recognition of thedevice, but this is not an indicatorof trouble and you only have towait.

• Do not use the USB device for otherpurposes than playing music files.

• Use of USB accessories such asrecharger or heater using USB I/Fmay lower performance or causetrouble.

• If you use devices such as a USBhub purchased separately, thevehicle’s audio system may notrecognize the USB device.Connect the USB device directlyto the multimedia terminal of thevehicle.

(Continued)

4 103


(Continued)• If USB device is divided by logical

drives, only the music files on thehighest-priority drive are recog-nized by car audio.

• Devices such as MP3 Player/Cellular phone/Digital camerathose are not recognizable bystandard USB I/F can be unrecog-nizable.

• USB devices other than standard-ized goods (METAL COVER TYPEUSB) can be unrecognizable.

• USB flash memory reader (suchas CF, SD, microSD, etc.) or exter-nal-HDD type devices can beunrecognizable.

• Music files protected by DRM(DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGEMENT)are not recognizable.

• The data in the USB memory maybe lost while using this AUDIO. Itis recommended to back upimportant data on a personalstorage device.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Please avoid using USB memory

products which can be used askey chains or cellular phoneaccessories as they could causedamage to the USB jack. Pleasemake certain only to use plug typeconnector products as shownbelow.


1044

AUX/USB (USA/CANCADA)

1. AUX/USB Selection Button

2. TRACK Selection Button

3. RANDOM Playback Button

4. REPEAT Selection Button


6. INFO Button

7. FOLDER Moving Button



4 105


Using USB device

1. AUX/USB Selection ButtonIf the auxiliary device is connected, itswitches to AUX or USB mode to play thesound from the auxiliary player.If there is no auxiliary device, then themessage "No Media" will become dis-played on the LCD for 3 seconds andreturns to previous mode.

2. TRACK Selection Button• Press the [TRACK ] button for less

than 0.8 second to play from the begin-ning of the current song.Press the button for less than 0.8 sec-ond and press it again within 1 secondto move to and play the previous song.Press the button for 0.8 second orlonger to play the song in reversedirection in fast speed.

• Press the [TRACK ] button for lessthan 0.8 second to move to the nextsong. Press the button for 0.8 secondor longer to play the song in forwarddirection in fast speed.

3. RANDOM Playback Button• Press this button for less than 0.8 sec-

ond to play songs randomly in currentfolder.

• Press this button for 0.8 second orlonger to play songs randomly in entireUSB device.

• To cancel RANDOM play, press thisbutton again.

4. REPEAT Button• Press this button for less than 0.8 sec-

ond to repeat current song.• Press this button for 0.8 second or

longer to repeat all songs in currentfolder.

• To cancel REPEAT, press this buttonagain.

5. SCAN Selection ButtonPlays each song in the USB device for 10seconds.To cancel SCAN Play, press this buttonagain.

6. INFO ButtonDisplays the information of the file cur-rently played in the order of FILE NAME➟ TITLE ➟ ARTIST ➟ ALBUM ➟ FOLDER➟ TOTAL FILE ➟ NORMAL DISPLAY ➟

FILE NAME ➟… (Displays no informationif the file has no song information.)

7. FOLDER Moving Button• Press [FOLDER ] button to move to

child folder of the current folder anddisplay the first song in the folder.Press TUNE/ ENTER knob to move tothe folder displayed. It will play the firstsong in the folder.

• Press [FOLDER ] button to move toparent folder display the first song inthe folder.Press TUNE/ENTER knob to move tothe folder displayed.


1064


• Turn this knob clockwise to browsesongs after current song, or counterclockwise to browse songs before cur-rent song. To play the displayed song,press the knob.

• Pressing this knob without turningenters to AUDIO CONTROL mode.

✽✽ NOTICE FOR USING iPodDEVICE

• Some iPod models might not supportthe communication protocol and thefiles will not be played. (iPod modelssupported: Mini, 4G, Photo, Nano,5G)

• The order of search or playback ofsongs in the iPod can be differentfrom the order searched in the audiosystem.

• If the iPod crashes due to its own trou-ble, reset iPod. (Reset: Refer to iPodmanual)

• iPod may not operate normally on lowbattery.

(Continued)• When the iPod cable is connected,

the system can be switched to theAUX mode even without the iPoddevice and can cause noise.Disconnect iPod cable when youare not using the iPod device.

• When the iPod is not used ataudio system, iPod cable has tobe separate from iPod device.Origin display of iPod may not bedisplayed.

CAUTION IN USING iPod DEVICE

• You need the power cable exclu-sive for iPod in order to operateiPod with the buttons on the audiosystem. The PC cable provided byApple may cause malfunction anddo not use it for vehicle use.

• When connecting the device withiPod cable, push in the jack fullynot to interfere with communica-tion.

• When adjusting the sound effectsof iPod and the audio system, thesound effects of both devices willoverlap each and might causereduce or distort the quality of thesound.

• Deactivate (turn off) the equalizerfunction of iPod when adjustingthe audio system’s volume, andturn off the equalizer of the audiosystem when using the equalizerof iPod.

(Continued)

4 107


1. iPod Selection Button

2. TRACK Selection Button

3. REPEAT Selection Button

4. RANDOM Playback Button

5. INFO Button

6. CATEGORY Selection Button


iPod® (USA/CANADA)

❋ iPod® is a trademark of Apple, Inc.



1084

Using iPod

1. iPod Selection ButtonIf iPod is connected, it switches to theiPod mode from the previous mode toplay the song files stored in the iPod.If there is no iPod connected, then it dis-plays the message "No Media" for 3 sec-onds and returns to the previous mode.

2. TRACK Selection Button• Press the [TRACK ] button for less

than 0.8 second to play from the begin-ning of the song currently played.Press the button for less than 0.8 sec-ond and press it again within 1 secondto move to and play the previous track.Press the button for 0.8 second orlonger to play the song in reversedirection in fast speed.

• Press the [TRACK ] button for lessthan 0.8 second to move to the nexttrack.Press the button for 0.8 second orlonger to play the song in forward direc-tion in fast speed.

3. REPEAT ButtonRepeats the song currently played.

4. RANDOM Playback Button• Press this button for less than 0.8 sec-

ond to shuffle order of all songs in cur-rent category. (Song Random)

• Press this button for 0.8 second orlonger to shuffle order of albums in cur-rent category. (Album Random)

• To cancel RANDOM Play, press thisbutton again.

5. INFO ButtonDisplays the information of the file cur-rently played in the order of TITLE ➟

ARTIST ➟ ALBUM ➟ NORMAL DISPLAY➟ TITLE ➟... (Displays no information ifthe file has no song information.)

6. CATEGORY Selection ButtonMoves to the upper category from cur-rently played category of the iPod.To move to (play) the category (song)displayed, press TUNE/ENTER knob.You will be able to search through thelower category of the selected category.

The order of iPod’s category is SONG,ALBUMS, ARTISTS, GENRES, and iPod.


When you rotate the knob clockwise, itwill display the songs (category) aheadof the song currently played (category inthe same level).Also, when you rotate the knob counter-clockwise, it will display the songs (cate-gory) before the song currently played(category in the same level).To listen to the song displayed in thesong category, press the button to skip toand play the selected song.Pressing the button changes the BASS,MIDDLE, TREBLE, FADER and BAL-ANCE TUNE mode. The mode selectedis shown on the display. After selectingeach mode, rotate the Audio control knobclockwise or counterclockwise.

4 109


❋ There will be no , logo if the Bluetooth/XM SATELLITEfeature is not supported.

XM SATELLITE RADIO (USA/CANADA) Using XM Satellite RadioYour vehicle is equipped with 3 monthscomplimentary period of XM SatelliteRadio so you have access to over 130channels of music, information, andentertainment programming.

1. XM Selection ButtonTurns to XM Satellite Radio Mode. XMmode toggles in order to XM1➟XM2➟

XM3➟XM1... when the button is pressedeach time.

2. Channel Selection Button• Push [TRACK ] button for less than

0.8 second to select previous channel.• Push [TRACK ] button for 0.8 sec-

ond or longer to continuously move toprevious channel.

• Push [SEEK ] button for less than0.8 second to select next channel.

• Push [SEEK ] button for 0.8 secondor longer to continuously move to nextchannel.

• Radio ID : Seek or Tune to XM channel0 to display the Radio ID.

1. SATELLITE RADIO Selection Button

2. Channel Selection Button

3. Preset Selection Button


5. INFO Selection Button

6. CAT/FOLDER Button

7. Manual Channel Selection Button


1104

3. Preset Selection ButtonPush [1]~[6] buttons less than 0.8 sec-ond to play the channel saved in eachbutton. Push Preset button for 0.8 sec-ond or longer to save current channel tothe respective button with a beep.

4. SCAN Selection Button Press to hear a brief sampling of allchannels. To cancel the scan mode,press the button once again.

5. INFO ButtonDisplays the information of the currentchannel in the order of Artist/Song title➟

Category/Channel name➟Current PlayChannel➟Artist/Song title➟Category/Channel name... when the button ispressed each time.If can not display the whole text informa-tion, rotate the tune button to see thenext page.

6. CATEGORY Search Button• Push [FOLDER ] button to search

previous category.• Push [CAT ] button to search next

category. To listen to the displayed cat-egory, press the TUNE/SETUP button.To scan channel in displayed category,press the scan button. To search chan-nel in displayed category, press seekbuttons or turn the tune button clock-wise/counterclockwise.(CATEGORYicon is will be turned on in Categorymode)

7. Manual Channel Selection ButtonWhile listening to XM broadcast, rotatethis control to the right or left to searchother channels while listening to currentchannel. (Turn to the right to searchhigh-er channels and left, lower channels)

4 111


BLUETOOTH PHONE OPERATION

1.VOLUME button : Raises or lowersspeaker volume.

2. MUTE : Mute the microphone during acall

3. TALK button : Activates voice recogni-tion.

4. CALL button : Places and transferscalls.

5. END button : Ends calls or cancelsfunctions.

■ What is Bluetooth®?Bluetooth® is a wireless technology thatallows multiple devices to be connectedin a short range, low-powered deviceslike hands-free, stereo headset, wirelessremocon, etc. For more information, visit theBluetooth® website at www.Bluetooth.com

■ General Features• This audio system supports Bluetooth®

hands-free and stereo-headset fea-tures.- HANDS-FREE feature: Making or

receiving calls wirelessly throughvoice recognition.

- STEREO-HEADSET feature: Playingmusic from cellular phones (that sup-ports A2DP feature) wirelessly.

• Voice recognition engine of theBluetooth® system supports 3 types oflanguages:- English- US Spanish- Canadian French

✽✽ NOTICE• The phone must be paired to the sys-

tem before using Bluetooth® features.• Only one selected (linked) cellular

phone can be used with the system ata time.

• Some phones are not fully compatiblewith this system.

■ Bluetooth Language SettingThe system language can be changed bythe following steps:1. Power on the audio system with the

volume set to an audible level.2. Press and hold button on the

steering wheel until the audio displays“Please Wait”.

- The Bluetooth® system will reply incurrently selected language that it ischanging to the next language.

- System language cycles betweenEnglish, Canadian French and USSpanish.

3. When completed, the audio displayreturns to normal.

4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for the next lan-guage selection.

Note:The phone needs to be paired againafter changing system language.- Avoid resting your thumb or finger

on the talk button as the languagecould unintentionally change.

1

5

4 3

2


1124

CAUTION IN USINGBLUETOOTH® CELLU-LAR PHONE

• Do not use a cellular phone orperform Bluetooth® settings (e.g.pairing a phone) while driving.

• Some Bluetooth®-enabled phonesmay not be recognized by thesystem or fully compatible withthe system.

• Before using Bluetooth® relatedfeatures of the audio system,refer your phone’s User’s Manualfor phone-side Bluetooth® opera-tions.

• The phone must be paired to theaudio system to use Bluetooth®

related features.• You will not be able to use hands-

free feature when your phone (inthe car) is outside of the cellularservice area (e.g. in a tunnel, in aunderground, in a mountainousarea, etc.)

• If the cellular phone signal is pooror the vehicles interior noise istoo loud, it may be difficult to hearthe other person's voice during acall.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Do not place the phone near or

inside metallic objects.Communications with Bluetooth®

system or cellular service sta-tions can be disturbed.

• While a phone is connectedthrough Bluetooth® your phonemay discharge quicker than usualfor additional Bluetooth®-relatedoperations.

• Some cellular phones or otherdevices may cause interferencenoise or malfunction to audiosystem. In this case, store thedevice in a different location mayresolve the situation.

4 113


■ Voice Recognition Activation• The voice recognition engine contained

in the Bluetooth System can be activat-ed in the following conditions:- Button Activation

The voice recognition system will beactive when the button ispressed and after the sound of aBeep.

- Active ListeningThe voice recognition system will beactive for a period of time when theVoice Recognition system has askedfor a customer response.

• The system can recognize single digitsfrom zero to nine while number greaterthan ten will not be recognized.

• If the command is not recognized, thesystem will announce "Pardon" or Noinput voice signal from microphone. (Noresponse)

• The system shall cancel voice recogni-tion mode in following cases : Whenpressing the button and sayingcancel following the beep. When notmaking a call and pressing the but-ton. When voice recognition has failed 3consecutive times.

• At any time if you say “help”, the sys-tem will announce what commands areavailable.

■ Menu treeThe menu tree identifies available voicerecognition Bluetooth® functions.

■ Voice Operation TipTo get the best performance out of theVoice Recognition System, observe thefollowings:- Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet

as possible. Close the window to elim-inate surrounding noise (traffic noise,vibration sounds, etc), which may dis-turb recognizing the voice commandcorrectly.

- Speak a command after a beep soundwithin 5 seconds. Otherwise the com-mand will not be received properly.

- Speak in a natural voice without paus-ing between words.

Pair phone

Select phone

Change priority

Delete phone

Bluetooth off

Setup

Add entryPhonebook

Change

Delete name

By Phone

By voice

Call By name

By number


1144

■ Information Display

The Bluetooth® icon appears on theupper side of audio display when aphone is connected.

■ Phone SetupAll Bluetooth®-related operations can beperformed by voice command or by man-ual operation.

- By Voice Command:Press button on the steering wheel to activate voice recognition.

- By Manual Operation:1) Push the TUNE knob to enter SETUP

mode

2) Select “PHONE” item by rotating theTUNE knob, then push the knob.

3) Select desired item by rotating theTUNE knob, then push the knob.

• Pairing phoneBefore using Bluetooth® features, thephone must be paired (registered) to theaudio system. Up to 5 phones can bepaired in the system.

Note:The pairing procedure of the phonevaries according to each phonemodel. Before attempting to pairphone, please see your phone’sUser’s Guide for instructions.

<Active Call>

<Voice Recongnition Ready>

4 115


Note:Once pairing with the phone is com-pleted, there is no need to pair withthat phone again unless the phone isdeleted manually from the audio sys-tem (refer “Deleting Phone” section)or the vehicle’s information isremoved from the phone.

1. Press button.2. Say “Set Up”.

- The system replies with availablecommands.

- To skip the information message,press again and then a beep isheard.

3. Say “Pair Phone”4. Say “Yes” to proceed.5. Say the name of your phone when

prompted.- Use any name to uniquely describe

your phone.6. Bluetooth® system will repeat the

name you stated.7. Say "Yes" to confirm.8. The audio displays “searching ----

passkey: 0000” and asks you to initiatepairing procedure from the phone.

9. Search the Bluetooth® system on yourphone .Your phone should display your[vehicle model name] on theBluetooth® device list. Then attemptpairing on your phone

10. After Pairing is completed, yourphone will start to transfer phone/con-tact list to the audio system.

- This process may take from a fewminutes to over 10 minutes depend-ing on the phone model and numberof entries in the phone/contact list.

11. By manual operation:- Select “PAIR” in PHONE menu, then

proceed from step 5

Note:Until the audio displays “TransferComplete”, Bluetooth® hands-freefeature may not be fully operational.

Note:If the phone is paired to two or morevehicles of the same model, i.e. bothvehicles are HMC TUCSON, somephones may not handle Bluetooth®

devices of that name correctly. In thiscase, you may need to change thename displayed on your phone fromTUCSON.Refer to your phone’s User’s Guide, orcontact your cellular carrier or phonemanufacturer for instructions.


1164

• Connecting phoneWhen the Bluetooth® system is enabled,the phone previously used is automati-cally selected and re-connected. If youwant to select different phone previouslypaired, the phone can be selectedthrough “Select Phone” menu.Only a selected phone can be used withthe hands-free system at a time.

1. Press button.2. Say "Set Up".3. Say "Select Phone" after prompt

- The system lists all the registeredphone names.

4. Say the name or number of desiredphone from the list.

5. Say "Yes" to confirm.6. By manual operation:

- Select “SELECT” in PHONE menu,then select desired phone from the list.

• Deleting PhoneThe paired phone can be deleted.- When the phone is deleted, all the infor-

mation associated with that phone isalso be deleted (including phonebook).

- If you want to use the deleted phonewith the audio system again, pairingprocedure must be completed oncemore.

1.Press button.2.Say “Set Up”.3.Say “Delete Phone” after prompt.


4.Say the name or number of desiredphone from the list.

5.Say “Yes” to confirm.6.By manual operation:

- Select “DELETE” in PHONE menu,then select desired phone from the list.

• Changing PriorityWhen several phones are paired to theaudio system, the system attempts toconnect following order when theBluetooth® system is enabled:1) “Priority” checked phone.2) Previously connected phone3) Gives up auto connection.

1. Press button.2. Say “Set Up”.3. Say “Change Priority” after prompt.


4. Say the name or number of desiredphone from the list.

5. Say “Yes” to confirm.6. By manual operation:

- Select “PRIORITY” in PHONE menu,then select desired phone from thelist.

4 117


• Adjusting Bluetooth® VolumeBluetooth® system volume can beadjusted separately from main volume ofthe audio system. Volume control is avail-able by manual operation only.

- Select “BT VOL” in PHONE menu,adjust volume to desired level by turn-ing the TUNE knob, then press theknob again to confirm.

• Turning Bluetooth® ON/OFFBluetooth® system can be enabled (ON)or disabled (OFF) by this menu.- If Bluetooth® is disabled, all the com-

mands related to Bluetooth® systemprompts whether you wish to turnBluetooth® ON or not.

1. Press button.2. Say “Set Up”3. Say “Bluetooth Off” after prompt.4. Say “Yes” to confirm.5. By manual operation:- Select “BT Off” in PHONE menu,

then after announcement, say “YES”to confirm.

■ Phone Book (In-Vehicle)• Adding EntryPhone numbers and voice tags can beregistered. Entries registered in thephone can also be transferred.

• Adding Entry by Voice1. Press button.2. Say "Phonebook".

- The system replies with all availablecommands.

- To skip the information message,press again and then a beep isheard.

3. Say "Add Entry".4. Say "By Voice" to proceed.5. Say the name of the entry when

prompted.6. Say “Yes” to confirm.7. Say the phone number of that entry

when prompted.8. Say “Store” if phone number input is

finished.9. Say a phone number type. “Home”,

“Work”, “Mobile”, “Other” or “Default” isavailable.

10. Say “Yes” to complete adding entry.11. Say “Yes” to store additional location

for this contact, or say “Cancel” to fin-ish the process.

✽✽ NOTICE- The system can recognize single digits

from zero to nine. Numbers that areten or greater cannot be recognized.

- You can enter each digit individuallyor group digits together in preferredstring lengths.

- To speed up input, it is a good idea togroup all digits into a continuousstring.

- The display corresponding to eachoperation appears on the screen as fol-lows:

- Input operation example:1. Say: “Nine, nine, five”➟ Display: “995”

2. And say: “Seven, three, four”➟ Display: “995734”


1184

• Adding Entry by Phone1. Press button.2. Say "Phonebook".3. Say "Add Entry" after prompt.4. Say "By Phone" to proceed.5. Say “Yes” to confirm.6. Your phone will start to transfer

phone/contact list to the audio system.This process may take over 10 minutesdepending on the phone model andnumber of entries

7. Wait till the audio displays “TransferComplete” message.

• Changing NameThe registered names can be modified.

1.Press button.2.Say “Phonebook”3.Say “Change Name” after prompt.4.Say the name of the entry (voice tag)5.Say “Yes” to confirm.6.Say new desired name.

• Deleting NameThe registered names can be deleted.1.Press button.2.Say “Phonebook”3.Say “Delete Name” after prompt.4.Say the name of the entry (voice tag)5.Say “Yes” to confirm.

■ Making a Phone Call• Calling by NameA phone call can be made by speakingnames registered in the audio system.

1. Press button.2. Say "Call".3. Say “Name” when prompted.4. Say desired name (voice tag).5. Say desired location (phone number

type). Only stored locations can beselected.

6. Say “Yes” to confirm and make a call.

✽✽ TipA shortcut to each of the following func-tions is available:1. Say “Call Name”2. Say “Call <john>”3. Say “Call <john> at <home>”

4 119


• Dialing by NumberA phone call can be made by dialing thespoken numbers. The system can recog-nize single digits from zero to nine.1.Press button.2.Say “Call”.3.Say “Number” when prompted.4.Say desired phone numbers.5.Say “Dial” to complete the number and

make a call.

✽✽ TipA shortcut to each of the following func-tions is available:1. Say “Dial Number”2. Say “Dial <digit>”

■ Receiving a Phone CallWhen receiving a phone call, a ring toneis audible from speakers and the audiosystem changes into telephone mode.When receiving a phone call, “Incoming”message and incoming phone number (ifavailable) are displayed on the audio.

• To Answer a Call:- Press button on the steering

wheel.• To Reject a Call:- Press button on the steering wheel.• To Adjust Ring Volume:- Use VOLUME buttons on the steering

wheel.• To Transfer a Call to the Phone (Secret

Call):- Press and hold button on the steer-

ing wheel until the audio system trans-fers a call to the phone.

■ Talking on the PhoneWhen talking on the phone, “Active Calls”message and the other party’s phonenumber (if available) are displayed on theaudio.

• To Mute the Microphone- Press button on the steering wheel.• To Finish a Call- Press button on the steering wheel.

✽✽ NOTICEIn the following situations, you or theother party may have difficulty hearingeach other:1. Speaking at the same time, your voice

may not reach each other parties. (Thisis not a malfunction.) Speak alternate-ly with the other party on the phone.

2. Keep the Bluetooth(®) volume to alow level. High-level volume mayresult in distortion and echo.

3. When driving on a rough road.4. When driving at high speeds.5. When the window is open.6. When the air conditioning vents are

facing the microphone.7. When the sound of the air condition-

ing fan is loud.

■ Using the head unit as Bluetoothmusic

The head unit supports A2DP (AudioAdvanced Distribution Profile) andAVRCP (Audio Video Remote ControlProfile).Both profiles are available for listening tothe MP3 music via Bluetooth cellularphone supporting above Bluetooth pro-files.To play MP3 music from the Bluetoothcellular phone, press the [AUX] buttonuntil “MP3 Play” is displayed on the LCD.Then try playing music by phone.When playing music from the Bluetoothcellular phone, the head unit displaysMP3 MODE.

Note:• Not only MP3 files, all the sounds

that the phone supports can beheard by the audio system.

• The Bluetooth cellular phones shallfeature A2DP and AVRCP functions.

• Some A2DP and AVRCP Bluetoothcellular phones may not play musicthrough the head unit on first try.Please try the below;i.e : Menu➟File manager➟Music➟

Option➟Play via Bluetooth • Please refer to User’s Guide of your

phone for more detailed informa-tions. To stop music, try stop musicby the phone and change audiomode to different one. (e.g. FM, CD,iPod, ...)

4 120


5

Before driving / 5-3

Key positions / 5-5

Manual transaxle / 5-7

Automatic transaxle / 5-10

All wheel drive (AWD) / 5-17

Brake system / 5-24

Cruise control system / 5-36

Economical operation / 5-40

Special driving conditions / 5-42

Winter driving / 5-46

Trailer towing / 5-50

Vehicle load limit / 5-57

Vehicle weight / 5-61



25

WARNING - ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous. If, at any time, you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle, open the win-dows immediately.

• Do not inhale exhaust fumes.Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxia-tion.

• Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If you heara change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the vehicle, have theexhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Never run the engine in yourgarage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the vehicle out.

• Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car.If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the vehicle, be sure to do so only in an open areawith the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn into the interior.

If you must drive with the tailgate open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary:1. Close all windows.2. Open side vents.3. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face" and the fan at one of the higher speeds.

To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the windshield arekept clear of snow, ice, leaves or other obstructions.

5 3


Before entering vehicle• Be sure that all windows, outside mir-

ror(s), and outside lights are clean.• Check the condition of the tires.• Check under the vehicle for any sign of

leaks.• Be sure there are no obstacles behind

you if you intend to back up.

Necessary inspections Fluid levels, such as engine oil, enginecoolant, brake fluid, and washer fluidshould be checked on a regular basis,with the exact interval depending on thefluid. Further details are provided in sec-tion 7, “Maintenance”.

Before starting • Close and lock all doors.• Position the seat so that all controls are

easily reached.• Adjust the inside and outside rearview

mirrors.

• Be sure that all lights work.• Check all gauges.• Check the operation of warning lights

when the ignition switch is turned tothe ON position.

• Release the parking brake and makesure the brake warning light goes out.

For safe operation, be sure you are famil-iar with your vehicle and its equipment.

BEFORE DRIVING

WARNINGAll passengers must be properlybelted whenever the vehicle is mov-ing. Refer to “Seat belts” in section3 for more information on theirproper use.

WARNINGAlways check the surroundingareas near your vehicle for people,especially children, before putting avehicle into “Drive” or “Reverse”.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSI-TION 65 WARNING

Engine exhaust and a wide varietyof automobile components andparts, including components foundin the interior furnishings in a vehi-cle, contain or emit chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and birth defects andreproductive harm. In addition, cer-tain fluids contained in vehiclesand certain products of componentwear contain or emit chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and birth defects orother reproductive harm.


45

WARNING - Driving underthe influence of alcohol ordrugs

Drinking and driving is dangerous.Drunk driving is the number onecontributor to the highway deathtoll each year. Even a small amountof alcohol will affect your reflexes,perceptions and judgment. Drivingwhile under the influence of drugsis as dangerous or more dangerousthan driving drunk.You are much more likely to have aserious accident if you drink ortake drugs and drive.If you are drinking or taking drugs,don’t drive. Do not ride with a driv-er who has been drinking or takingdrugs. Choose a designated driveror call a cab.

WARNINGWhen you intend to park or stop thevehicle with the engine on, be care-ful not to depress the acceleratorpedal for a long period of time. Itmay overheat the engine or exhaustsystem and cause fire.

5 5


Ignition switch positionLOCKThe steering wheel locks to protectagainst theft. The ignition key can beremoved only in the LOCK position.When turning the ignition switch to theLOCK position, push the key inward atthe ACC position and turn the key towardthe LOCK position.

ACC (Accessory)The steering wheel is unlocked and elec-trical accessories are operative.

✽✽ NOTICEIf difficulty is experienced turning theignition switch to the ACC position, turnthe key while turning the steering wheelright and left to release the tension.

ONThe warning lights can be checkedbefore the engine is started. This is thenormal running position after the engineis started.Do not leave the ignition switch ON if theengine is not running to prevent batterydischarge.

STARTTurn the ignition key to the START posi-tion to start the engine. The engine willcrank until you release the key; then itreturns to the ON position. The brakewarning lamp can be checked in thisposition.

WARNING - Ignition key• Never turn the ignition key to

LOCK or ACC while the vehicle ismoving. This would result in lossof directional control and brakingfunction, which could cause anaccident.

• The anti-theft steering column lockis not a substitute for the parkingbrake. Before leaving the driver’sseat, always make sure the shiftlever is engaged in P (Park) for theautomatic transaxle and set theparking brake fully and shut theengine off. Unexpected and sud-den vehicle movement may occurif these precautions are not taken.

• Never reach for the ignition switch,or any other controls through thesteering wheel while the vehicle isin motion. The presence of yourhand or arm in this area couldcause a loss of vehicle control, anaccident and serious bodily injuryor death.

• Do not place any movable objectsaround the driver’s seat as theymay move while driving, interferewith the driver and lead to an acci-dent.

OUN036002

KEY POSITIONS


65

Starting the engine 1. Make sure the parking brake isapplied.

2. Manual Transaxle - Depress theclutch pedal fully and shift thetransaxle into Neutral. Keep the clutchpedal and brake pedal depressedwhile turning the ignition switch to thestart position.Automatic Transaxle - Place thetransaxle shift lever in P (Park).Depress the brake pedal fully.You can also start the engine whenthe shift lever is in the N (Neutral)position.

3. Turn the ignition switch to START andhold it there until the engine starts (amaximum of 10 seconds), thenrelease the key.

4. In extremely cold weather (below -18°C / 0°F) or after the vehicle hasnot been operated for several days, letthe engine warm up without depress-ing the accelerator.

Whether the engine is cold or warm, itshould be started without depressingthe accelerator.

WARNINGAlways wear appropriate shoes whenoperating your vehicle. Unsuitableshoes (high heels, ski boots,etc.)may interfere with your ability to usethe brake and accelerator pedal, andthe clutch (if equipped).

CAUTIONIf the engine stalls while the vehiclein motion, do not attempt to movethe shift lever to the P (Park) posi-tion. If traffic and road conditionspermit, you may put the shift leverin the N (Neutral) position while thevehicle is still moving and turn theignition switch to the START posi-tion in an attempt to restart theengine.

CAUTIONDo not engage the starter for morethan 10 seconds. If the engine stallsor fails to start, wait 5 to 10 secondsbefore re-engaging the starter.Improper use of the starter maydamage it.

5 7


Manual transaxle operationThe manual transaxle has 5 (or 6) for-ward gears.This shift pattern is imprinted on the shiftknob. The transaxle is fully synchronizedin all forward gears so shifting to either ahigher or a lower gear is easily accom-plished.Press the clutch pedal down fully whileshifting, then release it slowly.The gearshift lever must be returned tothe neutral position before shifting into R(Reverse).The ring (1) located immediately belowthe shift knob must be pulled upwardwhile moving the shift lever to the R posi-tion. (if equipped)Make sure the vehicle is completelystopped before shifting into R (Reverse).Never operate the engine with thetachometer (rpm) in the red zone.

MANUAL TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED)

OLM059009/OLM059009L

CAUTION• When downshifting from fifth

gear to fourth gear, cautionshould be taken not to inadver-tently press the gear shift leversideways in such a manner thatsecond gear is engaged. Such adrastic downshift may cause theengine speed to increase to thepoint that the tachometer willenter the red-zone. Such over-revving of the engine may possi-bly cause engine damage.

• Do not downshift more than 2gears or downshift the gear whenthe engine is running at highspeed (5,000 RPM or higher).Such a downshifting may damagethe engine.

The shift lever can be moved without pullingthe ring (1).The ring (1) must be pulled up while movingthe shift lever.

■■ 6 speed

■■ 5 speed


85

• During cold weather, shifting may bedifficult until the transaxle lubricant haswarmed up. This is normal and notharmful to the transaxle.

• If you've come to a complete stop andit's hard to shift into 1st or R (Reverse),put the shift lever in N (Neutral) posi-tion and release the clutch. Press theclutch pedal back down, and then shiftinto 1st or R (Reverse) gear position.

Using the clutchThe clutch should be pressed all the wayto the floor before shifting, then releasedslowly.The clutch pedal should always befully released while driving. Do not restyour foot on the clutch pedal while driv-ing. This can cause unnecessary wear.Do not partially engage the clutch to holdthe vehicle on an incline. This causesunnecessary wear. Use the foot brake orparking brake to hold the vehicle on anincline. Do not operate the clutch pedalrapidly and repeatedly.

DownshiftingWhen you must slow down in heavy traf-fic or while driving up steep hills, down-shift before the engine starts to labor.Downshifting reduces the chance ofstalling and gives better accelerationwhen you again need to increase yourspeed. When the vehicle is travelingdown steep hills, downshifting helpsmaintain safe speed and prolongs brakelife.

CAUTION• To avoid premature clutch wear

and damage, do not drive withyour foot resting on the clutchpedal. Also, don’t use the clutchto hold the vehicle stopped on anuphill grade, while waiting for atraffic light, etc.

• Do not use the shift lever as ahandrest during driving, as thiscan result in premature wear ofthe transaxle shift forks.

• When operating the clutch pedal,press the clutch pedal down fully.If you don't press the clutch pedalfully, the clutch may be damagedor noise may occur.

WARNING• Before leaving the driver’s seat,

always set the parking brake fullyand shut the engine off. Thenmake sure the transaxle is shiftedinto 1st gear when the vehicle isparked on a level or uphill grade,and shifted into R (Reverse) on adownhill grade. Unexpected andsudden vehicle movement canoccur if these precautions are notfollowed in the order identified.

• If your vehicle has a manualtransaxle not equipped with aignition lock switch, it may moveand cause a serious accidentwhen starting the engine withoutdepressing the clutch pedal whilethe parking brake is released andthe shift lever not in the N(Neutral) position.

5 9


Good driving practices• Never take the vehicle out of gear and

coast down a hill. This is extremelyhazardous. Always leave the vehicle ingear.

• Don't "ride" the brakes. This can causethem to overheat and malfunction.Instead, when you are driving down along hill, slow down and shift to a lowergear. When you do this, engine brakingwill help slow down the vehicle.

• Slow down before shifting to a lowergear. This will help avoid over-revvingthe engine, which can cause damage.

• Slow down when you encounter crosswinds. This gives you much better con-trol of your vehicle.

• Be sure the vehicle is completelystopped before you attempt to shift intoreverse. The transaxle can be dam-aged if you do not. To shift into reverse,depress the clutch, move the shift leverto neutral, then shift to the reverseposition.

• Exercise extreme caution when drivingon a slippery surface. Be especiallycareful when braking, accelerating orshifting gears. On a slippery surface,an abrupt change in vehicle speed cancause the drive wheels to lose tractionand the vehicle to go out of control.

WARNING• Always buckle-up! In a collision,

an unbelted occupant is signifi-cantly more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed than a properlybelted occupant.

• Avoid high speeds when corner-ing or turning.

• Do not make quick steeringwheel movements, such as sharplane changes or fast, sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose control ofyour vehicle at highway speeds.

• Loss of control often occurs iftwo or more wheels drop off theroadway and the driver over-steers to reenter the roadway.

• In the event your vehicle leavesthe roadway, do not steer sharply.Instead, slow down before pullingback into the travel lanes.

• Never exceed posted speed lim-its.


105

Automatic transaxle operationThe automatic transaxle has 6 forwardspeeds and one reverse speed. The indi-vidual speeds are selected automatically,depending on the position of the shiftlever.

✽✽ NOTICEThe first few shifts on a new vehicle, ifthe battery has been disconnected, maybe somewhat abrupt. This is a normalcondition, and the shifting sequence willadjust after shifts are cycled a few timesby the TCM (Transaxle ControlModule) or PCM (Powertrain ControlModule).

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED)

OLM059010

+ (UP)+ (UP)

- (DO- (DOWN)WN)

Depress the brake pedal when shifting.

The shift lever can be shifted freely.

5 11


For smooth operation, depress the brakepedal when shifting from N (Neutral) to aforward or reverse gear.

Transaxle rangesThe indicator in the instrument clusterdisplays the shift lever position when theignition switch is in the ON position.

P (Park)

Always come to a complete stop beforeshifting into P (Park). This position locksthe transaxle and prevents the frontwheels from rotating.

WARNING - Automatictransaxle

• Always check the surroundingareas near your vehicle for peo-ple, especially children, beforeshifting a vehicle into D (Drive) orR (Reverse).

• Before leaving the driver’s seat,always make sure the shift leveris in the P (Park) position; thenset the parking brake fully andshut the engine off. Unexpectedand sudden vehicle movementcan occur if these precautionsare not followed in the order iden-tified.

CAUTION• To avoid damage to your

transaxle, do not accelerate theengine in R (Reverse) or any for-ward gear position with thebrakes on.

• When stopped on an incline, donot hold the vehicle stationarywith engine power. Use the serv-ice brake or the parking brake.

• Do not shift from N (Neutral) or P(Park) into D (Drive), or R(Reverse) when the engine isabove idle speed.

WARNING• Shifting into P (Park) while the

vehicle is in motion will cause thedrive wheels to lock which willcause you to lose control of thevehicle.

• Do not use the P (Park) positionin place of the parking brake.Always make sure the shift leveris latched in the P (Park) positionand set the parking brake fully.

• Never leave a child unattended ina vehicle.


125

R (Reverse)

Use this position to drive the vehiclebackward.

N (Neutral)

The wheels and transaxle are notengaged. The vehicle will roll freely evenon the slightest incline unless the parkingbrake or service brakes are applied.

D (Drive)

This is the normal forward driving posi-tion. The transaxle will automatically shiftthrough a 6-gear sequence, providing thebest fuel economy and power.

For extra power when passing anothervehicle or climbing grades, depress theaccelerator fully, at which time thetransaxle will automatically downshift tothe next lower gear.

✽✽ NOTICEAlways come to a complete stop beforeshifting into D (Drive).

CAUTIONThe transaxle may be damaged ifyou shift into P (Park) while thevehicle is in motion.

CAUTIONAlways come to a complete stopbefore shifting into or out of R(Reverse); you may damage thetransaxle if you shift into R whilethe vehicle is in motion, except asexplained in “Rocking the vehicle”in this section.

5 13


Sports mode

Whether the vehicle is stationary or inmotion, sports mode is selected by push-ing the shift lever from the D (Drive) posi-tion into the manual gate. To return to D(Drive) range operation, push the shiftlever back into the main gate.

In sports mode, moving the shift leverbackwards and forwards will allow you tomake gearshifts rapidly. In contrast to amanual transaxle, the sports modeallows gearshifts with the acceleratorpedal depressed.

Up (+) : Push the lever forward once toshift up one gear.

Down (-) : Pull the lever backwards onceto shift down one gear.

✽✽ NOTICE• In sports mode, the driver must exe-

cute upshifts in accordance with roadconditions, taking care to keep theengine speed below the red zone.

• In sports mode, only the 6 forwardgears can be selected. To reverse orpark the vehicle, move the shift leverto the R (Reverse) or P (Park) positionas required.

• In sports mode, downshifts are madeautomatically when the vehicle slowsdown. When the vehicle stops, 1st gearis automatically selected.

(Continued)

(Continued)• In sports mode, when the engine rpm

approaches the red zone shift pointsare varied to upshift automatically.

• To maintain the required levels ofvehicle performance and safety, thesystem may not execute certaingearshifts when the shift lever is oper-ated.

• When driving on a slippery road,push the shift lever forward into the+(up) position. This causes thetransaxle to shift into the 2nd gearwhich is better for smooth driving ona slippery road. Push the shift lever tothe -(down) side to shift back to the 1stgear.

OLM059012

SporSpor ts modets mode


145

Shift lock system For your safety, the automatic transaxlehas a shift lock system which preventsshifting the transaxle from P (Park) or N(Neutral) into R (Reverse) unless thebrake pedal is depressed.To shift the transaxle from P (Park) or N(Neutral) into R (Reverse):1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.2. Start the engine or turn the ignition

switch to the ON position.3. Move the shift lever.If the brake pedal is repeatedlydepressed and released with the shiftlever in the P (Park) position, a chatteringnoise near the shift lever may be heard.This is a normal condition.

Shift-lock override

If the shift lever cannot be moved fromthe P (Park) or N (Neutral) position into R(Reverse) position with the brake pedaldepressed, continue depressing thebrake, then do the following:1. Carefully remove the cap (1) covering

the shift-lock override access hole.2. Insert a screwdriver (or key) into the

access hole and press down on thescrewdriver (or key).

3. Move the shift lever.4. Have your vehicle inspected by an

authorized HYUNDAI dealer immedi-ately.

Ignition key interlock system The ignition key cannot be removedunless the shift lever is in the P (Park)position. If the ignition switch is in anyother position, the key cannot beremoved.

WARNINGAlways fully depress the brakepedal before and while shifting outof the P (Park) position into anotherposition to avoid inadvertent motionof the vehicle which could injurepersons in or around the vehicle.

OLM059013

5 15


Good driving practices• Never move the gear shift lever from P

(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other posi-tion with the accelerator pedaldepressed.

• Never move the gear shift lever into P(Park) when the vehicle is in motion.

• Be sure the vehicle is completelystopped before you attempt to shift intoR (Reverse) or D (Drive).

• Never take the vehicle out of gear andcoast down a hill. This may beextremely hazardous. Always leave thecar in gear when moving.

• Do not "ride" the brakes. This cancause them to overheat and malfunc-tion. Instead, when you are drivingdown a long hill, slow down and shift toa lower gear. When you do this, enginebraking will help slow down the vehicle.

• Slow down before shifting to a lowergear. Otherwise, the lower gear maynot be engaged.

• Always use the parking brake. Do notdepend on placing the transaxle in P(Park) to keep the vehicle from moving.

• Exercise extreme caution when drivingon a slippery surface. Be especiallycareful when braking, accelerating orshifting gears. On a slippery surface,an abrupt change in vehicle speed cancause the drive wheels to lose tractionand the vehicle to go out of control.

• Optimum vehicle performance andeconomy is obtained by smoothlydepressing and releasing the accelera-tor pedal.

WARNING• Always buckle-up! In a collision,

an unbelted occupant is signifi-cantly more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed than a properlybelted occupant.

• Avoid high speeds when corner-ing or turning.

• Do not make quick steeringwheel movements, such as sharplane changes or fast, sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose control ofyour vehicle at highway speeds.

• Loss of control often occurs iftwo or more wheels drop off theroadway and the driver over-steers to reenter the roadway.

• In the event your vehicle leavesthe roadway, do not steer sharply.Instead, slow down before pullingback into the travel lanes.

• Never exceed posted speed lim-its.


165

Moving up a steep grade from a stand-ing startTo move up a steep grade from a stand-ing start, depress the brake pedal, shiftthe shift lever to D (Drive). Select theappropriate gear depending on loadweight and steepness of the grade, andrelease the parking brake. Depress theaccelerator gradually while releasing theservice brakes.When accelerating from a stop on asteep hill, the vehicle may have a ten-dency to roll backwards. Shifting theshift lever into 2 (Second Gear) willhelp prevent the vehicle from rollingbackwards.

WARNINGIf your vehicle becomes stuck insnow, mud, sand, etc., then youmay attempt to rock the vehicle freeby moving it forward and backward.Do not attempt this procedure ifpeople or objects are anywherenear the vehicle. During the rockingoperation the vehicle may suddenlymove forward of backward as itbecomes unstuck, causing injuryor damage to nearby people orobjects.

5 17


Engine power can be delivered to all frontand rear wheels for maximum traction.AWD is useful when extra traction isrequired on road, such as, when drivingon slippery, muddy, wet, or snow-coveredroads. These vehicles are not designedfor challenging off-road use. Occasionaloff-road use such as establishedunpaved roads and trails are OK. It isalways important when traveling off-high-way that the driver carefully reduces thespeed to a level that does not exceed thesafe operating speed for those condi-tions. In general, off-road conditions pro-vide less traction and braking effective-ness than normal road conditions. Thedriver must be especially alert to avoiddriving on slopes which tilt the vehicle toeither side.These factors must be carefully consid-ered when driving off-road. Keeping thevehicle in contact with the driving surfaceand under control in these conditions isalways the driver's responsibility for thesafety of him/herself and his or her pas-sengers.

Tight corner brake effect

Tight corner brake effect is a uniquecharacteristic of all-wheel drive vehiclescaused by the difference in tire rotation atthe all wheels and the zero-degree align-ment of the front wheels and suspension.Sharp turns at low speeds should be car-ried out with caution.

ALL WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING - Off road drivingThis vehicle is designed primarilyfor on road use although it can oper-ate effectively off road. However, itwas not designed to drive in chal-lenging off-road conditions. Drivingin conditions that exceed the vehi-cle's intended design or the driver'sexperience level may result insevere injury or death.

CAUTION - AWDWhen turning sharply on a pavedroad at low speed while in four-wheel drive, steering control will bedifficult.

WARNINGWhen AWD system warning lightilluminates, AWD system does notoperate.Contact an authorized HYUNDAIdealer as soon as possible.


185

• This mode is used for climbing or descending sharp grades,off-road driving, driving on sandy and muddy roads, etc., tomaximize traction.

• This mode automatically begins to deactivate at speedsabove 19 mph (30 km/h) and is shifted to AWD AUTO modeat speed above 25 mph (40 km/h). If the vehicle deceleratesto speeds below 19 mph (30 km/h), however, the transfermode is shifted into AWD LOCK mode again.

AWD AUTO (AWD LOCK is

deactivated)(Indicator light isnot illuminated)

✽✽ NOTICE• When driving on normal roads, deactivate the AWD LOCK mode by pushing the AWD LOCK button (the indicator light goes

off). Driving on normal roads with AWD LOCK mode(especially, when cornering) may cause mechanical noise or vibration.The noise and vibration will disappear when the AWD LOCK mode is deactivated. Some parts of the power train may be dam-aged by prolonged driving with the noise and vibration.

• When the AWD LOCK mode is deactivated, a shock may be felt as the drive power is delivered entirely to the front wheels.This shock is not a mechanical failure.

ALL Wheel Drive (AWD) transfer mode selection

Transfer mode Selection button Indicator light Description

• When driving in AWD AUTO mode, the vehicle operates sim-ilar to conventional 2WD vehicles under normal operatingconditions. However, if the system determines that there is aneed for the AWD mode, the engine’s driving power is dis-tributed to all four wheels automatically without driver inter-vention.

• When driving on normal roads and pavement, the vehiclemoves similar to conventional 2WD vehicles.

AWD LOCK

(Indicator light isilluminated)

5 19


For safe all-wheel drive operation

• Do not try to drive in deep standingwater or mud since such conditionscan stall your engine and clog yourexhaust pipes. Do not drive downsteep hills since it requires extremeskill to maintain control of the vehicle.

• When you are driving up or down hillsdrive as straight as possible. Useextreme caution in going up or downsteep hills, since you may flip yourvehicle over depending on the grade,terrain and water/mud conditions.

WARNING - Four-wheeldriving

The conditions of on-road or off-road that demand four-wheel drivemean all functions of your vehicleare exposed to extreme stress thanunder normal road conditions. Slowdown and be ready for changes inthe composition and traction of thesurface under your tires. If youhave any doubt about the safety ofthe conditions you are facing, stopand consider the best way to pro-ceed. Do not exceed the ability ofyourself or your vehicle to operatesafely.

WARNING - HillsDriving across the contour of steephills can be extremely dangerous.This danger can come from slightchanges in the wheel angle whichcan destabilize the vehicle or, evenif the vehicle is maintaining stabili-ty under power, it can lose that sta-bility if the vehicle stops its forwardmotion. Your vehicle may roll overwithout warning and without timefor you to correct a mistake thatcould cause serious injury ordeath.

HILL1 HILL2


205

• You must consciously take the effort tolearn how to corner in a AWD vehicle.Do not rely on your experience in con-ventional 2WD vehicles in choosingsafe cornering speed in AWD mode.For starters, you must drive more slow-ly in AWD.

• Drive carefully off-road because yourvehicle may be damaged by rocks orroots of trees. Become familiar with theoff-road conditions where you aregoing to drive before you begin driving.

• Always hold the steering wheel firmlywhen you are driving off-road.

• Make sure all passengers are wearingseat belts.

• If you need to drive in the water, stopyour vehicle, set your transfer to theAWD LOCK mode and drive at lessthan 5 mph (8 km/h).

WARNING - Steeringwheel

Do not grab the inside of the steer-ing wheel when you are driving off-road. You may hurt your arm by asudden steering maneuver or fromsteering wheel rebound due toimpact with objects on the ground.You could lose control of the steer-ing wheel.

WARNING - Wind dangerIf you are driving in heavy wind, thevehicle's higher center of gravitydecreases your steering controlcapacity and requires you to drivemore slowly.

WARNING - Drivingthrough water

Drive slowly. If you are driving toofast in water, the water can get intothe engine compartment and wetthe ignition system, causing yourvehicle to suddenly stop. If thishappens and your vehicle is in atilted position, your vehicle may rollover.

OLM059022L

WARNING - AWDReduce speed when you turn cor-ners. The center of gravity of AWDvehicles is higher than that of con-ventional 2WD vehicles, makingthem more likely to roll over whenyou turn corners too fast.

5 21


✽✽ NOTICE• Do not drive in water if the level is

higher than the bottom of the vehicle.• Check your brake condition once you

are out of mud or water. Press thebrake pedal several times as you moveslowly until you feel normal brakingforces return.

• Shorten your scheduled maintenanceinterval if you drive in off-road condi-tions such as sand, mud or water (see“Maintenance under severe usageconditions” in section 7). Always washyour vehicle thoroughly after off roaduse, especially cleaning the bottom ofthe vehicle.

• Since the driving torque is alwaysapplied to the 4 wheels the perform-ance of the AWD vehicle is greatlyaffected by the condition of the tires.Be sure to equip the vehicle with fourtires of the same size and type.

• A full time four wheel drive vehiclecannot be towed by an ordinary towtruck. Make sure that the vehicle isplaced on a flat bed truck for moving.

Reducing the risk of a rolloverThis multi-purpose passenger vehicle isdefined as a Sports Utility Vehicle (SUV).SUV’s have higher ground clearance anda narrower track to make them capableof performing in a wide variety of off-roadapplications. Specific design characteris-tics give them a higher center of gravitythan ordinary vehicles. An advantage ofthe higher ground clearance is a betterview of the road, which allows you toanticipate problems. They are notdesigned for cornering at the samespeeds as conventional passenger vehi-cles, any more than low-slung sportsvehicles are designed to perform satis-factorily in off-road conditions. Due to thisrisk, driver and passengers are stronglyrecommended to buckle their seat belts.In a rollover crash, an unbelted person ismore likely to die than a person wearinga seat belt. There are steps that a drivercan make to reduce the risk of a rollover.If at all possible, avoid sharp turns orabrupt maneuvers, do not load your roofrack with heavy cargo, and never modifyyour vehicle in any way.

CAUTION - Mud or snowIf one of the front or rear wheelsbegins to spin in mud, snow, etc.the vehicle can sometimes be driv-en out by depressing the accelera-tor pedal further; however avoidrunning the engine continuously athigh rpm because doing so coulddamage the AWD system.

WARNING - AWD driving• Avoid high cornering speed.• Do not make quick steering

wheel movements, such as sharplane changes or fast, sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose control ofyour vehicle at high speed.

• In a collision, an unbelted personis significantly more likely to diecompared to a person wearing aseat belt.

• Loss of control often occurs iftwo or more wheels drop off theroadway and the driver oversteers to re-enter the roadway. Inthe event your vehicle leaves theroadway, do not steer sharply.Instead, slow down before pullingback into the travel lanes.


225

WARNING - Jacked vehicleWhile the full-time AWD vehicle isbeing raised on a jack, never startthe engine or cause the tires torotate.There is the danger that rotatingtires touching the ground couldcause the vehicle to go off the jackand to jump forward.

WARNINGYour vehicle is equipped with tiresdesigned to provide safe ride andhandling capability. Do not use asize and type of tire and wheel thatis different from the one that isoriginally installed on your vehicle.It can affect the safety and perform-ance of your vehicle, which couldlead to steering failure or rolloverand serious injury. When replacingthe tires, be sure to equip all fourtires with the tire and wheel of thesame size, type, tread, brand andload-carrying capacity. If you never-theless decide to equip your vehi-cle with any tire/wheel combinationnot recommended by HYUNDAI foroff road driving, you should not usethese tires for highway driving.

WARNING - Rollover As with other Sports Utility Vehicle(SUV), failure to operate this vehi-cle correctly may result in loss ofcontrol, an accident or vehiclerollover.• Utility vehicles have a significant-

ly higher rollover rate than othertypes of vehicles.

• Specific design characteristics(higher ground clearance, nar-rower track, etc.) give this vehiclea higher center of gravity thanordinary vehicles.

• A SUV is not designed for corner-ing at the same speeds as con-ventional vehicles.

• Avoid sharp turns or abruptmaneuvers.

• In a rollover crash, an unbeltedperson is significantly more like-ly to die than a person wearing aseat belt. Make sure everyone inthe vehicle is properly buckledup.

5 23


• Full-time AWD vehicles must be testedon a special four wheel chassisdynamometer.

✽✽ NOTICENever engage the parking brake whileperforming these tests.

• A full-time AWD vehicle should not betested on a 2WD roll tester. If a 2WDroll tester must be used, perform thefollowing: 1. Check the tire pressures recommend-

ed for your vehicle.2. Place the front wheels on the roll

tester for a speedometer test as shownin the illustration.

3. Release the parking brake.4. Place the rear wheels on the tempo-

rary free roller as shown in the illustra-tion.

WARNING - Dynamometertesting

Keep away from the front of thevehicle while the vehicle is in gearon the dynamometer. This is verydangerous as the vehicle can jumpforward and cause serious injury ordeath.

OCM051044LRoll tester (speedometer)Temporary free roller

CAUTION• When lifting up the vehicle, do not

operate front and rear wheel sep-arately. All four wheels should beoperated.

• If you need to operate the frontwheel and rear wheel when liftingup the vehicle, you shouldrelease the parking brake.


245

Power brakes Your vehicle has power-assisted brakesthat adjust automatically through normalusage.In the event that the power-assistedbrakes lose power because of a stalledengine or some other reason, you canstill stop your vehicle by applying greaterforce to the brake pedal than you nor-mally would. The stopping distance, how-ever, will be longer.When the engine is not running, thereserve brake power is partially depletedeach time the brake pedal is applied. Donot pump the brake pedal when thepower assist has been interrupted.Pump the brake pedal only when neces-sary to maintain steering control on slip-pery surfaces.

In the event of brake failure If service brakes fail to operate while thevehicle is in motion, you can make anemergency stop with the parking brake.The stopping distance, however, will bemuch greater than normal.

BRAKE SYSTEM

WARNING - Brakes• Do not drive with your foot rest-

ing on the brake pedal. This willcreate abnormal high brake tem-peratures, excessive brake liningand pad wear, and increasedstopping distances.

• When descending a long or steephill, shift to a lower gear andavoid continuous application ofthe brakes. Continuous brakeapplication will cause the brakesto overheat and could result in atemporary loss of braking per-formance.

• Wet brakes may impair the vehi-cle’s ability to safely slow down;the vehicle may also pull to oneside when the brakes are applied.Applying the brakes lightly willindicate whether they have beenaffected in this way. Always testyour brakes in this fashion afterdriving through deep water. Todry the brakes, apply them lightlywhile maintaining a safe forwardspeed until brake performancereturns to normal.

WARNING - Parking brakeApplying the parking brake whilethe vehicle is moving at normalspeeds can cause a sudden loss ofcontrol of the vehicle. If you mustuse the parking brake to stop thevehicle, use great caution in apply-ing the brake.

5 25


Disc brakes wear indicator Your vehicle has disc brakes.When your brake pads are worn and newpads are required, you will hear a high-pitched warning sound from your frontbrakes or rear brakes. You may hear thissound come and go or it may occurwhenever you depress the brake pedal.Please remember that some driving con-ditions or climates may cause a brakesqueal when you first apply (or lightlyapply) the brakes. This is normal anddoes not indicate a problem with yourbrakes. Parking brake

Applying the parking brake■■ Foot typeTo engage the parking brake, first applythe foot brake and then depress the park-ing brake pedal down as far as possible.

WARNING - Brake wearThis brake wear warning soundmeans your vehicle needs service.If you ignore this audible warning,you will eventually lose brakingperformance, which could lead to aserious accident.

CAUTION• To avoid costly brake repairs, do

not continue to drive with wornbrake pads.

• Always replace the front or rearbrake pads as pairs.

OLM059014


265

■■ Hand typeTo engage the parking brake, first applythe foot brake and then pull up the park-ing brake lever as far as possible.

In addition it is recommended that whenparking the vehicle on an incline, the shiftlever should be in a low gear on manualtransaxle vehicles or in the P (Park) posi-tion on automatic transaxle vehicles.

Releasing the parking brake■■ Foot typeTo release the parking brake, depressthe parking brake pedal a second timewhile applying the foot brake. The pedalwill automatically extend to the fullyreleased position.

■■ Hand typeTo release the parking brake, first applythe foot brake and pull up the parkingbrake lever slightly. Secondly depress therelease button (1) and lower the parkingbrake lever (2) while holding the button.

OLM059016 OLM059015 OLM059017

CAUTIONDriving with the parking brakeapplied will cause excessive brakepad and brake rotor wear.

5 27


If the parking brake does not release ordoes not release all the way, have thesystem checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Check the brake warning light by turningthe ignition switch ON (do not start theengine). This light will be illuminated whenthe parking brake is applied with the igni-tion switch in the START or ON position.Before driving, be sure the parking brakeis fully released and the brake warninglight is off.If the brake warning light remains on afterthe parking brake is released while theengine is running, there may be a mal-function in the brake system. Immediateattention is necessary.If at all possible, cease driving the vehi-cle immediately. If that is not possible,use extreme caution while operating thevehicle and only continue to drive thevehicle until you can reach a safe loca-tion or repair shop.

Anti-lock brake system (ABS)

W-75

WARNING• To prevent unintentional move-

ment when stopped and leavingthe vehicle, do not use the shiftlever in place of the parkingbrake. Set the parking brake ANDmake sure the shift lever issecurely positioned in P (Park).

• Never allow anyone who is unfa-miliar with the vehicle to touchthe parking brake. If the parkingbrake is released unintentionally,serious injury may occur.

• All vehicles should always havethe parking brake fully engagedwhen parking to avoid inadver-tent movement of the vehiclewhich can injure occupants orpedestrians.

WARNINGABS (or ESC) will not prevent acci-dents due to improper or danger-ous driving maneuvers. Eventhough vehicle control is improvedduring emergency braking, alwaysmaintain a safe distance betweenyou and objects ahead. Vehiclespeeds should always be reducedduring extreme road conditions.The braking distance for vehiclesequipped with an anti-lock brakingsystem (or Electronic StabilityControl System) may be longerthan for those without it in the fol-lowing road conditions.During these conditions the vehicleshould be driven at reducedspeeds:• Rough, gravel or snow-covered

roads.• With tire chains installed.

(Continued)


285

The ABS continuously senses the speedof the wheels. If the wheels are going tolock, the ABS system repeatedly modu-lates the hydraulic brake pressure to thewheels.When you apply your brakes under con-ditions which may lock the wheels, youmay hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from thebrakes, or feel a corresponding sensationin the brake pedal. This is normal and itmeans your ABS is active.In order to obtain the maximum benefitfrom your ABS in an emergency situa-tion, do not attempt to modulate yourbrake pressure and do not try to pumpyour brakes. Press your brake pedal ashard as possible or as hard as the situa-tion allows the ABS to control the forcebeing delivered to the brakes.

✽✽ NOTICEA click sound may be heard in theengine compartment when the vehiclebegins to move after the engine is start-ed. These conditions are normal andindicate that the anti-lock brake systemis functioning properly.

• Even with the anti-lock brake system,your vehicle still requires sufficientstopping distance. Always maintain asafe distance from the vehicle in frontof you.

• Always slow down when cornering.The anti-lock brake system cannot pre-vent accidents resulting from exces-sive speeds.

• On loose or uneven road surfaces,operation of the anti-lock brake systemmay result in a longer stopping dis-tance than for vehicles equipped with aconventional brake system.

(Continued)• On roads where the road surface

is pitted or has different surfaceheight.

The safety features of an ABS (orESC) equipped vehicle should notbe tested by high speed driving orcornering. This could endanger thesafety of yourself or others.

5 29


✽✽ NOTICEWhen you jump start your vehiclebecause of a drained battery, the enginemay not run as smoothly and the ABSwarning light may turn on at the sametime. This happens because of the lowbattery voltage. It does not mean yourABS is malfunctioning.• Do not pump your brakes!• Have the battery recharged before

driving the vehicle.

W-78

CAUTION• If the ABS warning light is on and

stays on, you may have a problemwith the ABS. In this case, howev-er, your regular brakes will worknormally.

• The ABS warning light will stay onfor approximately 3 seconds afterthe ignition switch is ON. Duringthat time, the ABS will go throughself-diagnosis and the light will gooff if everything is normal. If thelight stays on, you may have aproblem with your ABS. Contactan authorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible.

CAUTION• When you drive on a road having

poor traction, such as an icy road,and have operated your brakescontinuously, the ABS will beactive continuously and the ABSwarning light may illuminate. Pullyour vehicle over to a safe placeand stop the engine.

• Restart the engine. If the ABSwarning light is off, then yourABS system is normal.Otherwise, you may have a prob-lem with the ABS. Contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible.


305

Electronic stability control (ESC)The Electronic Stability control (ESC)system is designed to stabilize the vehicleduring cornering maneuvers. ESC checkswhere you are steering and where thevehicle is actually going. ESC applies thebrakes at individual wheels andintervenes in the engine managementsystem to stabilize the vehicle.

The Electronic Stability Control (ESC)system is an electronic system designedto help the driver maintain vehicle controlunder adverse conditions. It is not asubstitute for safe driving practices.Factors including speed, road conditionsand driver steering input can all affectwhether ESC will be effective inpreventing a loss of control. It is still yourresponsibility to drive and corner atreasonable speeds and to leave asufficient margin of safety.When you apply your brakes under con-ditions which may lock the wheels, youmay hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from thebrakes, or feel a corresponding sensationin the brake pedal. This is normal and itmeans your ESC is active.

✽✽ NOTICEA click sound may be heard in theengine compartment when the vehiclebegins to move after the engine is start-ed. These conditions are normal andindicate that the Electronic StabilityControl System is functioning properly.

OLM059020L

WARNINGNever drive too fast according tothe road conditions or too quicklywhen cornering. Electronic stabilitycontrol (ESC) will not prevent acci-dents. Excessive speed in turns,abrupt maneuvers and hydroplan-ing on wet surfaces can still resultin serious accidents. Only a safeand attentive driver can preventaccidents by avoiding maneuversthat cause the vehicle to lose trac-tion. Even with ESC installed,always follow all the normal precau-tions for driving - including drivingat safe speeds for the conditions.

5 31


ESC operationESC ON condition

• When the ignition is turnedON, ESC and ESC OFF indi-cator lights illuminate forapproximately 3 seconds,then ESC is turned on.

• Press the ESC OFF buttonfor at least half a second afterturning the ignition ON to turnESC off. (ESC OFF indicatorwill illuminate). To turn theESC on, press the ESC OFFbutton (ESC OFF indicatorlight will go off).

• When starting the engine,you may hear a slight tickingsound. This is the ESC per-forming an automatic systemself-check and does not indi-cate a problem.

When operating

When the ESC is in operation,ESC indicator light blinks.• When the Electronic Stability

Control is operating properly,you can feel a slight pulsationin the vehicle. This is only theeffect of brake control andindicates nothing unusual.

• When moving out of the mudor slippery road, pressing theaccelerator pedal may notcause the engine rpm (revo-lutions per minute) toincrease.

ESC operation offESC OFF state

• To cancel ESC operation,press the ESC OFF button(ESC OFF indicator light illu-minates).

• If the ignition switch is turnedto LOCK position when ESCis off, ESC remains off. Uponrestarting the engine, theESC will automatically turnon again.

-


325

Indicator lightWhen ignition switch is turned to the ONposition, the indicator light illuminates,then goes off if the ESC system is oper-ating normally.The ESC indicator light blinks wheneverESC is operating or illuminates whenESC fails to operate.The ESC OFF indicator light comes onwhen the ESC is turned off with the but-ton.

ESC OFF usageWhen driving

• ESC should be turned on for daily driv-ing whenever possible.

• To turn ESC off while driving, press theESC OFF button while driving on a flatroad surface.

✽✽ NOTICE• When operating the vehicle on a

dynamometer, ensure that the ESC isturned off (ESC OFF light illuminat-ed). If the ESC is left on, it may pre-vent the vehicle speed from increas-ing, and result in false diagnosis.

• Turning the ESC off does not affectABS or brake system operation.

CAUTIONDriving with varying tire or wheelsizes may cause the ESC system tomalfunction. When replacing tires,make sure they are the same size asyour original tires.

WARNINGThe Electronic Stability Control sys-tem is only a driving aid; use pre-cautions for safe driving by slowingdown on curved, snowy, or icyroads. Drive slowly and don’tattempt to accelerate whenever theESC indicator light is blinking, orwhen the road surface is slippery.

■ ESC indicator light

■ ESC OFF indicator light

WARNINGNever press the ESC OFF buttonwhile ESC is operating (ESC indica-tor light blinks).If ESC is turned off while ESC isoperating, the vehicle may slip outof control.

5 33


Hill-start assist control (HAC) (if equipped) A vehicle has the tendency to slip backon a steep hill when it starts to go afterstopping. The Hill-start Assist Control(HAC) prevents the vehicle from slippingback by operating the brakes automati-cally for about 2 seconds. The brakes arereleased when the accelerator pedal isdepressed or after about 2 seconds.

✽✽ NOTICE• The HAC does not operate when the

transaxle shift lever is in the P (Park)or N (Neutral) position.

• The HAC activates even though theESC is off but it does not activatewhen the ESC has malfunctioned.

Downhill brake control (DBC) (if equipped)The Downhill Brake Control (DBC) sup-ports the driver come down a steep hillwithout the driver depressing the brakepedal. It slows down the vehicle under 5 mph (8 km/h) with the automatictransaxle or 9 mph (15 km/h) with themanual transaxle and lets the driver con-centrate on steering the vehicle.DBC defaults to the OFF position when-ever the ignition is turned on.The DBC can be turned on or off bypushing the button.

OLM059021LWARNINGThe HAC is activated only for about2 seconds, so when the vehicle isstarting off always depress theaccelerator pedal.


345

✽✽ NOTICE• The DBC does not turn ON in the P

(Park) position.• The DBC may not activate if the ESC

(or BAS) is activated.• Noise or vibration may occur from the

brakes when the DBC is activated.• The rear stop light comes on when the

DBC is activated.• In a very steep hill even though the

brake pedal or accelerator pedal isdepressed the DBC may not deacti-vate.

• Always turn OFF the DBC on normalroads. The DBC might activate fromthe standby mode when abrupt corn-ing or driving through speed bumps.

• DBC may activate and cause theengine to stop in vehicles with manualtransaxle if you drive in 3rd gear (orabove) with DBC on. Do not turn onDBC when driving in 3rd gear (orabove).

Standby

Press the DBC button when the vehicle speed is under25 mph (40 km/h). The DBC system will turn ON andenter the standby mode.The system does not turn ON if the vehicle speed isover 25 mph (40 km/h).

In the standby mode, if the vehicle speed is under 22 mph (35 km/h) while driving down a steep hill, theDBC will activate automatically.

In the activated mode, the DBC will temporarily deacti-vate under the following conditions:• The hill is not steep enough.• The brake pedal or accelerator pedal is depressed.If the above conditions are gone, the DBC will automat-ically activate again.

The DBC will turn OFF under the following conditions:• The DBC button is pressed again.• The vehicle speed is over 38 mph (60 km/h).

Activated

Temporarilydeactivated

OFF

Mode Indicator light Description

blinks

illuminated

not illuminated

illuminated

WARNINGIf the DBC red indicator light illuminates, the system has overheated or some-thing is wrong. The DBC will not activate. If the DBC red indicator light illu-minates even though the DBC system has been cooled enough have the sys-tem checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

5 35


Good braking practices

• Check to be sure the parking brake isnot engaged and that the parking brakeindicator light is out before drivingaway.

• Driving through water may get thebrakes wet.They can also get wet whenthe vehicle is washed. Wet brakes canbe dangerous! Your vehicle will not stopas quickly if the brakes are wet. Wetbrakes may cause the vehicle to pull toone side.

To dry the brakes, apply the brakeslightly until the braking action returns tonormal, taking care to keep the vehicleunder control at all times. If the brakingaction does not return to normal, stopas soon as it is safe to do so and call anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer for assis-tance.

• Don't coast down hills with the vehicleout of gear. This is extremely haz-ardous. Keep the vehicle in gear at alltimes, use the brakes to slow down,then shift to a lower gear so that enginebraking will help you maintain a safespeed.

• Don't "ride" the brake pedal. Restingyour foot on the brake pedal while driv-ing can be dangerous because thebrakes might overheat and lose theireffectiveness. It also increases the wearof the brake components.

• If a tire goes flat while you are driving,apply the brakes gently and keep thevehicle pointed straight ahead while youslow down. When you are moving slow-ly enough for it to be safe to do so, pulloff the road and stop in a safe place.

• If your vehicle is equipped with an auto-matic transaxle, don't let your vehiclecreep forward. To avoid creeping for-ward, keep your foot firmly on the brakepedal when the vehicle is stopped.

• Be cautious when parking on a hill.Firmly engage the parking brake andplace the shift lever in P (automatictransaxle) or in first or reverse gear(manual transaxle). If your vehicle isfacing downhill, turn the front wheelsinto the curb to help keep the vehiclefrom rolling. If your vehicle is facinguphill, turn the front wheels away fromthe curb to help keep the vehicle fromrolling. If there is no curb or if it isrequired by other conditions to keep thevehicle from rolling, block the wheels.

• Under some conditions your parkingbrake can freeze in the engaged posi-tion. This is most likely to happen whenthere is an accumulation of snow or icearound or near the rear brakes or if thebrakes are wet. If there is a risk that theparking brake may freeze, apply it onlytemporarily while you put the shift leverin P (automatic transaxle) or in first orreverse gear (manual transaxle) andblock the rear wheels so the vehiclecannot roll. Then release the parkingbrake.

• Do not hold the vehicle on the upgradewith the accelerator pedal. This cancause the transaxle to overheat.Always use the brake pedal or parkingbrake.

WARNING• Whenever you leave or park your

vehicle, always set the parkingbrake as far as possible and fullyengage the vehicle's transaxleinto the P (Park) position. If theparking brake is not fullyengaged, the vehicle may moveinadvertently and injure yourselfand others.

• All vehicles should always havethe parking brake fully engagedwhen parking to avoid inadver-tent movement of the vehiclewhich can injure occupants orpedestrians.


365

1. Cruise indicator2. Cruise set indicator

The cruise control system allows you toprogram the vehicle to maintain a con-stant speed without pressing the acceler-ator pedal.This system is designed to functionabove approximately 25 mph (40 km/h).

✽✽ NOTICEDuring normal cruise control operation,when the SET switch is activated orreactivated after applying the brakes,the cruise control will energize afterapproximately 3 seconds. This delay isnormal.

CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM

WARNING• If the cruise control is left on,

(CRUISE indicator light in theinstrument cluster illuminated)the cruise control can beswitched on accidentally. Keepthe cruise control system off(CRUISE indicator light OFF)when the cruise control is not inuse, to avoid inadvertently set-ting a speed.

• Use the cruise control systemonly when traveling on openhighways in good weather.

• Do not use the cruise controlwhen it may not be safe to keepthe vehicle at a constant speed,for instance, driving in heavy orvarying traffic, or on slippery(rainy, icy or snow-covered) orwinding roads or over 6% up-hillor down-hill roads.

• Pay particular attention to thedriving conditions wheneverusing the cruise control system.

• Be careful when driving downhillusing the cruise control system,which may increase the vehiclespeed.

OLM059030N

CAUTIONDuring cruise-speed driving of amanual transaxle vehicle, do notshift into neutral without depress-ing the clutch pedal, since theengine will be overrevved. If thishappens, depress the clutch pedalor release the cruise control ON-OFF switch.

5 37


To set cruise control speed:1. Push the CRUISE ON-OFF button on

the steering wheel to turn the systemon. The CRUISE indicator light in theinstrument cluster will illuminate.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed, whichmust be more than 25 mph (40 km/h).

3. Move the lever (1) down (to SET-), andrelease it at the desired speed. TheSET indicator light in the instrumentcluster will illuminate. Release theaccelerator at the same time. Thedesired speed will automatically bemaintained.

On a steep grade, the vehicle may slowdown or speed up slightly while goingdownhill.

To increase cruise control setspeed:Follow either of these procedures:• Move the lever (1) up (to RES+) and

hold it. Your vehicle will accelerate.Release the lever at the speed you want.

• Move the lever (1) up (to RES+) andrelease it immediately. The cruisingspeed will increase by 1.0 mph (1.6km/h) each time you move the lever up(to RES+) in this manner.

OLM059031L OLM059033L OLM059032L


385

To decrease the cruising speed:Follow either of these procedures:• Move the lever (1) down (to SET-) and

hold it. Your vehicle will gradually slowdown. Release the lever at the speedyou want to maintain.

• Move the lever (1) down (to SET-) andrelease it immediately. The cruisingspeed will decrease by 1.0 mph (1.6km/h) each time you move the leverdown (to SET-) in this manner.

To temporarily accelerate with thecruise control on:If you want to speed up temporarily whenthe cruise control is on, depress theaccelerator pedal. Increased speed willnot interfere with cruise control operationor change the set speed.To return to the set speed, take your footoff the accelerator.

To cancel cruise control, do oneof the following:• Press the brake pedal.• Press the clutch pedal with a manual

transaxle.• Shift into N (Neutral) with an automatic

transaxle.• Press the CANCEL switch located on

the steering wheel.• Decrease the vehicle speed lower than

the memory speed by 9 mph (15km/h).

• Decrease the vehicle speed to lessthan approximately 25 mph (40 km/h).

OLM059033L OLM059034L

5 39


Each of these actions will cancel cruisecontrol operation (the SET indicator lightin the instrument cluster will go off), but itwill not turn the system off. If you wish toresume cruise control operation, moveup the lever (to RES+) located on yoursteering wheel. You will return to yourpreviously preset speed.

To resume cruising speed atmore than approximately 25 mph(40 km/h):If any method other than the CRUISEON-OFF switch was used to cancelcruising speed and the system is stillactivated, the most recent set speed willautomatically resume when you movethe lever (1) up (to RES+).It will not resume, however, if the vehiclespeed has dropped below approximately25 mph (40 km/h).

To turn cruise control off, do oneof the following:• Push the CRUISE ON-OFF button (the

CRUISE indicator light in the instru-ment cluster will go off).

• Turn the ignition off.Both of these actions will cancel thecruise control operation. If you want toresume the cruise control operation,repeat the steps provided in “To setcruise control speed” on the previouspage.

OLM059032L OLM059031L


405

Your vehicle's fuel economy dependsmainly on your style of driving, where youdrive and when you drive.Each of these factors affects how manymiles (kilometers) you can get from a gal-lon (liter) of fuel. To operate your vehicleas economically as possible, use the fol-lowing driving suggestions to help savemoney in both fuel and repairs:• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a moder-

ate rate. Don't make "jack-rabbit" startsor full-throttle shifts and maintain asteady cruising speed. Don't racebetween stoplights. Try to adjust yourspeed to the traffic so you don't have tochange speeds unnecessarily. Avoidheavy traffic whenever possible.Always maintain a safe distance fromother vehicles so you can avoid unnec-essary braking. This also reducesbrake wear.

• Drive at a moderate speed. The fasteryou drive, the more fuel your vehicleuses. Driving at a moderate speed,especially on the highway, is one of themost effective ways to reduce fuel con-sumption.

• Don't "ride" the brake pedal or clutchpedal.This can increase fuel consump-tion and also increase wear on thesecomponents. In addition, driving withyour foot resting on the brake pedalmay cause the brakes to overheat,which reduces their effectiveness andmay lead to more serious conse-quences.

• Take care of your tires. Keep theminflated to the recommended pressure.Incorrect inflation, either too much ortoo little, results in unnecessary tirewear. Check the tire pressures at leastonce a month.

• Be sure that the wheels are alignedcorrectly. Improper alignment canresult from hitting curbs or driving toofast over irregular surfaces. Poor align-ment causes faster tire wear and mayalso result in other problems as well asgreater fuel consumption.

• Keep your vehicle in good condition.For better fuel economy and reducedmaintenance costs, maintain your vehi-cle in accordance with the mainte-nance schedule in section 7. If youdrive your vehicle in severe conditions,more frequent maintenance is required(see section 7 for details).

• Keep your vehicle clean. For maximumservice, your vehicle should be keptclean and free of corrosive materials. Itis especially important that mud, dirt,ice, etc. not be allowed to accumulateon the underside of the vehicle. Thisextra weight can result in increasedfuel consumption and also contributeto corrosion.

• Travel lightly. Don't carry unnecessaryweight in your vehicle. Weight reducesfuel economy.

• Don't let the engine idle longer thannecessary. If you are waiting (and notin traffic), turn off your engine andrestart only when you're ready to go.

ECONOMICAL OPERATION

5 41


• Remember, your vehicle does notrequire extended warm-up. After theengine has started, allow the engine torun for 10 to 20 seconds prior to plac-ing the vehicle in gear. In very coldweather, however, give your engine aslightly longer warm-up period.

• Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine.Lugging is driving too slowly in too higha gear resulting in the engine bucking.If this happens, shift to a lower gear.Over-revving is racing the enginebeyond its safe limit. This can be avoid-ed by shifting at the recommendedspeeds.

• Use your air conditioning sparingly.The air conditioning system is operat-ed by engine power so your fuel econ-omy is reduced when you use it.

• Open windows at high speeds canreduce fuel economy.

• Fuel economy is less in crosswindsand headwinds. To help offset some ofthis loss, slow down when driving inthese conditions.

Keeping a vehicle in good operating con-dition is important both for economy andsafety. Therefore, have an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer perform scheduledinspections and maintenance.

WARNING - Engine off dur-ing motion

Never turn the engine off to coastdown hills or anytime the vehicle isin motion. The power steering andpower brakes will not functionproperly without the engine run-ning. Instead, keep the engine onand downshift to an appropriategear for engine braking effect. Inaddition, turning off the ignitionwhile driving could engage thesteering wheel lock resulting inloss of vehicle steering whichcould cause serious injury ordeath.


425

Hazardous driving conditions When hazardous driving conditions areencountered such as water, snow, ice,mud, sand, or similar hazards, followthese suggestions:• Drive cautiously and allow extra dis-

tance for braking.• Avoid sudden braking or steering.

• When braking with non-ABS brakespump the brake pedal with a light up-and-down motion until the vehicle isstopped.

• If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, usesecond gear. Accelerate slowly toavoid spinning the drive wheels.

• Use sand, rock salt, tire chains, orother non-slip material under the drivewheels to provide traction when stalledin ice, snow, or mud.

Rocking the vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to freeit from snow, sand, or mud, first turn thesteering wheel right and left to clear thearea around your front wheels. Then, shiftback and forth between 1st (First) and R(Reverse) and any forward gear in vehi-cles equipped with an automatictransaxle. Do not race the engine, andspin the wheels as little as possible. If youare still stuck after a few tries, have thevehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle toavoid engine overheating and possibledamage to the transaxle.

SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS

1VQA3002

WARNING - ABSDo not pump the brake pedal on avehicle equipped with ABS.

WARNING - DownshiftingDownshifting with an automatictransaxle, while driving on slipperysurfaces can cause an accident.The sudden change in tire speedcould cause the tires to skid. Becareful when downshifting on slip-pery surfaces.

CAUTIONProlonged rocking may causeengine over-heating, transaxle dam-age or failure, and tire damage.

5 43


✽✽ NOTICEThe ESC system should be turned OFFprior to rocking the vehicle. Smooth cornering

Avoid braking or gear changing in cor-ners, especially when roads are wet.Ideally, corners should always be takenunder gentle acceleration. If you followthese suggestions, tire wear will be heldto a minimum.

Driving at night Because night driving presents morehazards than driving in the daylight, hereare some important tips to remember:• Slow down and keep more distance

between you and other vehicles, as itmay be more difficult to see at night,especially in areas where there maynot be any street lights.

WARNING - Spinning tiresDo not spin the wheels, especiallyat speeds more than 35 mph (56km/h). Spinning the wheels at highspeeds when the vehicle is station-ary could cause a tire to overheatwhich could result in tire damagethat may injure bystanders.

ORV047004 OCM053010

WARNINGIf your vehicle becomes stuck insnow, mud, sand, etc., then youmay attempt to rock the vehicle freeby moving it forward and backward.Do not attempt this procedure ifpeople or objects are anywherenear the vehicle. During the rockingoperation the vehicle may suddenlymove forward or backward as itbecomes unstuck, causing injuryor damage to nearby people orobjects.


445

• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glarefrom other driver's headlights.

• Keep your headlights clean and prop-erly aimed on vehicles not equippedwith the automatic headlight aimingfeature. Dirty or improperly aimedheadlights will make it much more diffi-cult to see at night. Headlight operationshield using windshield wipers ismandatory in some states.

• Avoid staring directly at the headlightsof oncoming vehicles. You could betemporarily blinded, and it will takeseveral seconds for your eyes to read-just to the darkness.

Driving in the rain Rain and wet roads can make drivingdangerous, especially if you’re not pre-pared for the slick pavement. Here are afew things to consider when driving in therain:• A heavy rainfall will make it harder to

see and will increase the distanceneeded to stop your vehicle, so slowdown.

• Keep your windshield wiping equip-ment in good shape. Replace yourwindshield wiper blades when theyshow signs of streaking or missingareas on the windshield.

• If your tires are not in good condition,making a quick stop on wet pavementcan cause a skid and possibly lead toan accident. Be sure your tires are ingood shape.

• Turn on your headlights to make it eas-ier for others to see you.

• Driving too fast through large puddlescan affect your brakes. If you must gothrough puddles, try to drive throughthem slowly.

• If you believe you may have gottenyour brakes wet, apply them lightlywhile driving until normal braking oper-ation returns.

Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areasunless you are sure the water is no high-er than the bottom of the wheel hub.Drive through any water slowly. Allowadequate stopping distance becausebrake performance may be affected.After driving through water, dry thebrakes by gently applying them severaltimes while the vehicle is moving slowly.

1VQA3003

5 45


Highway drivingTiresAdjust the tire inflation pressures tospecification. Low tire inflation pressureswill result in overheating and possiblefailure of the tires.Avoid using worn or damaged tires whichmay result in reduced traction or tire fail-ure.

✽✽ NOTICENever exceed the maximum tire inflationpressure shown on the tires.

Fuel, engine coolant and engine oilHigh speed travel consumes more fuelthan urban motoring. Do not forget tocheck both engine coolant and engineoil.

Drive beltA loose or damaged drive belt may resultin overheating of the engine.

WARNING• Underinflated or overinflated

tires can cause poor handling,loss of vehicle control, and sud-den tire failure leading to acci-dents, injuries, and even death.Always check tires for properinflation before driving. For prop-er tire pressures, refer to “Tiresand wheels” in section 8.

• Driving on tires with no or insuffi-cient tread is dangerous. Worn-out tires can result in loss ofvehicle control, collisions, injury,and even death. Worn-out tiresshould be replaced as soon aspossible and should never beused for driving. Always checkthe tire tread before driving yourcar. For further information andtread limits, refer to “Tires andwheels” in section 7.

1VQA1004


465

The more severe weather conditions ofwinter result in greater wear and otherproblems. To minimize the problems ofwinter driving, you should follow thesesuggestions:

Snowy or icy conditionsTo drive your vehicle in deep snow, it maybe necessary to use snow tires or toinstall tire chains on your tires. If snowtires are needed, it is necessary to selecttires equivalent in size and type of theoriginal equipment tires. Failure to do somay adversely affect the safety and han-dling of your vehicle. Furthermore,speeding, rapid acceleration, suddenbrake applications, and sharp turns arepotentially very hazardous practices.During deceleration, use engine brakingto the fullest extent. Sudden brake appli-cations on snowy or icy roads may causeskids to occur. You need to keep suffi-cient distance between the vehicle inoperation in front and your vehicle. Also,apply the brake gently. It should be notedthat installing tire chains on the tire willprovide a greater driving force, but willnot prevent side skids.

✽✽ NOTICETire chains are not legal in all states.Check state laws before fitting tirechains.

Snow tires If you mount snow tires on your vehicle,make sure they are radial tires of thesame size and load range as the originaltires. Mount snow tires on all four wheelsto balance your vehicle’s handling in allweather conditions. Keep in mind that thetraction provided by snow tires on dryroads may not be as high as your vehi-cle's original equipment tires. You shoulddrive cautiously even when the roads areclear. Check with the tire dealer for max-imum speed recommendations.

Do not install studded tires without firstchecking local, state and municipal regu-lations for possible restrictions againsttheir use.

WINTER DRIVING

WARNING - Snow tire sizeSnow tires should be equivalent insize and type to the vehicle's stan-dard tires. Otherwise, the safetyand handling of your vehicle maybe adversely affected.

1VQA3005

5 47


Tire chains Since the sidewalls of radial tires arethinner, they can be damaged by mount-ing some types of snow chains on them.Therefore, the use of snow tires is rec-ommended instead of snow chains. Donot mount tire chains on vehiclesequipped with aluminum wheels; snowchains may cause damage to the wheels.If snow chains must be used, use wire-type chains with a thickness of less than0.59 in (15 mm). Damage to your vehiclecaused by improper snow chain use isnot covered by your vehicle manufactur-ers warranty.

When using tire chains, attach them tothe drive wheels as follows.2WD : Front wheelsAWD : All four wheels

If a full set of chains is not avail-able for an AWD vehicle, chainsmay be installed on the frontwheels only.

Chain installation

When installing chains, follow the manu-facturer's instructions and mount them astightly as you can. Drive slowly withchains installed. If you hear the chainscontacting the body or chassis, stop andtighten them. If they still make contact,slow down until it stops. Remove thechains as soon as you begin driving oncleared roads.

CAUTION• Make sure the snow chains are

the correct size and type for yourtires. Incorrect snow chains cancause damage to the vehicle bodyand suspension and may not becovered by your vehicle manufac-turer warranty. Also, the snowchain connecting hooks may bedamaged from contacting vehiclecomponents causing the snowchains to come loose from thetire. Make sure the snow chainsare SAE class “S” certified.

• Always check chain installationfor proper mounting after drivingapproximately 0.3 to 0.6 miles (0.5to 1 km) to ensure safe mounting.Retighten or remount the chainsif they are loose.

WARNING - Mounting chains

When mounting snow chains, parkthe vehicle on level ground awayfrom traffic. Turn on the vehicleHazard Warning flashers and placea triangular emergency warningdevice behind the vehicle if avail-able. Always place the vehicle in P(Park), apply the parking brake andturn off the engine before installingsnow chains.

1VQA3007


485

Use high quality ethylene glycolcoolantYour vehicle is delivered with high qualityethylene glycol coolant in the coolingsystem. It is the only type of coolant thatshould be used because it helps preventcorrosion in the cooling system, lubri-cates the water pump and preventsfreezing. Be sure to replace or replenishyour coolant in accordance with themaintenance schedule in section 7.Before winter, have your coolant tested toassure that its freezing point is sufficientfor the temperatures anticipated duringthe winter.

Check battery and cablesWinter puts additional burdens on thebattery system. Visually inspect the bat-tery and cables as described in section7. The level of charge in your battery canbe checked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer or a service station.

Change to "winter weight" oil ifnecessaryIn some climates it is recommended thata lower viscosity "winter weight" oil beused during cold weather. See section 8for recommendations. If you aren't surewhat weight oil you should use, consultan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Check spark plugs and ignitionsystemInspect your spark plugs as described insection 7 and replace them if necessary.Also check all ignition wiring and compo-nents to be sure they are not cracked,worn or damaged in any way.

WARNING - Tire chains• The use of chains may adversely

affect vehicle handling.• Do not exceed 20 mph (30 km/h)

or the chain manufacturer’s rec-ommended speed limit, whichev-er is lower.

• Drive carefully and avoid bumps,holes, sharp turns, and otherroad hazards, which may causethe vehicle to bounce.

• Avoid sharp turns or locked-wheel braking.

CAUTION• Chains that are the wrong size or

improperly installed can damageyour vehicle's brake lines, sus-pension, body and wheels.

• Stop driving and retighten thechains any time you hear themhitting the vehicle.

5 49


To keep locks from freezingTo keep the locks from freezing, squirt anapproved de-icer fluid or glycerine intothe key opening. If a lock is covered withice, squirt it with an approved de-icingfluid to remove the ice. If the lock isfrozen internally, you may be able to thawit out by using a heated key. Handle theheated key with care to avoid injury.

Use approved window washeranti-freeze in systemTo keep the water in the window washersystem from freezing, add an approvedwindow washer anti-freeze solution inaccordance with instructions on the con-tainer. Window washer anti-freeze isavailable from an authorized HYUNDAIdealer and most auto parts outlets. Donot use engine coolant or other types ofanti-freeze as these may damage thepaint finish.

Don't let your parking brakefreezeUnder some conditions your parkingbrake can freeze in the engaged position.This is most likely to happen when thereis an accumulation of snow or ice aroundor near the rear brakes or if the brakesare wet. If there is a risk the parkingbrake may freeze, apply it only temporar-ily while you put the shift lever in P (auto-matic transaxle) or in first or reverse gear(manual transaxle) and block the rearwheels so the car cannot roll. Thenrelease the parking brake.

Don't let ice and snow accumu-late underneathUnder some conditions, snow and icecan build up under the fenders and inter-fere with the steering. When driving insevere winter conditions where this mayhappen, you should periodically checkunderneath the vehicle to be sure themovement of the front wheels and thesteering components is not obstructed.

Carry emergency equipmentDepending on the severity of the weath-er, you should carry appropriate emer-gency equipment. Some of the items youmay want to carry include tire chains, towstraps or chains, flashlight, emergencyflares, sand, a shovel, jumper cables, awindow scraper, gloves, ground cloth,coveralls, a blanket, etc.


505

If you are considering towing with yourvehicle, you should first check with yourstate’s Department of Motor Vehicles todetermine their legal requirements.Since laws vary from state to state therequirements for towing trailers, cars, orother types of vehicles or apparatus maydiffer. Ask an authorized HYUNDAI deal-er for further details before towing.

Your vehicle can tow a trailer. To identifywhat the vehicle trailering capacity is foryour vehicle, you should read the infor-mation in “Weight of the trailer” thatappears later in this section.

Remember that trailering is different thanjust driving your vehicle by itself.Trailering means changes in handling,durability, and fuel economy. Successful,safe trailering requires correct equip-ment, and it has to be used properly.

This section contains many time-tested,important trailering tips and safety rules.Many of these are important for yoursafety and that of your passengers.Please read this section carefully beforeyou pull a trailer.

Load-pulling components such as theengine, transaxle, wheel assemblies, andtires are forced to work harder againstthe load of the added weight. The engineis required to operate at relatively higherspeeds and under greater loads. Thisadditional burden generates extra heat.The trailer also adds considerably towind resistance, increasing the pullingrequirements.

TRAILER TOWING

WARNING - Towing a trail-er

If you don't use the correct equip-ment and drive improperly, you canlose control when you pull a trailer.For example, if the trailer is tooheavy, the brakes may not workwell - or even at all. You and yourpassengers could be seriously orfatally injured. Pull a trailer only ifyou have followed all the steps inthis section.

WARNING - Weight limitsBefore towing, make sure the totaltrailer weight, GCW (gross combi-nation weight), GVW (gross vehicleweight), GAW (gross axle weight)and trailer tongue load are all with-in the limits.

CAUTIONPulling a trailer improperly candamage your vehicle and result incostly repairs not covered by yourwarranty. To pull a trailer correctly,follow the advice in this section.

5 51


Hitches It's important to have the correct hitchequipment. Crosswinds, large trucksgoing by, and rough roads are a few rea-sons why you’ll need the right hitch. Hereare some rules to follow:• Will you have to make any holes in the

body of your vehicle when you install atrailer hitch? If you do, then be sure toseal the holes later when you removethe hitch.If you don’t seal them, deadly carbonmonoxide (CO) from your exhaust canget into your vehicle, as well as dirt andwater.

• The bumpers on your vehicle are notintended for hitches. Do not attachrental hitches or other bumper-typehitches to them. Use only a frame-mounted hitch that does not attach tothe bumper.

• HYUNDAI trailer hitch accessory isavailable at an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

Safety chains You should always attach chainsbetween your vehicle and your trailer.Cross the safety chains under the tongueof the trailer so that the tongue will notdrop to the road if it becomes separatedfrom the hitch.Instructions about safety chains may beprovided by the hitch manufacturer or bythe trailer manufacturer. Follow the man-ufacturer’s recommendation for attachingsafety chains. Always leave just enoughslack so you can turn with your trailer.And, never allow safety chains to drag onthe ground.

Trailer brakes If your trailer is equipped with a brakingsystem, make sure it conforms to federaland/or local regulations and that it isproperly installed and operating correctly.If your trailer weight exceeds the maxi-mum allowed weight without trailerbrakes, then the trailer will also require itsown brakes as well. Be sure to read andfollow the instructions for the trailerbrakes so you’ll be able to install, adjustand maintain them properly.• Don’t tap into your vehicle's brake sys-

tem.

WARNING - Trailer brakesDo not use a trailer with its ownbrakes unless you are absolutelycertain that you have properly setup the brake system. This is not atask for amateurs. Use an experi-enced, competent trailer shop forthis work.


525

Driving with a trailer Towing a trailer requires a certainamount of experience. Before setting outfor the open road, you must get to knowyour trailer. Acquaint yourself with thefeel of handling and braking with theadded weight of the trailer. And alwayskeep in mind that the vehicle you aredriving is now a good deal longer and notnearly so responsive as your vehicle isby itself.Before you start, check the trailer hitchand platform, safety chains, electricalconnector(s), lights, tires and mirroradjustment. If the trailer has electricbrakes, start your vehicle and trailer mov-ing and then apply the trailer brake con-troller by hand to be sure the brakes areworking. This lets you check your electri-cal connection at the same time.During your trip, check occasionally to besure that the load is secure, and that thelights and any trailer brakes are still work-ing.

Following distance Stay at least twice as far behind the vehi-cle ahead as you would when drivingyour vehicle without a trailer. This canhelp you avoid situations that requireheavy braking and sudden turns.

Passing You’ll need more passing distance upahead when you’re towing a trailer. And,because of the increased vehicle length,you’ll need to go much farther beyond thepassed vehicle before you can return toyour lane. Due to the added load to theengine when going uphill the vehicle mayalso take longer to pass than it would onflat ground.

Backing up Hold the bottom of the steering wheelwith one hand. Then, to move the trailerto the left, just move your hand to the left.To move the trailer to the right, move yourhand to the right. Always back up slowlyand, if possible, have someone guideyou.

Making turns When you’re turning with a trailer, makewider turns than normal. Do this so yourtrailer won’t strike soft shoulders, curbs,road signs, trees, or other objects. Avoidjerky or sudden maneuvers. Signal well inadvance before turning or lane changes.

Turn signals when towing a trailer When you tow a trailer, your vehicle hasto have a different turn signal flasher andextra wiring. The green arrows on yourinstrument panel will flash whenever yousignal a turn or lane change. Properlyconnected, the trailer lights will also flashto alert other drivers you’re about to turn,change lanes, or stop.When towing a trailer, the green arrowson your instrument panel will flash forturns even if the bulbs on the trailer areburned out. Thus, you may think driversbehind you are seeing your signalswhen, in fact, they are not. It’s importantto check occasionally to be sure the trail-er bulbs are still working. You must alsocheck the lights every time you discon-nect and then reconnect the wires.Do not connect a trailer lighting systemdirectly to your vehicle’s lighting system.Use only an approved trailer wiring har-ness.

5 53


An authorized HYUNDAI dealer canassist you in installing the wiring harness.

Driving on grades Reduce speed and shift to a lower gearbefore you start down a long or steepdowngrade. If you don’t shift down, youmight have to use your brakes so muchthat they would get hot and no longeroperate efficiently.On a long uphill grade, shift down andreduce your speed to around 45 mph (70km/h) to reduce the possibility of engineand transaxle overheating.If your trailer weighs more than the max-imum trailer weight without trailer brakesand you have an automatic transaxle,you should drive in D (Drive) when tow-ing a trailer.Operating your vehicle in D (Drive) whentowing a trailer will minimize heat build upand extend the life of your transaxle.

Parking on hills Generally, if you have a trailer attached toyour vehicle, you should not park yourvehicle on a hill. People can be seriouslyor fatally injured, and both your vehicleand the trailer can be damaged if theyunexpectedly roll down hill.

However, if you ever have to park yourtrailer on a hill, here's how to do it:1. Pull the vehicle into the parking space.

Turn the steering wheel in the directionof the curb (right if headed down hill,left if headed up hill).

2. If the vehicle has a manual transaxle,place the car in neutral. If the vehiclehas an automatic transaxle, place thecar in P (Park).

3. Set the parking brake and shut off thevehicle.

4. Place chocks under the trailer wheelson the down hill side of the wheels.

5. Start the vehicle, hold the brakes, shiftto neutral, release the parking brakeand slowly release the brakes until thetrailer chocks absorb the load.

6. Reapply the brakes, reapply the park-ing brake and shift the vehicle to R(Reverse) for manual transaxle or P(Park) automatic transaxle.

CAUTION• When towing a trailer on steep

grades (in excess of 6%) payclose attention to the enginecoolant temperature gauge toensure the engine does not over-heat. If the needle of the coolanttemperature gauge moves acrossthe dial towards “H” (HOT), pullover and stop as soon as it is safeto do so, and allow the engine toidle until it cools down. You mayproceed once the engine hascooled sufficiently.

• You must decide driving speeddepending on trailer weight anduphill grade to reduce the possi-bility of engine and transaxleoverheating.

WARNING Failure to use an approved trailerwiring harness could result in dam-age to the vehicle electrical systemand/or personal injury.

WARNING - Parking on ahill

Parking your vehicle on a hill with atrailer attached could cause seriousinjury or death, should the trailerbreak loose or brake stops working.


545

7. Shut off the vehicle and release thevehicle brakes but leave the parkingbrake set.

When you are ready to leave after park-ing on a hill

1. With the manual transaxle in Neutralor automatic transaxle in P (Park),apply your brakes and hold the brakepedal down while you:• Start your engine;• Shift into gear; and• Release the parking brake.

2. Slowly remove your foot from thebrake pedal.

3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear ofthe chocks.

4. Stop and have someone pick up andstore the chocks.

Maintenance when trailer towing Your vehicle will need service more oftenwhen you regularly pull a trailer.Important items to pay particular atten-tion to include engine oil, automatictransaxle fluid, axle lubricant and coolingsystem fluid. Brake condition is anotherimportant item to frequently check. Eachitem is covered in this manual, and theIndex will help you find them quickly. Ifyou’re trailering, it’s a good idea to reviewthese sections before you start your trip.Don’t forget to also maintain your trailerand hitch. Follow the maintenanceschedule that accompanied your trailerand check it periodically. Preferably, con-duct the check at the start of each day’sdriving. Most importantly, all hitch nutsand bolts should be tight.

WARNING - Parking brakeIt can be dangerous to get out ofyour vehicle if the parking brake isnot firmly set.If you have left the engine running,the vehicle can move suddenly.Youor others could be seriously orfatally injured.

CAUTION• Due to higher load during trailer

usage, overheating might occurin hot days or during uphill driv-ing. If the coolant gauge indicatesover-heating, switch off the A/Cand stop the vehicle in a safe areato cool down the engine.

• When towing check transaxlefluid more frequently.

• If your vehicle is not equippedwith the air conditioner, youshould install a condenser fan toimprove engine performancewhen towing a trailer.

5 55


If you do decide to pull a trailerHere are some important points if youdecide to pull a trailer:• Consider using a sway control.You can

ask a hitch dealer about sway control.• Do not do any towing with your car dur-

ing its first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) inorder to allow the engine to properlybreak in. Failure to heed this cautionmay result in serious engine ortransaxle damage.

• When towing a trailer, be sure to con-sult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer forfurther information on additionalrequirements such as a towing kit, etc.

• Always drive your vehicle at a moder-ate speed (less than 60 mph / 100km/h).

• On a long uphill grade, do not exceed45 mph (70 km/h) or the posted towingspeed limit, whichever is lower.

• The chart contains important consider-ations that have to do with weight:

Item Ibs. (kg)

Maximum trailer weight Without brake System 1000 (454)

With brake System 2000 (907)

Maximum permissible static vertical load on the coupling device

91 (41)


565

Weight of the trailerWhat is the maximum safe weight of atrailer? It should never weigh more thanthe maximum trailer weight with trailerbrakes. But even that can be too heavy.It depends on how you plan to use yourtrailer. For example, speed, altitude, roadgrades, outside temperature and howoften your vehicle is used to pull a trailerare all important. The ideal trailer weightcan also depend on any special equip-ment that you have on your vehicle.

Weight of the trailer tongueThe tongue load of any trailer is animportant weight to measure because itaffects the total gross vehicle weight(GVW) of your vehicle. This weightincludes the curb weight of the vehicle,any cargo you may carry in it, and thepeople who will be riding in the vehicle.And if you will tow a trailer, you must addthe tongue load to the GVW becauseyour vehicle will also be carrying thatweight.

The trailer tongue should weigh a maxi-mum of 10% of the total loaded trailerweight, within the limits of the maximumtrailer tongue load permissible. Afteryou've loaded your trailer, weigh the trail-er and then the tongue, separately, tosee if the weights are proper. If theyaren’t, you may be able to correct themsimply by moving some items around inthe trailer.

C190E01JM

Tongue Load Total Trailer WeightWARNING - Trailer

• Never load a trailer with moreweight in the rear than in thefront. The front should be loadedwith approximately 60% of thetotal trailer load; the rear shouldbe loaded with approximately 40%of the total trailer load.

• Never exceed the maximumweight limits of the trailer or trail-er towing equipment. Improperloading can result in damage toyour vehicle and/or personalinjury. Check weights and loadingat a commercial scale or highwaypatrol office equipped with scales.

• An improperly loaded trailer cancause loss of vehicle control.

C190E02JM

Gross Axle Weight Gross Vehicle Weight

5 57


Tire and loading information labelThe label located on the driver's doorsill gives the original tire size, coldtire pressures recommended for yourvehicle, the number of people thatcan be in your vehicle and vehiclecapacity weight.

Vehicle capacity weight:926 lbs. (420 kg)

Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi-mum combined weight of occupantsand cargo. If your vehicle is equippedwith a trailer, the combined weightincludes the tongue load.

Seating capacity:Total : 5 persons

(Front seat : 2 persons, Rear seat : 3 persons)

Seating capacity is the maximumnumber of occupants including adriver, your vehicle may carry.However, the seating capacity maybe reduced based upon the weight ofall of the occupants, and the weightof the cargo being carried or towed.Do not overload the vehicle as thereis a limit to the total weight, or loadlimit including occupants and cargo,the vehicle can carry.

Towing capacity:Without trailer brakes:1000 lbs (454 kg)With trailer brakes:2000 lbs (907 kg)

Towing capacity is the maximumtrailer weight including its cargoweight, your vehicle can tow.

Cargo capacity:The cargo capacity of your vehiclewill increase or decrease dependingon the weight and the number ofoccupants and the tongue load, ifyour vehicle is equipped with a trail-er.

Steps For Determining Correct LoadLimit 1. Locate the statement "The com-

bined weight of occupants andcargo should never exceed XXXkg or XXX lbs.'' on your vehicle'splacard.

VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT

OLM059100N

OLM059101N


585

2. Determine the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers that willbe riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers fromXXX kg or XXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equals theavailable amount of cargo and lug-gage load capacity. For example, ifthe "XXX" amount equals 1400lbs. and there will be five 150 lbs.passengers in your vehicle, theamount of available cargo and lug-gage load capacity is 650 lb(1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loadedon the vehicle. That weight maynot safely exceed the availablecargo and luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing a trail-er, load from your trailer will betransferred to your vehicle. Consultthis manual to determine how thisreduces the available cargo andluggage load capacity of yourvehicle.

Refer to your vehicle’s tire and loading information label for specific informa-tion about your vehicle's capacity weight and seating positions. The com-bined weight of the driver, passengers and cargo should never exceed yourvehicle's capacity weight.

C190F01JM

Item Description Total

AVehicle Capacity 1400 lbs

Weight (635 kg)Subtract Occupant

B Weight 300 lbs

150 lbs (68 kg) × 2(136 kg)

CAvailable Cargo and 1100 lbs

Luggage weight (499 kg)

Example 1

A B C

C190F02JM




B Weight 750 lbs

150 lbs (68 kg) × 5(340 kg)



A B C

Example 2

5 59


Certification labelThe certification label is located onthe driver's door sill at the center pil-lar.This label shows the maximumallowable weight of the fully loadedvehicle. This is called the GVWR(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). TheGVWR includes the weight of thevehicle, all occupants, fuel andcargo.This label also tells you the maxi-mum weight that can be supportedby the front and rear axles, calledGross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).

To find out the actual loads on yourfront and rear axles, you need to goto a weigh station and weigh yourvehicle.Your dealer can help you withthis. Be sure to spread out your loadequally on both sides of the center-line.

C190F03JM




B Weight 860 lbs

172 lbs (78 kg) × 5(390 kg)



A B C

Example 3

OEN056020

WARNING - Over loading• Never exceed the GVWR for

your vehicle, the GAWR foreither the front or rear axleand vehicle capacity weight.Exceeding these ratings cancause an accident or vehicledamage.You can calculate theweight of your load by weigh-ing the items (or people)before putting them in thevehicle. Be careful not to over-load your vehicle.

(Continued)


605

The label will help you decide howmuch cargo and installed equipmentyour vehicle can carry.

If you carry items inside your vehicle- like suitcases, tools, packages, oranything else - they are moving asfast as the vehicle. If you have to stopor turn quickly, or if there is a crash,the items will keep going and cancause an injury if they strike the driv-er or a passenger.

(Continued)• Do not load your vehicle any

heavier than the GVWR, eitherthe maximum front or rearGAWR and vehicle capacityweight. If you do, parts,including tires on your vehiclecan break, and it can changethe way your vehicle handlesand braking ability. This couldcause you to lose control andcrash. Also, overloading canshorten the life of your vehi-cle.

WARNING• Overloading your vehicle can

cause heat buildup in yourvehicle's tires and possibletire failure that could lead to acrash.

• Overloading your vehicle cancause increased stopping dis-tances that could lead to acrash.

• A crash resulting from poorhandling vehicle damage, tirefailure, or increased stoppingdistances could result in seri-ous injury or death.

WARNING - Loose cargoItems you carry inside yourvehicle can strike and injureoccupants in a sudden stop orturn, or in a crash.• Put items in the cargo area of

your vehicle. Try to spread theweight evenly.

• Never stack items, like suit-cases, inside the vehicleabove the tops of the seats.

• Do not leave an unsecuredchild restraint in your vehicle.

• When you carry somethinginside the vehicle, secure it.

• Do not drive with a seat foldeddown unless necessary.CAUTION

• Overloading your vehicle maycause damage. Repairs wouldnot be covered by your warran-ty. Do not overload your vehicle.

• Using heavier suspension com-ponents to get added durabilitymight not change your weightratings. Ask your dealer to helpyou load your vehicle the rightway.

5 61


This section will guide you in the properloading of your vehicle and/or trailer, tokeep your loaded vehicle weight within itsdesign rating capability, with or without atrailer. Properly loading your vehicle willprovide maximum return of the vehicledesign performance. Before loading yourvehicle, familiarize yourself with the fol-lowing terms for determining your vehi-cle's weight ratings, with or without atrailer, from the vehicle's specificationsand the certification label:

Base curb weight This is the weight of the vehicle includinga full tank of fuel and all standard equip-ment. It does not include passengers,cargo, or optional equipment.

Vehicle curb weightThis is the weight of your new vehiclewhen you picked it up from your dealerplus any aftermarket equipment.

Cargo weightThis figure includes all weight added tothe Base Curb Weight, including cargoand optional equipment.

GAW (Gross axle weight)This is the total weight placed on eachaxle (front and rear) - including vehiclecurb weight and all payload.

GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)This is the maximum allowable weightthat can be carried by a single axle (frontor rear). These numbers are shown onthe certification label.The total load on each axle must neverexceed its GAWR.

GVW (Gross vehicle weight)This is the Base Curb Weight plus actualCargo Weight plus passengers.

GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating)This is the maximum allowable weight ofthe fully loaded vehicle (including alloptions, equipment, passengers andcargo). The GVWR is shown on the cer-tification label located on the driver’sdoor sill.

VEHICLE WEIGHT

6

Road warning / 6-2

In case of an emergency while driving / 6-2

If the engine will not start / 6-3

Emergency starting / 6-4

If the engine overheats / 6-6

Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) / 6-7

If you have a flat tire / 6-12

Towing / 6-20



26

ROAD WARNING

Hazard warning flasher The hazard warning flasher serves as awarning to other drivers to exerciseextreme caution when approaching,overtaking, or passing your vehicle.

It should be used whenever emergencyrepairs are being made or when the vehi-cle is stopped near the edge of a road-way.Depress the flasher switch with the igni-tion switch in any position. The flasherswitch is located in the center consoleswitch panel. All turn signal lights willflash simultaneously.

• The hazard warning flasher operateswhether your vehicle is running or not.

• The turn signals do not work when thehazard flasher is on.

• Care must be taken when using thehazard warning flasher while the vehi-cle is being towed.

If the engine stalls at a crossroador crossingIf the engine stalls at a crossroad orcrossing, set the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position and then push the vehi-cle to a safe place.

If you have a flat tire while drivingIf a tire goes flat while you are driving:1.Take your foot off the accelerator pedal

and let the vehicle slow down whiledriving straight ahead. Do not apply thebrakes immediately or attempt to pulloff the road as this may cause a loss ofcontrol. When the vehicle has slowedto such a speed that it is safe to do so,brake carefully and pull off the road.Drive off the road as far as possibleand park on firm, level ground. If youare on a divided highway, do not parkin the median area between the twotraffic lanes.

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCYWHILE DRIVING

OLM049084

6 3


2.When the vehicle is stopped, turn onyour emergency hazard flashers, setthe parking brake and put the transaxlein P (automatic transaxle) or reverse(manual transaxle).

3.Have all passengers get out of thevehicle. Be sure they all get out on theside of the vehicle that is away fromtraffic.

4.When changing a flat tire, follow theinstruction provided later in this sec-tion.

If engine stalls while driving1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping

a straight line. Move cautiously off theroad to a safe place.

2. Turn on your emergency flashers.3. Try to start the engine again. If your

vehicle will not start, contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer or seekother qualified assistance.

If engine doesn't turn over orturns over slowly1. If your vehicle has an automatic

transaxle, be sure the shift lever is in N(Neutral) or P (Park) and the emer-gency brake is set.

2. Check the battery connections to besure they are clean and tight.

3. Turn on the interior light. If the lightdims or goes out when you operate thestarter, the battery is discharged.

4. Check the starter connections to besure they are securely tightened.

5. Do not push or pull the vehicle to startit. See instructions for "Jump starting".

If engine turns over normally butdoes not start1. Check fuel level.2. With the ignition switch in the LOCK

position, check all connectors at igni-tion coils and spark plugs. Reconnectany that may be disconnected orloose.

3. Check the fuel line in the engine com-partment.

4. If the engine still does not start, call anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer or seekother qualified assistance.

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START

WARNINGIf the engine will not start, do notpush or pull the vehicle to start it.This could result in a collision orcause other damage. In addition,push or pull starting may cause thecatalytic converter to be over-loaded and create a fire hazard.


46

EMERGENCY STARTING

Connect cables in numerical order anddisconnect in reverse order.

Jump starting Jump starting can be dangerous if doneincorrectly. Therefore, to avoid harm toyourself or damage to your vehicle orbattery, follow the jump starting proce-dures. If in doubt, we strongly recom-mend that you have a competent techni-cian or towing service jump start yourvehicle.

CAUTIONUse only a 12-volt jumper system.You can damage a 12-volt startingmotor, ignition system, and otherelectrical parts beyond repair byuse of a 24-volt power supply (eithertwo 12-volt batteries in series or a24-volt motor generator set).

WARNING - Battery• Keep all flames or sparks away

from the battery. The battery pro-duces hydrogen gas which mayexplode if exposed to flame orsparks.If these instructions are not fol-lowed exactly, serious personalinjury and damage to the vehiclemay occur! If you are not surehow to follow this procedure,seek qualified assistance.Automobile batteries contain sul-furic acid. This is poisonous andhighly corrosive. When jumpstarting, wear protective glassesand be careful not to get acid onyourself, your clothing or on thevehicle.

• Do not attempt to jump start thevehicle if the discharged batteryis frozen or if the electrolyte levelis low; the battery may rupture orexplode.

WARNING - BatteryNever attempt to check the elec-trolyte level of the battery as thismay cause the battery to rupture orexplode causing serious injury.

1VQA4001

Dischargedbattery

Jumper Cables

Boosterbattery

(-)

(+)

(+)(-)

6 5


Jump starting procedure 1. Make sure the booster battery is 12-

volt and that its negative terminal isgrounded.

2. If the booster battery is in anothervehicle, do not allow the vehicles totouch.

3. Turn off all unnecessary electricalloads.

4. Connect the jumper cables in the exactsequence shown in the illustration.First connect one end of a jumpercable to the positive terminal of thedischarged battery (1), then connectthe other end to the positive terminalon the booster battery (2).Proceed to connect one end of theother jumper cable to the negative ter-minal of the booster battery (3), thenthe other end to a solid, stationary,metallic point (for example, the enginelifting bracket) away from the battery(4). Do not connect it to or near anypart that moves when the engine iscranked.

Do not allow the jumper cables to con-tact anything except the correct batteryterminals or the correct ground. Do notlean over the battery when makingconnections.

5. Start the engine of the vehicle with thebooster battery and let it run at 2,000rpm, then start the engine of the vehi-cle with the discharged battery.

If the cause of your battery discharging isnot apparent, you should have your vehi-cle checked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

Push-starting Your manual transaxle-equipped vehicleshould not be push-started because itmight damage the emission control sys-tem.Vehicles equipped with automatictransaxle cannot be push-started.Follow the directions in this section forjump-starting.

CAUTION - Battery cablesDo not connect the jumper cablefrom the negative terminal of thebooster battery to the negative ter-minal of the discharged battery.This can cause the discharged bat-tery to overheat and crack, releas-ing battery acid.

WARNINGNever tow a vehicle to start itbecause the sudden surge forwardwhen the engine starts could causea collision with the tow vehicle.


66

IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATSIf your temperature gauge indicates over-heating, you experience a loss of power,or hear loud pinging or knocking, theengine is probably too hot. If this hap-pens, you should:

1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as itis safe to do so.

2. Place the shift lever in P (automatictransaxle) or neutral (manual transaxle)and set the parking brake. If the air con-ditioning is on, turn it off.

3. If engine coolant is running out underthe vehicle or steam is coming outfrom the hood, stop the engine. Do notopen the hood until the coolant hasstopped running or the steaming hasstopped. If there is no visible loss ofengine coolant and no steam, leavethe engine running and check to besure the engine cooling fan is operat-ing. If the fan is not running, turn theengine off.

4. Check to see if the water pump drivebelt is missing. If it is not missing,check to see that it is tight. If the drivebelt seems to be satisfactory, check forcoolant leaking from the radiator,hoses or under the vehicle. (If the airconditioning had been in use, it is nor-mal for cold water to be draining fromit when you stop).

5. If the water pump drive belt is brokenor engine coolant is leaking out, stopthe engine immediately and call thenearest authorized HYUNDAI dealerfor assistance.

6. If you cannot find the cause of theoverheating, wait until the engine tem-perature has returned to normal. Then,if coolant has been lost, carefully addcoolant to the reservoir to bring thefluid level in the reservoir up to thehalfway mark.

7.Proceed with caution, keeping alert forfurther signs of overheating. If over-heating happens again, call an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.WARNING

While the engine is running, keephair, hands and clothing away frommoving parts such as the fan anddrive belts to prevent injury.

CAUTIONSerious loss of coolant indicatesthere is a leak in the cooling systemand this should be checked as soonas possible by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

WARNINGDo not remove the radiator capwhen the engine is hot. This canallow coolant to be blown out of theopening and cause serious burns.

6 7


TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)

(1) Low tire pressure telltale / TPMS malfunction indicator

Each tire, including the spare (if pro-vided), should be checked monthlywhen cold and inflated to the inflationpressure recommended by the vehi-cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac-ard or tire inflation pressure label. (Ifyour vehicle has tires of a differentsize than the size indicated on thevehicle placard or tire inflation pres-sure label, you should determine theproper tire inflation pressure forthose tires.)

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with a tirepressure monitoring system (TPMS)that illuminates a low tire pressuretelltale when one or more of yourtires is significantly under-inflated.Accordingly, when the low tire pres-sure telltale illuminates, you shouldstop and check your tires as soon aspossible, and inflate them to theproper pressure. Driving on a signifi-cantly under-inflated tire causes thetire to overheat and can lead to tirefailure. Under-inflation also reducesfuel efficiency and tire tread life, andmay affect the vehicle’s handling andstopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tire mainte-nance, and it is the driver’s responsi-bility to maintain correct tire pres-sure, even if under-inflation has notreached the level to trigger illumina-tion of the TPMS low tire pressuretelltale.

Your vehicle has also been equippedwith a TPMS malfunction indicator toindicate when the system is notoperating properly. The TPMS mal-function indicator is combined withthe low tire pressure telltale. Whenthe system detects a malfunction,the telltale will flash for approximate-ly one minute and then remain con-tinuously illuminated. This sequencewill continue upon subsequent vehi-cle start-ups as long as the malfunc-tion exists. When the malfunctionindicator is illuminated, the systemmay not be able to detect or signallow tire pressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a varietyof reasons, including the installationof replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement or alter-nate tires and wheels allow theTPMS to continue to function proper-ly.

OLM069012


86

✽✽ NOTICEIf the TPMS, Low Tire Pressure indi-cator do not illuminate for 3 secondswhen the ignition switch is turned tothe ON position or engine is running,or if they remain illuminated aftercoming on for approximately 3 sec-onds, take your vehicle to your near-est authorized HYUNDAI dealer andhave the system checked.

Low tire pressure tell-tale

When the tire pressure monitoringsystem warning indicator illuminates,one or more of your tires is signifi-cantly under-inflated.Immediately reduce your speed,avoid hard cornering and anticipateincreased stopping distances. Youshould stop and check your tires assoon as possible. Inflate the tires tothe proper pressure as indicated onthe vehicle’s placard or tire inflationpressure label located on the driver’sside center pillar outer panel. If youcannot reach a service station or ifthe tire cannot hold the newly addedair, replace the low pressure tire withthe compact spare tire.Then the TPMS malfunction indicatormay turn on and the Low TirePressure telltale will remain on afterrestarting and about 20 minutes ofcontinuous driving before you havethe low-pressure tire repaired andreplaced on the vehicle.

✽✽ NOTICEThe compact spare tire is notequipped with a tire pressure sensor.

6 9


TPMS (Tire PressureMonitoring System)malfunction indicator

The low tire pressure telltale will illu-minate after it blinks for approximate-ly one minute when there is a prob-lem with the Tire PressureMonitoring system.Have the system checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer as soonas possible to determine the causeof the problem.

WARNING - Low pressuredamage

Significantly low tire pressuremakes the vehicle unstable andcan contribute to loss of vehiclecontrol and increased brakingdistances.Continued driving on low pres-sure tires can cause the tires tooverheat and fail.

CAUTIONIn winter or cold weather, thelow tire pressure telltale may beilluminated if the tire pressurewas adjusted to the recom-mended tire inflation pressurein warm weather. It does notmean your TPMS is malfunction-ing because the decreased tem-perature leads to a proportionallowering of tire pressure.When you drive your vehiclefrom a warm area to a cold areaor from a cold area to a warmarea, or the outside temperatureis greatly higher or lower, youshould check the tire inflationpressure and adjust the tires tothe recommended tire inflationpressure.


106

Changing a tire with TPMSIf you have a flat tire, the Low TirePressure telltale will turn on. Havethe flat tire repaired by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possi-ble or replace the flat tire with thecompact spare tire.

Each wheel is equipped with a tirepressure sensor mounted inside thetire behind the valve stem. You mustuse TPMS specific wheels. It is rec-ommended that you always haveyour tires serviced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.Even if you replace the low pressuretire with the compact spare tire, theLow Tire Pressure telltale will remainon until the low pressure tire isrepaired and placed on the vehicle.

After you replace the low pressuretire with the compact spare tire, theTPMS malfunction indicator may beilluminated after a few minutesbecause the compact spare tire doesnot have a sensor.Once the low pressure tire is re-inflated to the recommended pres-sure and installed on the vehicle, theTPMS malfunction indicator and thelow tire pressure telltale will extin-guish within a few minutes.If the indicators are not extinguishedafter a few minutes, please visit anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.You may not be able identify a lowtire by simply looking at it. Alwaysuse a good quality tire pressuregauge to measure the tire's inflationpressure. Please note that a tire thatis hot (from being driven) will have ahigher pressure measurement than atire that is cold (from sitting station-ary for at least 3 hours and drivenless than 1 mile (1.6 km) during that3 hour period).

CAUTION• The TPMS malfunction indica-

tor may be illuminated if thevehicle is moving around elec-tric power supply cables orradios transmitter such as atpolice stations, governmentand public offices, broadcast-ing stations, military installa-tions, airports, or transmittingtowers, etc. This can interferewith normal operation of theTire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS).

• The TPMS malfunction indica-tor may be illuminated ifsome electronic devices, suchas notebook computers, areused in the vehicle. This caninterfere with normal opera-tion of the Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS).

CAUTIONNEVER use a puncture-repair-ing agent to repair and/or inflatea low pressure tire. The tiresealant can damage the tirepressure sensor. If used, youwill have to replace the tire pres-sure sensor.

6 11


Allow the tire to cool before measur-ing the inflation pressure. Always besure the tire is cold before inflating tothe recommended pressure.A cold tire means the vehicle hasbeen sitting for 3 hours and driven forless than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3hour period.

This device complies with Part 15of the FCC rules.Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:1. This device may not cause harm-

ful interference, and 2. This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including inter-ference that may cause undesiredoperation.CAUTION

Do not use any tire sealant ifyour vehicle is equipped with aTire Pressure MonitoringSystem. The liquid sealant candamage the tire pressure sen-sors. WARNING - Protecting

TPMSTampering with, modifying, ordisabling the Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS)components may interfere withthe system's ability to warn thedriver of low tire pressure con-ditions and/or TPMS malfunc-tions. Tampering with, modify-ing, or disabling the TirePressure Monitoring System(TPMS) components may voidthe warranty for that portion ofthe vehicle.

WARNING - TPMS• The TPMS cannot alert you to

severe and sudden tire dam-age caused by external fac-tors such as nails or roaddebris.

• If you feel any vehicle instabil-ity, immediately take your footoff the accelerator, apply thebrakes gradually and withlight force, and slowly move toa safe position off the road. WARNING

Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliancecould void the user's authorityto operate the equipment.


126

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE

Jack and toolsThe jack, jack handle, wheel lug nutwrench are stored in the luggagecompartment. Pull up the luggagebox cover to reach this equipment.

(1) Jack handle(2) Jack(3) Wheel lug nut wrench

Jacking instructions The jack is provided for emergencytire changing only.To prevent the jack from “rattling”while the vehicle is in motion, store itproperly.Follow jacking instructions to reducethe possibility of personal injury.

WARNING - Changing tires• Never attempt vehicle repairs

in the traffic lanes of a publicroad or highway.

• Always move the vehicle com-pletely off the road and ontothe shoulder before trying tochange a tire. The jack shouldbe used on level firm levelground. If you cannot find afirm, level place off the road,call a towing service companyfor assistance.

(Continued)

OLM069001

6 13


Removing and storing the sparetire Turn the tire hold-down wing boltcounterclockwise.Store the tire in the reverse order ofremoval.Replace the wing bolt body(1) aftertightening the wing bolt.To prevent the spare tire and toolsfrom “rattling” while the vehicle is inmotion, store them properly.

Changing tires 1. Park on a level surface and apply

the parking brake firmly.2. Place the transaxle shift lever in R

(Reverse) with manual transaxle orP (Park) with automatic transaxle.

3. Activate the hazard warning flash-er.

(Continued)• Be sure to use the correct

front and rear jacking posi-tions on the vehicle; neveruse the bumpers or any otherpart of the vehicle for jacksupport.

• The vehicle can easily roll offthe jack causing seriousinjury or death. No personshould place any portion oftheir body under a vehicle thatis supported only by a jack;use vehicle support stands.

• Do not start or run the enginewhile the vehicle is on thejack.

• Do not allow anyone to remainin the vehicle while it is on thejack.

• Make sure any children pres-ent are in a secure place awayfrom the road and from thevehicle to be raised with thejack.

OLM069002 1VQA4022


146

4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,jack, jack handle, and spare tirefrom the vehicle.

5. Block both the front and rear of thewheel that is diagonally oppositethe jack position.

6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun-terclockwise one turn each, but donot remove any nut until the tirehas been raised off the ground.

1VQA4023 OLM069006

WARNING - Changing a tire• To prevent vehicle movement

while changing a tire, alwaysset the parking brake fully,and always block the wheeldiagonally opposite the wheelbeing changed.

• We recommend that thewheels of the vehicle beblocked, and that no personremain in a vehicle that isbeing jacked.

6 15


7. Place the jack at the front or rearjacking position closest to the tireyou are changing. Place the jackat the designated locations underthe frame.

8. Insert the jack handle into the jackand turn it clockwise, raising thevehicle until the tire just clears theground. This measurement isapproximately 1.2 in (30 mm).Before removing the wheel lugnuts, make sure the vehicle is sta-ble and that there is no chance formovement or slippage.

9. Loosen the wheel nuts andremove them with your fingers.Slide the wheel off the studs andlay it flat so it cannot roll away. Toput the wheel on the hub, pick upthe spare tire, line up the holeswith the studs and slide the wheelonto them. If this is difficult, tip thewheel slightly and get the top holein the wheel lined up with the topstud. Then jiggle the wheel backand forth until the wheel can beslid over the other studs.

WARNING - Jack locationTo reduce the possibility ofinjury, be sure to use only thejack provided with the vehicleand in the correct jack position;never use any other part of thevehicle for jack support.

OCM049013N OCM054012


166

10. To reinstall the wheel, hold it onthe studs, put the wheel nuts onthe studs and tighten them fingertight. Jiggle the tire to be sure it iscompletely seated, then tightenthe nuts as much as possiblewith your fingers again.

11. Lower the vehicle to the groundby turning the wheel nut wrenchcounterclockwise.

Then position the wrench as shown inthe drawing and tighten the wheelnuts. Be sure the socket is seatedcompletely over the nut. Do not standon the wrench handle or use an exten-sion pipe over the wrench handle. Goaround the wheel tightening every nutfollowing the numerical sequenceshown in the image until they are alltight. Then double-check each nut fortightness. After changing wheels, havean authorized HYUNDAI dealer tight-en the wheel nuts to their propertorque as soon as possible.

Wheel nut tightening torque:Steel wheel & aluminum alloy wheel:65~79 lb·ft (9~11 kg·m)

WARNINGWheels may have sharp edges.Handle them carefully to avoidpossible severe injury. Beforeputting the wheel into place, besure that there is nothing on thehub or wheel (such as mud, tar,gravel, etc.) that prevents withthe wheel from fitting solidlyagainst the hub.If there is, remove it. If contact ofthe mounting surface betweenthe wheel and hub is not good,the wheel nuts could comeloose and cause the loss of awheel. Loss of a wheel mayresult in loss of control of thevehicle. This may cause seriousinjury or death.

OLM069007

6 17


If you have a tire gauge, remove thevalve cap and check the air pressure.If the pressure is lower than recom-mended, drive slowly to the nearestservice station and inflate to the cor-rect pressure. If it is too high, adjustit until it is correct. Always reinstallthe valve cap after checking oradjusting tire pressure. If the cap isnot replaced, dust and dirt may getinto the tire valve and air may leakfrom the tire. If you lose a valve cap,buy another and install it as soon aspossible.After you have changed wheels,always secure the flat tire in its placeand return the jack and tools to theirproper storage locations.

To prevent the jack, jack handle,wheel lug nut wrench and spare tirefrom rattling while the vehicle is inmotion, store them properly.

CAUTIONYour vehicle has metric threadson the wheel studs and nuts.Make certain during wheelremoval that the same nuts thatwere removed are reinstalled -or, if replaced, that nuts withmetric threads and the samechamfer configuration are used.Installation of a non-metricthread nut on a metric stud orvice-versa will not secure thewheel to the hub properly andwill damage the stud so that itmust be replaced.Note that most lug nuts do nothave metric threads. Be sure touse extreme care in checkingfor thread style before installingaftermarket lug nuts or wheels.If in doubt, consult an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING - Wheel studsIf the studs are damaged, theymay lose their ability to retainthe wheel.This could lead to theloss of the wheel and a collisionresulting in serious injuries.

WARNING - Inadequatespare tire pressure

Check the inflation pressures assoon as possible after installingthe spare tire. Adjust it to thespecified pressure, if necessary.Refer to “Tires and wheels” sec-tion 8.


186

Important - use of compact spare tireYour vehicle is equipped with a com-pact spare tire. This compact sparetire takes up less space than a regu-lar-size tire. This tire is smaller than aconventional tire and is designed fortemporary use only.

The compact spare should be inflat-ed to 60 psi (420 kPa).

✽✽ NOTICECheck the inflation pressure afterinstalling the spare tire. Adjust it tothe specified pressure, as necessary.

When using a compact spare tire,observe the following precautions:• Under no circumstances should

you exceed 50 mph (80 km/h); ahigher speed could damage thetire.

• Ensure that you drive slowlyenough for the road conditions toavoid all hazards. Any road hazard,such as a pothole or debris, couldseriously damage the compactspare.

• Any continuous road use of this tirecould result in tire failure, loss ofvehicle control, and possible per-sonal injury.

• Do not exceed the vehicle’s maxi-mum load rating or the load-carry-ing capacity shown on the sidewallof the compact spare tire.

• Avoid driving over obstacles. Thecompact spare tire diameter issmaller than the diameter of a con-ventional tire and reduces theground clearance approximately 1inch (25 mm), which could result indamage to the vehicle.

CAUTION• You should drive carefully

when the compact spare is inuse. The compact spareshould be replaced by theproper conventional tire andrim at the first opportunity.

• The operation of this vehicleis not recommended withmore than one compact sparetire in use at the same time.

WARNINGThe compact spare tire is foremergency use only. Do notoperate your vehicle on thiscompact spare at speeds over50 mph (80 km/h). The originaltire should be repaired orreplaced as soon as is possibleto avoid failure of the sparepossibly leading to personalinjury or death.

6 19


• Do not take this vehicle through anautomatic car wash while the com-pact spare tire is installed.

• Do not use tire chains on the com-pact spare tire. Because of thesmaller size, a tire chain will not fitproperly. This could damage thevehicle and result in loss of thechain.

• The compact spare tire should notbe installed on the front axle if thevehicle must be driven in snow oron ice.

• Do not use the compact spare tireon any other vehicle because thistire has been designed especiallyfor your vehicle.

• The compact spare tire’s tread lifeis shorter than a regular tire.Inspect your compact spare tireregularly and replace worn com-pact spare tires with the same sizeand design, mounted on the samewheel.

• The compact spare tire should notbe used on any other wheels, norshould standard tires, snow tires,wheel covers or trim rings be usedwith the compact spare wheel. Ifsuch use is attempted, damage tothese items or other car compo-nents may occur.

• Do not use more than one compactspare tire at a time.

• Do not tow a trailer while the com-pact spare tire is installed.


206

TOWING

Towing serviceIf emergency towing is necessary, werecommend having it done by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer or a commercialtow-truck service. Proper lifting and tow-ing procedures are necessary to preventdamage to the vehicle. The use of wheeldollies or flatbed is recommended.For trailer towing guidelines information,refer to “Trailer towing” in section 5.

On AWD vehicles, your vehicle must betowed with a wheel lift and dollies orflatbed equipment with all the wheels offthe ground.

On 2WD vehicles, it is acceptable to towthe vehicle with the rear wheels on theground (without dollies) and the frontwheels off the ground.If any of the loaded wheels or suspen-sion components are damaged or thevehicle is being towed with the frontwheels on the ground, use a towing dollyunder the front wheels.When being towed by a commercial towtruck and wheel dollies are not used, thefront of the vehicle should always be lift-ed, not the rear.

CAUTIONThe AWD vehicle should never betowed with the wheels on theground. This can cause seriousdamage to the transaxle or the AWDsystem.

OUN046030

OUN046029

CAUTION• Do not tow the vehicle backwards

with the front wheels on theground as this may cause dam-age to the vehicle.

• Do not tow with sling-type equip-ment. Use wheel lift or flatbedequipment.

OXM069028

dolly

dolly

6 21


When towing your vehicle in an emer-gency without wheel dollies :1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC posi-

tion.2. Place the transaxle shift lever in N

(Neutral).3. Release the parking brake.

Removable towing hook (rear)1. Open the tailgate, and remove the tow-

ing hook from the tool case.2. Remove the hole cover pressing the

lower part of the cover on the rearbumper.

3. Install the towing hook by turning itclockwise into the hole until it is fullysecured.

4. Remove the towing hook and installthe cover after use.

Emergency towingIf towing is necessary, we recommendyou to have it done by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer or a commercial towtruck service.

CAUTIONFailure to place the transaxle shiftlever in N (Neutral) may cause inter-nal damage to the transaxle. OLM069016L

OLM069014

OLM069015

■ Front

■ Rear


226

WARNING Use extreme caution when towingthe vehicle.• Avoid sudden starts or erratic

driving maneuvers which wouldplace excessive stress on theemergency towing hook and tow-ing cable or chain. The hook andtowing cable or chain may breakand cause serious injury or dam-age.

• If the disabled vehicle is cannotbe moved, do not forcibly contin-ue the towing. Contact an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer or a com-mercial tow truck service forassistance.

• Tow the vehicle as straight aheadas possible.

• Keep away from the vehicle dur-ing towing.

If towing service is not available in anemergency, your vehicle may be tem-porarily towed using a cable or chainsecured to the emergency towing hookunder the front (or rear) of the vehicle.Use extreme caution when towing thevehicle. A driver must be in the vehicle tosteer it and operate the brakes.Towing in this manner may be done onlyon hard-surfaced roads for a short dis-tance and at low speeds. Also, thewheels, axles, power train, steering andbrakes must all be in good condition.• Do not use the tow hooks to pull a vehi-

cle out of mud, sand or other condi-tions from which the vehicle cannot bedriven out under its own power.

• Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than thevehicle doing the towing.

• The drivers of both vehicles shouldcommunicate with each other frequent-ly.

• Before emergency towing, check thatthe hook is not broken or damaged.

• Fasten the towing cable or chainsecurely to the hook.

• Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady andeven force.

• To avoid damaging the hook, do notpull from the side or at a vertical angle.Always pull straight ahead.

CAUTION• Attach a towing strap to the tow

hook.• Using a portion of the vehicle

other than the tow hooks for tow-ing may damage the body of yourvehicle.

• Use only a cable or chain specifi-cally intended for use in towingvehicles. Securely fasten thecable or chain to the towing hookprovided.

6 23


• Use a towing strap less than 16 feet (5m) long. Attach a white or red cloth(about 12 inches (30 cm) wide) in themiddle of the strap for easy visibility.

• Drive carefully so that the towing strapis not loosened during towing.

Emergency towing precautions• Turn the ignition switch to ACC so the

steering wheel isn’t locked.• Place the transaxle shift lever in N

(Neutral).• Release the parking bake.• Press the brake pedal with more force

than normal since you will havereduced brake performance.

• More steering effort will be requiredbecause the power steering systemwill be disabled.

• If you are driving down a long hill, thebrakes may overheat and brake per-formance will be reduced. Stop oftenand let the brakes cool off.

OEN066014

CAUTION - Automatictransaxle

• If the car is being towed with allfour wheels on the ground, it canbe towed only from the front. Besure that the transaxle is in neu-tral. Be sure the steering isunlocked by placing the ignitionswitch in the ACC position. Adriver must be in the towed vehi-cle to operate the steering andbrakes.

• To avoid serious damage to theautomatic transaxle, limit thevehicle speed to 15 km/h (10 mph)and drive less than 1.5 km (1mile) when towing.

• Before towing, check the auto-matic transaxle fluid leak underyour vehicle. If the automatictransaxle fluid is leaking, aflatbed equipment or towing dollymust be used.


246

Tie-down hook (for flatbed towing) (if equipped)

WARNING • Do not use the hooks under the

front (or rear) of the vehicle fortowing purposes. These hooksare designed ONLY for transporttie-down. If the tie-down hooksare used for towing, the tie-downhooks or front (or rear) bumperwill be damaged and this couldlead to serious injury.

• The hooks should be placedtoward the front of the vehiclewhen using the front holes andshould be placed toward the rearof the vehicle when using the rearholes for tie down purpose.If not, the front or rear undercover will be damaged.

OLM069017N

7

Engine compartment / 7-2

Maintenance services / 7-3

Owner maintenance / 7-4

Scheduled maintenance service / 7-6

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items / 7-18

Engine oil / 7-21

Engine coolant / 7-22

Brake/clutch fluid / 7-25

Washer fluid / 7-26

Parking brake / 7-27

Air cleaner / 7-28

Climate control air filter / 7-29

Wiper blades / 7-31

Battery / 7-34

Tires and wheels / 7-37

Fuses / 7-50

Light bulbs / 7-59

Appearance care / 7-66

Emission control system / 7-72

California perchlorate notice / 7-75

Maintenance

Maintenance

27

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

1. Engine coolant reservoir

2. Engine oil filler cap

3. Brake/Clutch* fluid reservoir

4. Air cleaner

5. Fuse box

6. Negative battery terminal

7. Positive battery terminal

8. Radiator cap

9. Engine oil dipstick

10. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

* : if equipped

OLM079001

* The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

7 3

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE SERVICESYou should exercise the utmost care toprevent damage to your vehicle andinjury to yourself whenever performingany maintenance or inspection proce-dures.Should you have any doubts concerningthe inspection or servicing of your vehi-cle, we strongly recommend that youhave an authorized HYUNDAI dealerperform this work.An authorized HYUNDAI dealer has fac-tory-trained technicians and genuineHYUNDAI parts to service your vehicleproperly. For expert advice and qualityservice, see an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.Inadequate, incomplete or insufficientservicing may result in operational prob-lems with your vehicle that could lead tovehicle damage, an accident, or person-al injury.

Owner’s responsibility

✽✽ NOTICEMaintenance Service and RecordRetention are the owner's responsibility.

You should retain documents that showproper maintenance has been performedon your vehicle in accordance with thescheduled maintenance service chartsshown on the following pages. You needthis information to establish your compli-ance with the servicing and maintenancerequirements of your vehicle warranties.Detailed warranty information is providedin your Owner’s Handbook & WarrantyInformation booklet.Repairs and adjustments required as aresult of improper maintenance or a lackof required maintenance are not covered.We recommend you have your vehiclemaintained and repaired by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer. An authorizedHYUNDAI dealer meets HYUNDAI’s highservice quality standards and receivestechnical support from HYUNDAI inorder to provide you with a high level ofservice satisfaction.

Owner maintenance precautions Improper or incomplete service mayresult in problems. This section givesinstructions only for the maintenanceitems that are easy to perform.As explained earlier in this section, sev-eral procedures can be done only by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer with specialtools.

✽✽ NOTICEImproper owner maintenance during thewarranty period may affect warrantycoverage. For details, read the separateOwner’s Handbook & WarrantyInformation booklet provided with thevehicle. If you're unsure about any serv-icing or maintenance procedure, have itdone by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Maintenance

47

The following lists are vehicle checks andinspections that should be performed bythe owner or an authorized HYUNDAIdealer at the frequencies indicated tohelp ensure safe, dependable operationof your vehicle.Any adverse conditions should bebrought to the attention of your dealer assoon as possible.These Owner Maintenance Checks aregenerally not covered by warranties andyou may be charged for labor, parts andlubricants used.

Owner maintenance schedule When you stop for fuel:• Check the engine oil level.• Check the coolant level in coolant

reservoir.• Check the windshield washer fluid

level.• Look for low or under-inflated tires.

WARNING - Maintenancework

• Performing maintenance work ona vehicle can be dangerous. Youcan be seriously injured whileperforming some maintenanceprocedures. If you lack sufficientknowledge and experience or theproper tools and equipment to dothe work, have it done by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Working under the hood with theengine running is dangerous. Itbecomes even more dangerouswhen you wear jewelry or looseclothing. These can becomeentangled in moving parts andresult in injury. Therefore, if youmust run the engine while work-ing under the hood, make certainthat you remove all jewelry (espe-cially rings, bracelets, watches,and necklaces) and all neckties,scarves, and similar loose cloth-ing before getting near theengine or cooling fans.

OWNER MAINTENANCE

WARNING Be careful when checking yourengine coolant level when theengine is hot. Scalding hot coolantand steam may blow out underpressure. This could cause burnsor other serious injury.

7 5

Maintenance

While operating your vehicle:• Note any changes in the sound of the

exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumesin the vehicle.

• Check for vibrations in the steeringwheel. Notice any increased steeringeffort or looseness in the steeringwheel, or change in its straight-aheadposition.

• Notice if your vehicle constantly turnsslightly or “pulls” to one side when trav-eling on smooth, level road.

• When stopping, listen and check forunusual sounds, pulling to one side,increased brake pedal travel or “hard-to-push” brake pedal.

• If any slipping or changes in the oper-ation of your transaxle occurs, checkthe transaxle fluid level.

• Check the automatic transaxle P(Park) function.

• Check the parking brake.• Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle

(water dripping from the air condition-ing system during or after use is nor-mal).

At least monthly:• Check the coolant level in the engine

coolant reservoir.• Check the operation of all exterior

lights, including the stoplights, turn sig-nals and hazard warning flashers.

• Check the inflation pressures of alltires including the spare.

At least twice a year (i.e., every Spring and Fall):• Check the radiator, heater and air con-

ditioning hoses for leaks or damage.• Check the windshield washer spray

and wiper operation. Clean the wiperblades with clean cloth dampened withwasher fluid.

• Check the headlight alignment.• Check the muffler, exhaust pipes,

shields and clamps.• Check the lap/shoulder belts for wear

and function.• Check for worn tires and loose wheel

lug nuts.

At least once a year:• Clean the body and door drain holes.• Lubricate the door hinges and checks,

and hood hinges.• Lubricate the door and hood locks and

latches.• Lubricate the door rubber weather-

strips.• Check the air conditioning system.• Inspect and lubricate the automatic

transaxle linkage and controls.• Clean the battery and terminals.• Check the brake/clutch* fluid level.* : if equipped

Maintenance

67

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule ifthe vehicle is usually operated wherenone of the following conditions apply. Ifany of the following conditions apply, fol-low Maintenance Under Severe UsageConditions.• Repeated short distance driving.• Driving in dusty conditions or sandy

areas.• Extensive use of brakes.• Driving in areas where salt or other

corrosive materials are being used.• Driving on rough or muddy roads.• Driving in mountainous areas.• Extended periods of idling or low

speed operation.• Driving for a prolonged period in cold

temperatures and/or extremely humidclimates.

• More than 50% driving in heavy citytraffic during hot weather above 90°F(32°C).

If your vehicle is operated under theabove conditions, you should inspect,replace or refill more frequently than thefollowing Normal Maintenance Schedule.After 120 months or 150,000 miles(240,000 km) continue to follow the pre-scribed maintenance intervals.

7 7

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULEThe following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep receipts for allvehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is deter-mined by whichever occurs first.

15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 12 months

❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots❑ Inspect electronic throttle control❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler❑ Inspect front disc brake/pads, calipers and rotors❑ Inspect propeller shaft (AWD)

❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint

❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)

❑ Replace engine oil and filter (15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)


❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect vacuum hose





Maintenance

87

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)


❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid (if equipped)❑ Inspect rear axle oil (AWD) *2

❑ Inspect transfer case oil (AWD) *2


*1 : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but peri-odic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends onfuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restric-tion, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc, replace the fuel filterimmediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer for details.

*2 : Transfer case oil and rear axle oil should be changed anytime they have beensubmerged in water.


❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots❑ Inspect electronic throttle control❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler❑ Inspect front disc brake/pads, calipers and rotors❑ Inspect propeller shaft (AWD)


❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Inspect brake/clutch (if equipped) fluid ❑ Inspect crankcase ventilation hose❑ Inspect fuel filter *1

❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter (if equipped) *1

❑ Inspect rear disc brake/pads, parking brake❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap, fuel tank❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)❑ Replace air cleaner filter


7 9

Maintenance




❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)






Maintenance

107






❑ Inspect rear disc brake/pads, parking brake❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap, fuel tank❑ Inspect valve clearance *3

❑ Inspect drive belt (auto-tensioner, generator, p/str'g, a/con, w/pump)(First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 48 months after every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 12 months)

❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)❑ Replace air cleaner filter






*1 : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free butperiodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule dependson fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flowrestriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc, replace the fuelfilter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.

*3 : Inspect for excessive tappet noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if nec-essary.

7 11

Maintenance





❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid (if equipped)❑ Inspect rear axle oil (AWD) *2



❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)






Maintenance

127










❑ Inspect rear disc brake/pads, parking brake❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap, fuel tank




*1 : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free butperiodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule dependson fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flowrestriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc, replace the fuelfilter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer for details.

7 13

Maintenance





❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts


❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)❑ Replace spark plugs (iridium coated)



❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid (if equipped)❑ Inspect rear axle oil (AWD) *2




Maintenance

147



❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots❑ Inspect electronic throttle control❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler❑ Inspect front disc brake/pads, calipers and rotors❑ Inspect propeller shaft (AWD)❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball joint,

upper arm ball joint❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Inspect brake/clutch (if equipped) fluid ❑ Inspect crankcase ventilation hose❑ Inspect fuel filter *1


❑ Inspect rear disc brake/pads, parking brake❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap, fuel tank❑ Inspect valve clearance *3


❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)❑ Replace air cleaner filter❑ Replace engine oil and filter

(120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 192 months)❑ Replace coolant (First, 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 120 months

after every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months)


*3 : Inspect for excessive tappet noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if nec-essary.




7 15

Maintenance





❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts


❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)





Maintenance

7






❑ Inspect rear disc brake/pads, parking brake❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap, fuel tank❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid (if equipped)❑ Inspect rear axle oil (AWD) *2



(Continued)

(Continued)



❑ Replace coolant (First, 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 120 monthsafter every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months)


No check, No service required

❑ Automatic transaxle fluid (if equipped)



16

7 17

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS

SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONSA - Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal tem-

perature or less than 10 miles (16 km) in freezing temperatureB - Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distancesC - Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt- spread roadsD - Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weatherE - Driving in sandy areas

F - Driving in heavy traffic area over 90°F (32°C)G - Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roadH - Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rackI - Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle towingJ - Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h)K - Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions

The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chartbelow for the appropriate maintenance intervals.R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

MAINTENANCE ITEMMAINTENANCE

OPERATIONMAINTENANCE INTERVALS DRIVING CONDITION

ENGINE OIL AND FILTER R EVERY 3,750 MILES (6,000 KM) OR 6 MONTHS A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, K

AIR CLEANER FILTER R MORE FREQUENTLY C, E

SPARK PLUGS R MORE FREQUENTLY B, H

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID R EVERY 60,000 MILES (96,000 KM) A, C, E, F, G, I

MANUAL TRANSAXLE FLUID R EVERY 75,000 MILES (120,000 KM) A, C, E, F, G, I

FRONT DISC BRAKE/PADS, CALIPERS AND ROTORS I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, G, H

REAR DISC BRAKE/PADS, PARKING BRAKE I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, G, H

STEERING GEAR BOX, LINKAGE & BOOTS/LOWER ARM BALL JOINT, UPPER ARM BALL JOINT

I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, E, F, G, H, I

DRIVE SHAFTS AND BOOTS I EVERY 7,500 MILES (12,000 KM) OR 6 MONTHS C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J

TRANSFER CASE OIL (AWD) R EVERY 75,000 MILES (120,000 KM) C, D, E, G, H, I, J

REAR AXLE OIL (AWD) R EVERY 75,000 MILES (120,000 KM) C, D, E, G, H, I, J

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER (FOR EVAPORATOR AND BLOWER UNIT)

R MORE FREQUENTLY C, E

PROPELLER SHAFT I EVERY 7,500 MILES (12,000 KM) OR 6 MONTHS C, E

Maintenance

187

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMSEngine oil and filterThe engine oil and filter should bechanged at the intervals specified in themaintenance schedule. If the vehicle isbeing driven in severe conditions, morefrequent oil and filter changes arerequired.

Drive beltsInspect all drive belts for evidence ofcuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil satu-ration and replace if necessary. Drivebelts should be checked periodically forproper tension and adjusted as neces-sary.

Fuel filter (cartridge)A clogged filter can limit the speed atwhich the vehicle may be driven, damagethe emission system and cause multipleissues such as hard starting. If an exces-sive amount of foreign matter accumu-lates in the fuel tank, the filter mayrequire replacement more frequently.After installing a new filter, run the enginefor several minutes, and check for leaksat the connections. Fuel filters should beinstalled by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-nectionsCheck the fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-nections for leakage and damage. Havean authorized HYUNDAI dealer replaceany damaged or leaking parts immedi-ately.

Vapor hose and fuel filler capThe vapor hose and fuel filler cap shouldbe inspected at those intervals specifiedin the maintenance schedule. Make surethat a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap iscorrectly replaced.

7 19

Maintenance

Vacuum crankcase ventilationhosesInspect the surface of hoses for evidenceof heat and/or mechanical damage. Hardand brittle rubber, cracking, tears, cuts,abrasions, and excessive swelling indi-cate deterioration. Particular attentionshould be paid to examine those hosesurfaces nearest to high heat sources,such as the exhaust manifold.Inspect the hose routing to assure thatthe hoses do not come in contact withany heat source, sharp edges or movingcomponent which might cause heat dam-age or mechanical wear. Inspect all hoseconnections, such as clamps and cou-plings, to make sure they are secure, andthat no leaks are present. Hoses shouldbe replaced immediately if there is anyevidence of deterioration or damage.

Air cleaner filterA Genuine HYUNDAI air cleaner filter isrecommended when the filter isreplaced.

Spark plugsMake sure to install new spark plugs ofthe correct heat range.

Valve clearanceInspect for excessive valve noise and/orengine vibration and adjust if necessary.An authorized HYUNDAI dealer shouldperform the operation.

Cooling systemCheck for cooling system components,such as radiator, coolant reservoir, hosesand connections for leakage and dam-age. Replace any damaged parts.

CoolantThe coolant should be changed at theintervals specified in the maintenanceschedule.

Manual transaxle fluid (if equipped)Inspect the manual transaxle fluidaccording to the maintenance schedule.

Automatic transaxle fluid (if equipped)Automatic transaxle fluid should not bechecked under normal usage conditions.But in severe conditions, the fluid shouldbe changed at an authorized HYUNDAIdealer in accordance to the scheduledmaintenance at the beginning of thischapter.

✽✽ NOTICEAutomatic transaxle fluid color is basi-cally red. As the vehicle is driven, the automatictransaxle fluid will begin to look darker.It is normal condition and you shouldnot judge the need to replace the fluidbased upon the changed color.

Maintenance

207

Brake hoses and linesVisually check for proper installation,chafing, cracks, deterioration and anyleakage. Replace any deteriorated ordamaged parts immediately.

Brake/Clutch* fluidCheck the brake fluid level in the brakefluid reservoir. The level should bebetween “MIN” and “MAX” marks on theside of the reservoir. Use only hydraulicbrake fluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT4 specification.* : if equipped

Parking brakeInspect the parking brake system includ-ing the parking brake pedal and cables.

Brake discs, pads, calipers androtorsCheck the pads for excessive wear, discsfor run out and wear, and calipers for fluidleakage.

Exhaust pipe and mufflerVisually inspect the exhaust pipes, muf-fler and hangers for cracks, deterioration,or damage. Start the engine and listencarefully for any exhaust gas leakage.Tighten connections or replace parts asnecessary.

Suspension mounting boltsCheck the suspension connections forlooseness or damage. Retighten to thespecified torque.

Steering gear box, linkage &boots/lower arm ball jointWith the vehicle stopped and engine off,check for excessive free-play in thesteering wheel.Check the linkage for bends or damage.Check the dust boots and ball joints fordeterioration, cracks, or damage.Replace any damaged parts.

Drive shafts and bootsCheck the drive shafts, boots and clampsfor cracks, deterioration, or damage.Replace any damaged parts and, if nec-essary, repack the grease.

Air conditioning refrigerant Check the air conditioning lines and con-nections for leakage and damage.

CAUTIONThe use of a non-specified fluidcould result in transaxle malfunc-tion and failure.Use only specified automatictransaxle fluid. (Refer to“Recommended lubricants andcapacities” in section 8.)

7 21

Maintenance

ENGINE OIL

Checking the engine oil level 1. Be sure the vehicle is on level ground.2. Start the engine and allow it to reach

normal operating temperature.

3. Turn the engine off and wait for a fewminutes (about 5 minutes) for the oil toreturn to the oil pan.

4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, andre-insert it fully.

5. Pull the dipstick out again and checkthe level. The level should be betweenF and L.

If it is near or at L, add enough oil to bringthe level to F. Do not overfill.

Use a funnel to help prevent oil frombeing spilled on engine components.

Use only the specified engine oil. (Referto “Recommended lubricants and capaci-ties” in section 8.)

WARNING - Radiator hoseBe very careful not to touch theradiator hose when checking oradding the engine oil as it may behot enough to burn you.

OLM079003N OLM079004N

CAUTIONDo not overfill with engine oil.Engine damage may result.

Maintenance

227

Changing the engine oil and filterHave engine oil and filter changed by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer according tothe Maintenance Schedule at the begin-ning of this section.

The high-pressure cooling system has areservoir filled with year-round antifreezecoolant. The reservoir is filled at the fac-tory.Check the antifreeze protection andcoolant level at least once a year, at thebeginning of the winter season, andbefore traveling to a colder climate.

Checking the coolant level

ENGINE COOLANT

WARNING - Removingradiator cap

• Never attempt to remove the radi-ator cap while the engine is oper-ating or hot. Doing so might leadto cooling system and enginedamage. Also, hot coolant orsteam could cause serious per-sonal injury.

(Continued)


Engine oil contains chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer, birth defects, andreproductive harm.Used engine oil may cause irrita-tion or cancer of the skin if left incontact with the skin for prolongedperiods of time. Used engine oilcontains chemicals that havecaused cancer in laboratory ani-mals. Always protect your skin bywashing your hands thoroughlywith soap and warm water as soonas possible after handling used oil.

7 23

Maintenance

Check the condition and connections ofall cooling system hoses and heaterhoses. Replace any swollen or deterio-rated hoses.The coolant level should be filledbetween F and L marks on the side of thecoolant reservoir when the engine iscool.If the coolant level is low, add enoughspecified coolant to provide protectionagainst freezing and corrosion. Bring thelevel to F, but do not overfill. If frequentadditions are required, see an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer for a cooling systeminspection.

Recommended engine coolant• When adding coolant, use only deion-

ized water or soft water for your vehicleand never mix hard water in thecoolant filled at the factory. An improp-er coolant mixture can result in seriousmalfunction or engine damage.

• The engine in your vehicle has alu-minum engine parts and must be pro-tected by an ethylene-glycol-basedcoolant to prevent corrosion and freez-ing.

• DO NOT USE alcohol or methanolcoolant or mix them with the specifiedcoolant.

• Do not use a solution that containsmore than 60% antifreeze or less than35% antifreeze, which would reducethe effectiveness of the solution.

OLM079006

(Continued)• Turn the engine off and wait until

it cools down. Use extreme carewhen removing the radiator cap.Wrap a thick towel around it, andturn it counterclockwise slowly tothe first stop. Step back while thepressure is released from thecooling system. When you aresure all the pressure has beenreleased, press down on the cap,using a thick towel, and continueturning counterclockwise toremove it.

• Even if the engine is not operat-ing, do not remove the radiatorcap or the drain plug while theengine and radiator are hot. Hotcoolant and steam may still blowout under pressure, causing seri-ous injury.

Maintenance

247

For mixture percentage, refer to the fol-lowing table.

Changing the coolantHave coolant changed by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer according to theMaintenance Schedule at the beginningof this section.

WARNING - Radiator capDo not remove the radiator capwhen the engine and radiator arehot. Scalding hot coolant andsteam may blow out under pres-sure causing serious injury.

OLM079007

CAUTIONPut a thick cloth around the radiatorcap before refilling the coolant inorder to prevent the coolant fromoverflowing into engine parts suchas the generator.

WARNING - Coolant• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severelyobscure visibility when sprayedon the windshield and may causeloss of vehicle control or damageto paint and body trim.

5°F (-15°C) 35 65

-13°F (-25°C) 40 60

-31°F (-35°C) 50 50

-49°F (-45°C) 60 40

AmbientTemperature

Mixture Percentage (volume)

Antifreeze Water

7 25

Maintenance

BRAKE/CLUTCH (IF EQUIPPED) FLUID

Checking the brake/clutch* fluidlevel Check the fluid level in the reservoir peri-odically. The fluid level should bebetween MAX and MIN marks on theside of the reservoir.Before removing the reservoir cap andadding brake/clutch* fluid, clean the areaaround the reservoir cap thoroughly toprevent brake/clutch* fluid contamina-tion.* : if equipped

If the level is low, add fluid to the MAXlevel. The level will fall with accumulatedmileage. This is a normal condition asso-ciated with the wear of the brake liningsand/or clutch disc (if equipped). If thefluid level is excessively low, have thebrake/clutch* system checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Use only the specified brake/clutch* fluid.(Refer to “Recommended lubricants andcapacities” in section 8.)

Never mix different types of fluid.

WARNING - Brake/clutch*fluid

When changing and addingbrake/clutch* fluid, handle it care-fully. Do not let it come in contactwith your eyes. If brake/clutch* fluidshould come in contact with youreyes, immediately flush them with alarge quantity of fresh tap water.Have your eyes examined by a doc-tor as soon as possible.

WARNING - Loss ofbrake/clutch* fluid

In the event the brake/clutch* systemrequires frequent additions of fluid,the vehicle should be inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OLM079008N

CAUTIONDo not allow brake/clutch* fluid tocontact the vehicle's body paint, aspaint damage will result.Brake/clutch* fluid, which has beenexposed to open air for an extendedtime should never be used as itsquality cannot be guaranteed. Itshould be disposed of properly.Don't put in the wrong kind of fluid.A few drops of mineral-based oil,such as engine oil, in yourbrake/clutch* system can damagebrake/clutch* system parts.

Maintenance

267

WASHER FLUID

Checking the washer fluid level Check the fluid level in the washer fluidreservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plainwater may be used if washer fluid is notavailable. However, use washer solventwith antifreeze characteristics in cold cli-mates to prevent freezing.

WARNING - Coolant• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severelyobscure visibility when sprayedon the windshield and may causeloss of vehicle control or damageto paint and body trim.

• Windshield washer fluid agentscontain some amounts of alcoholand can be flammable under cer-tain circumstances. Do not allowsparks or flame to contact thewasher fluid or the washer fluidreservoir. Damage to the vehicleor occupants could occur.

• Windshield washer fluid is poi-sonous to humans and animals.Do not drink and avoid contactingwindshield washer fluid. Seriousinjury or death could occur.

OLM079010

7 27

Maintenance

Checking the parking brake Type ACheck whether the stroke is within spec-ification when the parking brake pedal isdepressed with 44 lb (20 kg, 196 N) offorce. Also, the parking brake aloneshould securely hold the vehicle on a fair-ly steep grade. If the stroke is more orless than specified, have the parkingbrake adjusted by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Stroke : 4 notch

Type BCheck the stroke of the parking brake bycounting the number of “clicks’’ heardwhile fully applying it from the releasedposition. Also, the parking brake aloneshould securely hold the vehicle on a fair-ly steep grade. If the stroke is more orless than specified, have the parkingbrake adjusted by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Stroke : 6 “clicks’’ at a force of 44 lbs (20 kg, 196 N).

OLM059014 OLM059016

PARKING BRAKE

Maintenance

287

AIR CLEANER

Filter replacement It must be replaced when necessary, andshould not be washed.You can clean the filter when inspectingthe air cleaner element.Clean the filter by using compressed air.

1. Loosen the air cleaner cover attachingclips and open the cover.

2. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner.3. Replace the air cleaner filter.4. Lock the cover with the cover attaching

clips.

Replace the filter according to theMaintenance Schedule.If the vehicle is operated in extremelydusty or sandy areas, replace the ele-ment more often than the usual recom-mended intervals. (Refer to “Maintenanceunder severe usage conditions” in thissection.)

OLM079012N OLM079013N OLM079014

7 29

Maintenance

Filter inspectionThe climate control air filter should bereplaced according to the MaintenanceSchedule. If the vehicle is operated inseverely air-polluted cities or on dustyrough roads for a long period, it shouldbe inspected more frequently andreplaced earlier. When you replace theclimate control air filter, replace it per-forming the following procedure, and becareful to avoid damaging other compo-nents.

Filter replacement1. Open the glove box and remove the

support rod (1).

CAUTION• Do not drive with the air cleaner

removed; this will result in exces-sive engine wear.

• When removing the air cleaner fil-ter, be careful that dust or dirtdoes not enter the air intake, ordamage may result.

• Use a HYUNDAI genuine part. Useof non-genuine parts could dam-age the air flow sensor.

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER

OLM079015

Maintenance

307

2. With the glove box open, remove thestoppers on both sides.

3. Remove the climate control air filtercase pulling out both sides of thecover.

4. Replace the climate control air filter.5. Reassemble in the reverse order of

disassembly.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen replacing the climate control airfilter install it properly. Otherwise, thesystem may produce noise and the effec-tiveness of the filter may be reduced.

OLM079016 OLM079017 OLM079018

7 31

Maintenance

WIPER BLADES

Blade inspection✽✽ NOTICECommercial hot waxes applied by auto-matic car washes have been known tomake the windshield difficult to clean.

Contamination of either the windshield orthe wiper blades with foreign matter canreduce the effectiveness of the wind-shield wipers. Common sources of con-tamination are insects, tree sap, and hotwax treatments used by some commer-cial car washes. If the blades are not wip-ing properly, clean both the window andthe blades with a good cleaner or milddetergent, and rinse thoroughly withclean water.

Blade replacement When the wipers no longer clean ade-quately, the blades may be worn orcracked, and require replacement.

1JBA5122CAUTION

To prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use gasoline,kerosene, paint thinner, or othersolvents on or near them.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the wiperarms or other components, do notattempt to move the wipers manual-ly.

CAUTIONThe use of a non-specified wiperblade could result in wiper malfunc-tion and failure.

Maintenance

327

Front windshield wiper blade1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiper

blade assembly to expose the plasticlocking clip.

2. Compress the clip and slide the bladeassembly downward.

3. Lift it off the arm.4. Install the blade assembly in the

reverse order of removal.

CAUTIONDo not allow the wiper arm to fallagainst the windshield, since it maychip or crack the windshield.

OLM079200 OLM079201 OLM079202

7 33

Maintenance

Rear window wiper blade 1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out the

wiper blade assembly.

2. Install the new blade assembly byinserting the center part into the slot inthe wiper arm until it clicks into place.

3. Make sure the blade assembly isinstalled firmly by trying to pull it slight-ly.

To prevent damage to the wiper arms orother components, have an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer replace the wiperblade.

OHM078062 OHM078063

Maintenance

347

(Continued)

If any electrolyte gets intoyour eyes, flush your eyeswith clean water for at least15 minutes and get immedi-ate medical attention.If electrolyte gets on yourskin, thoroughly wash thecontacted area. If you feel apain or a burning sensa-tion, get medical attentionimmediately.

Wear eye protection whencharging or working near abattery. Always provideventilation when working inan enclosed space.

An inappropriately dis-posed battery can be harm-ful to the environment andhuman health. Dispose thebattery according to yourlocal law(s) or regulation.

(Continued)

For best battery service• Keep the battery securely mounted.• Keep the battery top clean and dry.• Keep the terminals and connections

clean, tight, and coated with petroleumjelly or terminal grease.

• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from thebattery immediately with a solution ofwater and baking soda.

• If the vehicle is not going to be used foran extended time, disconnect the bat-tery cables.

BATTERY

OLM079019N

WARNING - Battery dangers

Always read the followinginstructions carefully whenhandling a battery.

Keep lighted cigarettes andall other flames or sparksaway from the battery.

Hydrogen, a highly com-bustible gas, is alwayspresent in battery cells andmay explode if ignited.

Keep batteries out of thereach of children becausebatteries contain highlycorrosive SULFURIC ACID.Do not allow battery acid tocontact your skin, eyes,clothing or paint finish.

(Continued)

7 35

Maintenance

Battery recharging Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,calcium-based battery.• If the battery becomes discharged in a

short time (because, for example, theheadlights or interior lights were left onwhile the vehicle was not in use),recharge it by slow charging (trickle)for 10 hours.

• If the battery gradually dischargesbecause of high electric load while thevehicle is being used, recharge it at 20-30A for two hours.

(Continued)• When lifting a plastic-cased bat-

tery, excessive pressure on thecase may cause battery acid toleak, resulting in personal injury.Lift with a battery carrier or withyour hands on opposite corners.

• Never attempt to recharge thebattery when the battery cablesare connected.

• The electrical ignition systemworks with high voltage. Nevertouch these components with theengine running or the ignitionswitched on.

Failure to follow the above warn-ings can result in serious bodilyinjury or death.

WARNING - Rechargingbattery

When recharging the battery,observe the following precautions:• The battery must be removed

from the vehicle and placed in anarea with good ventilation.

• Do not allow cigarettes, sparks,or flame near the battery.

• Watch the battery during charg-ing, and stop or reduce the charg-ing rate if the battery cells begingassing (boiling) violently or ifthe temperature of the electrolyteof any cell exceeds 120°F (49°C).

(Continued)


Battery posts, terminals, and relat-ed accessories contain lead andlead compounds, chemicals knownto the State of California to causecancer, birth defects, and reproduc-tive harm. Batteries also containother chemicals known to the Stateof California to cause cancer. Washhands after handling.

Maintenance

367

Reset itemsItems should be reset after the batteryhas been discharged or the battery hasbeen disconnected.• Auto up/down window (See section 4)• Sunroof (See section 4)• Trip computer (See section 4)• Climate control system

(See section 4)• Clock (See section 4)• Audio (See section 4)

(Continued)• Wear eye protection when check-

ing the battery during charging.• Disconnect the battery charger in

the following order.1. Turn off the battery charger main

switch.2. Unhook the negative clamp from

the negative battery terminal.3. Unhook the positive clamp from

the positive battery terminal.

WARNING• Before performing maintenance

or recharging the battery, turn offall accessories and stop theengine.

• The negative battery cable mustbe removed first and installedlast when the battery is discon-nected.

7 37

Maintenance

CAUTION• Underinflation also results in

excessive wear, poor handlingand reduced fuel economy.Wheel deformation also ispossible. Keep your tire pres-sures at the proper levels. If atire frequently needs refilling,have it checked by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Overinflation produces aharsh ride, excessive wear atthe center of the tire tread, anda greater possibility of dam-age from road hazards.

TIRES AND WHEELS Tire care For proper maintenance, safety, andmaximum fuel economy, you mustalways maintain recommended tireinflation pressures and stay withinthe load limits and weight distributionrecommended for your vehicle.

Recommended cold tire inflationpressures All tire pressures (including thespare) should be checked when thetires are cold. “Cold Tires” means thevehicle has not been driven for atleast three hours or driven less thanone mile (1.6 km).Recommended pressures must bemaintained for the best ride, vehiclehandling, and minimum tire wear.For recommended inflation pressure,refer to “Tire and wheels” in section8.

All specifications (sizes and pres-sures) can be found on a labelattached to the driver’s side centerpillar.

WARNING - Tire underin-flation

Severe underinflation can leadto severe heat build-up, causingblowouts, tread separation andother tire failures that can resultin the loss of vehicle controlleading to severe injury ordeath. This risk is much higheron hot days and when drivingfor long periods at high speeds.

OLM089008N

Maintenance

387

Checking tire inflation pressureCheck your tires once a month ormore.Also, check the tire pressure of thespare tire.

How to checkUse a good quality gage to check tirepressure.You can not tell if your tiresare properly inflated simply by look-ing at them. Radial tires may lookproperly inflated even when they'reunderinflated.Check the tire's inflation pressurewhen the tires are cold. - "Cold"means your vehicle has been sittingfor at least three hours or driven nomore than 1 mile (1.6 km).

WARNING - Tire InflationOverinflation or underinflationcan reduce tire life, adverselyaffect vehicle handling, andlead to sudden tire failure. Thiscould result in loss of vehiclecontrol and potential injury.

CAUTION - Tire pressureAlways observe the following:• Check tire pressure when the

tires are cold. (After vehiclehas been parked for at leastthree hours or hasn't beendriven more than one mile (1.6km) since startup.)

• Check the pressure of yourspare tire each time you checkthe pressure of other tires.

• Never overload your vehicle.Be careful not to overload avehicle luggage rack if yourvehicle is equipped with one.

• Worn, old tires can cause acci-dents. If your tread is badlyworn, or if your tires havebeen damaged, replace them.

CAUTION• Warm tires normally exceed

recommended cold tire pres-sures by 4 to 6 psi (28 to 41kPa). Do not release air fromwarm tires to adjust the pres-sure or the tires will be under-inflated.

• Be sure to reinstall the tireinflation valve caps. Withoutthe valve cap, dirt or moisturecould get into the valve coreand cause air leakage. If avalve cap is missing, install anew one as soon as possible.

7 39

Maintenance

Remove the valve cap from the tirevalve stem. Press the tire gage firm-ly onto the valve to get a pressuremeasurement. If the cold tire inflationpressure matches the recommendedpressure on the tire and loadinginformation label, no further adjust-ment is necessary. If the pressure islow, add air until you reach the rec-ommended amount.If you overfill the tire, release air bypushing on the metal stem in thecenter of the tire valve. Recheck thetire pressure with the tire gage. Besure to put the valve caps back onthe valve stems. They help preventleaks by keeping out dirt and mois-ture.

Tire rotation To equalize tread wear, it is recom-mended that the tires be rotatedevery 7,500 miles (12,000 km) orsooner if irregular wear develops.During rotation, check the tires forcorrect balance.When rotating tires, check for unevenwear and damage. Abnormal wear isusually caused by incorrect tire pres-sure, improper wheel alignment, out-of-balance wheels, severe braking orsevere cornering. Look for bumps orbulges in the tread or side of tire.Replace the tire if you find either ofthese conditions. Replace the tire iffabric or cord is visible. After rotation,be sure to bring the front and rear tirepressures to specification and checklug nut tightness.Refer to “Tire and wheels” in section8.

WARNING• Inspect your tires frequently

for proper inflation as well aswear and damage. Always usea tire pressure gauge.

• Tires with too much or too littlepressure wear unevenly caus-ing poor handling, loss of vehi-cle control, and sudden tirefailure leading to accidents,injuries, and even death. Therecommended cold tire pres-sure for your vehicle can befound in this manual and onthe tire label located on the dri-ver's side center pillar.

• Worn tires can cause acci-dents. Replace tires that areworn, show uneven wear, orare damaged.

• Remember to check the pres-sure of your spare tire.HYUNDAI recommends thatyou check the spare everytime you check the pressureof the other tires on your vehi-cle.

Maintenance

407

Disc brake pads should be inspectedfor wear whenever tires are rotated.

✽✽ NOTICERotate radial tires that have anasymmetric tread pattern only fromfront to rear and not from right toleft.

Wheel alignment and tire balance The wheels on your vehicle werealigned and balanced carefully at thefactory to give you the longest tire lifeand best overall performance.In most cases, you will not need tohave your wheels aligned again.However, if you notice unusual tirewear or your vehicle pulling one wayor the other, the alignment may needto be reset.If you notice your vehicle vibratingwhen driving on a smooth road, yourwheels may need to be rebalanced.

S2BLA790A

CBGQ0707A

Without a spare tire

Directional tires (if equipped)WARNING

• Do not use the compact sparetire for tire rotation.

• Do not mix bias ply and radialply tires under any circum-stances. This may causeunusual handling characteris-tics that could result in death,severe injury, or propertydamage.

CAUTIONImproper wheel weights candamage your vehicle's alu-minum wheels. Use onlyapproved wheel weights.

7 41

Maintenance

Tire replacementIf the tire is worn evenly, a tread wearindicator will appear as a solid bandacross the tread. This shows there isless than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of treadleft on the tire. Replace the tire whenthis happens.Do not wait for the band to appearacross the entire tread before replac-ing the tire.

OEN076053

Tread wear indicator WARNING - Replacingtires

To reduce the chance or seriousor fatal injuries from an acci-dent caused by tire failure orloss of vehicle control:• Replace tires that are worn,

show uneven wear, or aredamaged. Worn tires cancause loss of braking effec-tiveness, steering control, andtraction.

• Do not drive your vehicle withtoo little or too much pressurein your tires. This can lead touneven wear and tire failure.

• When replacing tires, nevermix radial and bias-ply tireson the same car. You mustreplace all tires (including thespare) if moving from radial tobias-ply tires.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Using tires and wheel other

than the recommended sizescould cause unusual handlingcharacteristics and poor vehi-cle control, resulting in a seri-ous accident.

• Wheels that do not meetHYUNDAI’s specifications mayfit poorly and result in damageto the vehicle or unusual han-dling and poor vehicle control.

• The ABS works by comparingthe speed of the wheels. Tiresize can affect wheel speed.When replacing tires, all 4tires must use the same sizeoriginally supplied with thevehicle. Using tires of a differ-ent size can cause the ABS(Anti-lock Brake System) andESC (Electronic Stability Control) to work irregularly (ifequipped).

Maintenance

427

Compact spare tire replacement A compact spare tire has a shortertread life than a regular size tire.Replace it when you can see thetread wear indicator bars on the tire.The replacement compact spare tireshould be the same size and designtire as the one provided with yournew vehicle and should be mountedon the same compact spare tirewheel. The compact spare tire is notdesigned to be mounted on a regularsize wheel, and the compact sparetire wheel is not designed for mount-ing a regular size tire.

Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels forany reason, make sure the newwheels are equivalent to the originalfactory units in diameter, rim widthand offset.

Tire tractionTire traction can be reduced if youdrive on worn tires, tires that areimproperly inflated or on slipperyroad surfaces. Tires should bereplaced when tread wear indicatorsappear. Slow down whenever thereis rain, snow or ice on the road toreduce the possibility of losing con-trol of the vehicle.

Tire maintenance In addition to proper inflation, correctwheel alignment helps to decreasetire wear. If you find a tire is wornunevenly, have your dealer check thewheel alignment.When you have new tires installed,make sure they are balanced. Thiswill increase vehicle ride comfort andtire life. Additionally, a tire shouldalways be rebalanced if it is removedfrom the wheel.

WARNINGA wheel that is not the correctsize may adversely affect wheeland bearing life, braking andstopping abilities, handlingcharacteristics, ground clear-ance, body-to-tire clearance,snow chain clearance,speedometer and odometer cal-ibration, headlight aim andbumper height.

7 43

Maintenance

Tire sidewall labelingThis information identifies anddescribes the fundamental charac-teristics of the tire and also providesthe tire identification number (TIN)for safety standard certification. TheTIN can be used to identify the tire incase of a recall.

1. Manufacturer or brand nameManufacturer or Brand name isshown.

2. Tire size designation A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tiresize designation. You will need thisinformation when selecting replace-ment tires for your car. The followingexplains what the letters and num-bers in the tire size designationmean.Example tire size designation:(These numbers are provided as anexample only; your tire size designa-tor could vary depending on yourvehicle.)225/55R18 105T

225 - Tire width in millimeters.55 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section

height as a percentage of itswidth.

R - Tire construction code (Radial).18 - Rim diameter in inches.105 - Load Index, a numerical code

associated with the maximumload the tire can carry.

T - Speed Rating Symbol. See thespeed rating chart in this sectionfor additional information.

Wheel size designation

Wheels are also marked with impor-tant information that you need if youever have to replace one. The follow-ing explains what the letters andnumbers in the wheel size designa-tion mean.

Example wheel size designation:6.5JX18

6.5 - Rim width in inches.J - Rim contour designation.18 - Rim diameter in inches.

I030B04JM

1

1

23

4

5,6

7

Maintenance

447

Tire speed ratings

The chart below lists many of the dif-ferent speed ratings currently beingused for passenger car tires. Thespeed rating is part of the tire sizedesignation on the sidewall of thetire. This symbol corresponds to thattire's designed maximum safe oper-ating speed.

3. Checking tire life (TIN : TireIdentification Number)

Any tires that are over 6 years old,based on the manufacturing date,(including the spare tire) should bereplaced by new ones. You can findthe manufacturing date on the tiresidewall (possibly on the inside of thewheel), displaying the DOT Code.The DOT Code is a series of num-bers on a tire consisting of numbersand English letters. The manufactur-ing date is designated by the last fourdigits (characters) of the DOT code.

DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOOThe front part of the DOT means aplant code number, tire size andtread pattern and the last four num-bers indicate week and year manu-factured.For example:DOT XXXX XXXX 1609 representsthat the tire was produced in the 16thweek of 2009.

4. Tire ply composition and materialThe number of layers or plies of rub-ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tiremanufacturers also must indicate thematerials in the tire, which includesteel, nylon, polyester, and others.The letter "R" means radial ply con-struction; the letter "D" means diago-nal or bias ply construction; and theletter "B" means belted-bias ply con-struction.

S 112 mph (180 km/h)

T 118 mph (190 km/h)

H 130 mph (210 km/h)

V 149 mph (240 km/h)

Z Above 149 mph (240 km/h)

Maximum SpeedSpeedRatingSymbol

WARNING - Tire ageTires degrade over time, evenwhen they are not being used.Regardless of the remainingtread, it is recommended thattires generally be replaced aftersix (6) years of normal service.Heat caused by hot climates orfrequent high loading condi-tions can accelerate the agingprocess. Failure to follow thiswarning can result in suddentire failure, which could lead toa loss of control and an acci-dent involving serious injury ordeath.

7 45

Maintenance

5. Maximum permissible inflationpressure

This number is the greatest amountof air pressure that should be put inthe tire. Do not exceed the maximumpermissible inflation pressure. Referto the Tire and Loading Informationlabel for recommended inflationpressure.

6. Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the maximumload in kilograms and pounds thatcan be carried by the tire. Whenreplacing the tires on the vehicle,always use a tire that has the sameload rating as the factory installedtire.

7. Uniform tire quality grading Quality grades can be found whereapplicable on the tire sidewallbetween tread shoulder and maxi-mum section width.For example:TREAD wear 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A

Tread wear

The tread wear grade is a compara-tive rating based on the wear rate ofthe tire when tested under controlledconditions on a specified govern-ment test course. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times (1½) as well on the gov-ernment course as a tire graded 100.The relative performance of tiresdepends upon the actual conditionsof their use, however, and maydepart significantly from the normdue to variations in driving habits,service practices and differences inroad characteristics and climate.These grades are molded on theside-walls of passenger vehicle tires.

The tires available as standard oroptional equipment on your vehiclemay vary with respect to grade.

Traction - AA, A, B & C

The traction grades, from highest tolowest, are AA, A, B and C. Thosegrades represent the tire’s ability tostop on wet pavement as measuredunder controlled conditions on spec-ified government test surfaces ofasphalt and concrete. A tire markedC may have poor traction perform-ance.

WARNING The traction grade assigned tothis tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests,and does not include accelera-tion, cornering, hydroplaning,or peak traction characteristics.

Maintenance

467

Temperature -A, B & C

The temperature grades are A (thehighest), B and C representing thetire’s resistance to the generation ofheat and its ability to dissipate heatwhen tested under controlled condi-tions on a specified indoor laboratorytest wheel.Sustained high temperature cancause the material of the tire todegenerate and reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can lead tosudden tire failure. The grade C cor-responds to a level of performancewhich all passenger car tires mustmeet under the Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standard No. 109.Grades B and A represent higherlevels of performance on the labora-tory test wheel than the minimumrequired by law.

Tire terminology and definitionsAir Pressure: The amount of airinside the tire pressing outward onthe tire. Air pressure is expressed inpounds per square inch (psi) or kilo-pascal (kPa).Accessory Weight: This means thecombined weight of optional acces-sories. Some examples of optionalaccessories are, automatic transaxle,power seats, and air conditioning.Aspect Ratio: The relationship of atire's height to its width.Belt: A rubber coated layer of cordsthat is located between the plies andthe tread. Cords may be made fromsteel or other reinforcing materials.Bead: The tire bead contains steelwires wrapped by steel cords thathold the tire onto the rim.Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire inwhich the plies are laid at alternateangles less than 90 degrees to thecenterline of the tread.

WARNING - Tire temperature

The temperature grade for thistire is established for a tire thatis properly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuild-up and possible suddentire failure. This can cause lossof vehicle control and seriousinjury or death.

7 47

Maintenance

Cold Tire Pressure: The amount ofair pressure in a tire, measured inpounds per square inch (psi) or kilo-pascals (kPa) before a tire has builtup heat from driving.Curb Weight: This means the weightof a motor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including themaximum capacity of fuel, oil andcoolant, but without passengers andcargo.DOT Markings: A code molded intothe sidewall of a tire signifying thatthe tire is in compliance with the U.S.Department of Transportation motorvehicle safety standards. The DOTcode includes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumeric des-ignator which can also identify thetire manufacturer, production plant,brand and date of production.GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight RatingGAWR FRT: Gross Axle WeightRating for the Front Axle.GAWR RR: Gross Axle WeightRating for the Rear axle.

Intended Outboard Sidewall: Theside of an asymmetrical tire, thatmust always face outward whenmounted on a vehicle.Kilopascal (kPa): The metric unit forair pressure.Load Index: An assigned numberranging from 1 to 279 that corre-sponds to the load carrying capacityof a tire.Maximum Inflation Pressure: Themaximum air pressure to which acold tire may be inflated. The maxi-mum air pressure is molded onto thesidewall.Maximum Load Rating: The loadrating for a tire at the maximum per-missible inflation pressure for thattire.Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight:The sum of curb weight; accessoryweight; vehicle capacity weight; andproduction options weight.Normal Occupant Weight: Thenumber of occupants a vehicle isdesigned to seat multiplied by 150pounds (68 kg).

Occupant Distribution: Designatedseating positions.Outward Facing Sidewall: The sideof a asymmetrical tire that has a par-ticular side that faces outward whenmounted on a vehicle. The outwardfacing sidewall bears white letteringor bears manufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that is higher ordeeper than the same moldings onthe inner facing sidewall.Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tireused on passenger cars and somelight duty trucks and multipurposevehicles.Recommended Inflation Pressure:Vehicle manufacturer's recommend-ed tire inflation pressure and shownon the tire placard.Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire inwhich the ply cords that extend to thebeads are laid at 90 degrees to thecenterline of the tread.Rim: A metal support for a tire andupon which the tire beads are seat-ed.Sidewall: The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.

Maintenance

487

Speed Rating: An alphanumericcode assigned to a tire indicating themaximum speed at which a tire canoperate.Traction: The friction between thetire and the road surface. Theamount of grip provided.Tread: The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact with the road.Treadwear Indicators: Narrowbands, sometimes called "wearbars," that show across the tread of atire when only 2/32 inch of treadremains.UTQGS: Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards, a tire informationsystem that provides consumers withratings for a tire's traction, tempera-ture and treadwear. Ratings aredetermined by tire manufacturersusing government testing proce-dures. The ratings are molded intothe sidewall of the tire.Vehicle Capacity Weight: The num-ber of designated seating positionsmultiplied by 150 lbs. (68 kg) plus therated cargo and luggage load.

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire: Load on an individual tire due tocurb and accessory weight plusmaximum occupant and cargoweight.Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire:Load on an individual tire that isdetermined by distributing to eachaxle its share of the curb weight,accessory weight, and normal occu-pant weight and driving by 2.Vehicle Placard: A label permanent-ly attached to a vehicle showing theoriginal equipment tire size and rec-ommended inflation pressure.

All season tires HYUNDAI specifies all season tireson some models to provide goodperformance for use all year round,including snowy and icy road condi-tions. All season tires are identifiedby ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mudand Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snowtires have better snow traction thanall season tires and may be moreappropriate in some areas.

Summer tires HYUNDAI specifies summer tires onsome models to provide superiorperformance on dry roads. Summertire performance is substantiallyreduced in snow and ice. Summertires do not have the tire traction rat-ing M+S (Mud and Snow) on the tireside wall. if you plan to operate yourvehicle in snowy or icy conditions.HYUNDAI recommends the use ofsnow tires or all season tires on allfour wheels.

Snow tiresIf you equip your car with snow tires,they should be the same size andhave the same load capacity as theoriginal tires. Snow tires should beinstalled on all four wheels; other-wise, poor handling may result.Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28kPa) more air pressure than thepressure recommended for the stan-dard tires on the tire label on the dri-ver's side of the center pillar, or up tothe maximum pressure shown on thetire sidewall, whichever is less.

7 49

Maintenance

Do not drive faster than 75 mph (120km/h) when your vehicle is equippedwith snow tires.

Tire chainsTire chains, if necessary, should beinstalled on the drive wheels as fol-lows.2WD : Front wheelsAWD : All four wheels

If a full set of chains is notavailable for a AWD vehicle,chains may be installed onthe front wheels only.

Be sure that the chains are installedin accordance with the manufactur-er's instructions.To minimize tire and chain wear, donot continue to use tire chains whenthey are no longer needed.

Radial-ply tiresRadial-ply tires provide improvedtread life, road hazard resistance andsmoother high speed ride. The radi-al-ply tires used on this vehicle are ofbelted construction, and are selectedto complement the ride and handlingcharacteristics of your vehicle.Radial-ply tires have the same loadcarrying capacity, as bias-ply or biasbelted tires of the same size, and usethe same recommended inflationpressure. Mixing of radial-ply tireswith bias-ply or bias belted tires isnot recommended. Any combina-tions of radial-ply and bias-ply or biasbelted tires when used on the samevehicle will seriously deterioratevehicle handling. The best rule to fol-low is: Identical radial-ply tires shouldalways be used as a set of four.Longer wearing tires can be moresusceptible to irregular tread wear. Itis very important to follow the tirerotation interval shown in this sectionto achieve the tread life potential ofthese tires. Cuts and punctures inradial-ply tires are repairable only inthe tread area, because of sidewallflexing. Consult your tire dealer forradial-ply tire repairs.

WARNING - Snow or ice • When driving on roads cov-

ered with snow or ice, drive atless than 20 mph (30 km/h).

• Use the SAE “S” class or wirechains.

• If you hear noise caused bychains contacting the body,retighten the chain to avoidcontact with the vehicle body.

• To prevent body damage,retighten the chains after driv-ing 0.3~0.6 miles (0.5~1.0 km).

• Do not use tire chains onvehicles equipped with alu-minum wheels. In unavoid-able circumstance, use a wiretype chain.

• Use wire chains less than 0.59inches (15 mm) to preventdamage to the chain’s con-nection.

Maintenance

507

FUSESA vehicle’s electrical system is protectedfrom electrical overload damage byfuses.This vehicle has 3 fuse panels, one locat-ed in the driver’s side panel bolster, theother in the engine compartment.If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces-sories, or controls do not work, check theappropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse hasblown, the element inside the fuse willmelt.If the electrical system does not work,first check the driver’s side fuse panel.Always replace a blown fuse with one ofthe same rating.If the replacement fuse blows, this indi-cates an electrical problem. Avoid usingthe system involved and immediatelyconsult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.Four kinds of fuse are used: blade type,cartridge type, multi fuse and main fuse.

WARNING - Fuse replace-ment

• Never replace a fuse with any-thing but another fuse of thesame rating.

• A higher capacity fuse couldcause damage and possibly afire.

• Never install a wire instead of theproper fuse - even as a temporaryrepair. It may cause extensivewiring damage and a possible fire.

CAUTIONDo not use a screwdriver or anyother metal object to remove fusesbecause it may cause a short circuitand damage the system.

OLM079051N

Normal

Normal

Blade type

Cartridge type

Multi fuse

Main fuse

Blown

Blown

Normal Blown

Normal Blown

7 51

Maintenance

Instrument panel fuse replace-ment1. Turn the ignition switch and all other

switches off.2. Open the fuse panel cover.

3. Pull the suspected fuse straight out.Use the removal tool provided in thefuse panel.

4. Check the removed fuse; replace it if itis blown.Spare fuses are provided in the instru-ment panel fuse panel (or in the enginecompartment fuse panel).

5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.

If it fits loosely, consult an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.If you do not have a spare, use a fuse ofthe same rating from a circuit you maynot need for operating the vehicle, suchas the cigarette lighter fuse.

If the headlights or other electrical com-ponents do not work and the fuses areOK, check the fuse panel in the enginecompartment. If a fuse is blown, it mustbe replaced.

OLM079020 OLM079021N

Maintenance

527

Memory fuseYour vehicle is equipped with a memoryfuse to prevent battery discharge if yourvehicle is parked without being operatedfor prolonged periods. Use the followingprocedures before parking the vehicle forprolonged periods.1. Turn off the engine.2. Turn off the headlights and tail lights.3. Open the driver’s side panel cover and

pull up the memory fuse.

✽✽ NOTICE• If the memory fuse is pulled up from

the fuse panel, the warning chime,audio, clock and interior lamps, etc.,will not operate. Some items must bereset after replacement. Refer to“Battery” in this section.

• Even though the memory fuse ispulled up, the battery can still be dis-charged by operation of the head-lights or other electrical devices.

Engine compartment fusereplacement1. Turn the ignition switch and all other

switches off.2. Remove the fuse panel cover by

pressing the tab and pulling the coverup.

3. Check the removed fuse; replace it if itis blown. To remove or insert the fuse,use the fuse puller in the engine com-partment fuse panel.

4. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.If it fits loosely, consult an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

OLM079023NOLM079022

7 53

Maintenance

Main fuse and Multi fuseIf the main fuse and Multi fuse is blown,it must be removed as follows:1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.2. Remove the nuts shown in the picture

above.3. Replace the fuse with a new one of the

same rating.4. Reinstall in the reverse order of

removal.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the main fuse is blown, consult anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTIONAfter checking the fuse panel in theengine compartment, securelyinstall the fuse panel cover. If not,electrical failures may occur fromwater contact.

OLM079052N

Maintenance

547

✽✽ NOTICENot all fuse panel descriptions in thismanual may be applicable to your vehi-cle. It is accurate at the time of printing.When you inspect the fuse panel in yourvehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.

Instrument panel fuse panel Engine compartment fuse panel

OLM079026/OLM079027N/OLM079053N

Fuse/relay panel descriptionInside the fuse/relay panel covers, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay name and capacity.

7 55

Maintenance

Instrument panel fuse panel

Description Fuse rating Protected component

AUDIO 1 10A Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Module

ROOM LP(MEMORY FUSE)

10ABCM, Auto Light & Photo Sensor, Room Lamp, Driver/Passenger Vanity Lamp Switch, Date Link Connector, Door warning Switch, RF Receiver, A/C Control Module, Luggage Lamp,IPS Control Module, Instrument Cluster (IND.), Map Lamp, Electro Chromic Mirror

MODULE 2 10A IPS Control Module, BCM, Electro Chromic Mirror, PDM

START 10A Burglar Alarm Relay, E/R Fuse & Relay Box(Start Relay)

A/BAG IND 10A Instrument Cluster (Air Bag IND.)

CLUSTER 10A Audio, Console Switch, Instrument Cluster(IND.), BCM, Alternator, A/V & Navigation Head Module

MODULE 4 10A E/R Fuse & Relay Box(Blower Relay), Cluster Ionizer, A/C Control Module, Sunroof Motor

POWER OUTLET 2 25A Cigarette Lighter & Front Power Outlet, Rear Power Outlet

AUDIO 2 10A Power Outside Mirror Switch, AMP, BCM, PDM, A/V & Navigation Head Module, Audio

A/BAG 10A SRS Control Module, Passenger Occupant Detection Sensor

MODULE 1 10AIPS Control Module, Tire Pressure Monitoring Module, EPS Control Module, Steering Angle Sensor,ESC OFF Switch, DBC Switch, ICM Relay Box(DBC Relay), Multifunction Switch(Light), Stop Lamp Switch, AWD ECM

FOG LP RR 10A -

WIPER FRT 25A Front Wiper Motor, Multifunction Switch(Wiper), E/R Fuse & Relay Box(Front Wiper Relay)

S/HEATER FRT 15A Console Switch

POWER OUTLET 1 15A Cigarette Lighter & Front Power Outlet

Maintenance

567


B/UP LP 10A B/UP LP Relay

DR LOCK 15A Door Lock Relay, Tail Gate Relay, Door Unlock Relay

MODULE 5 7.5A BCM, PDM

WIPER RR 15A ICM Relay Box (Rear Wiper Relay), Rear Wiper Motor, Multifunction Switch (Wiper)

SUNROOF 15A Sunroof Motor

IGN 1 20A E/R Fuse & Relay Box(ECU 2 7.5A, ABS 7.5A, TCU 2 7.5A)

A/CON 7.5A A/C Control Module

S/HEATER RR 15A -

P/WDW RH 25A Power Window Main Switch, Passenger Power Window Switch, Rear Power Window Switch RH

MODULE 3 10A -

P/SEAT (DRV) 20A Driver Seat Manual Switch

PDM 15A PDM

P/WDW LH 25A Power Window Main Switch, Rear Power Window Switch LH

AMP 25A AMP

HTD MIRR 7.5A Rear Defogger Switch, Rear Defogger (+), Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror

SAFETY POWER WINDOW 20A Driver Safety Power Window Module

TPMS 7.5A ATM Shift Lever, AWD ECM, Tire Pressure Monitoring Module

HAZARD 15A ICM Relay Box(Flasher Sound Relay), BCM

7 57

Maintenance

Engine compartment main fuse panel


MULTIFUSE

MDPS 80A EPS Control Module

B+1 60A I/P Junction Box(PDM 15A, DR LOCK 15A, HAZARD 15A, IPS 4, IPS 5, IPS 6, IPS 7)

ABS 2 40A Multipurpose Check Connector, ESC Control Module

EMS 40A EMS Box(TCU 1 15A, ECU 30A, A/CON 10A, F/PUMP 15A)

ABS 1 40A Multipurpose Check Connector, ESC Control Module

BLOWER 40A Blower Relay

B+3 60AI/P Junction Box(P/SEAT(DRV) 20A, SAFETY POWER WINDOW 20A, TPMS 7.5A, Power Connector(AUDIO 1 10A, ROOM LP 10A))

B+2 60A I/P Junction Box(Power Window Relay, SUNROOF 15A, AMP 25A, IPS 0, IPS 1, IPS 2, IPS 3)

FUSE

C/FAN 40A E/R Fuse & Relay Box(C/FAN LO Relay, C/FAN HI Relay)

RR HTD 40A E/R Fuse & Relay Box(RR HTD Relay)

IGN 1 40A PDM Relay Box(IGN1 Relay), Ignition Switch

IGN 2 40A E/R Fuse & Relay Box(Statr Relay), PDM Relay Box(IGN2 Relay), Ignition Switch

HORN 15A E/R Fuse & Relay Box(Horn Relay, B/A Horn Relay)

DEICER 15A E/R Fuse & Relay Box(Deicer Relay, RR HTD Relay)

STOP LP 10A Stop Lamp Switch, ICM Relay Box(DBC Relay)

B+ SENSOR 10A Batter Sensor

TCU 2 7.5A Transaxle Range Switch(A/T), Vehicle Speed Sensor(M/T)

ABS 7.5A Multipurpose Check Connector, ESC Control Module

ECU 2 7.5A E/R Fuse & Relay Box(ATM P/N Relay), Mass Air Flow Sensor, PCM

F/PUMP 15A EMS Box(F/PUMP Relay)

Maintenance

587


FUSE

SENSOR 4 15AE/R Fuse & Relay Box(C/FAN HI, LO Relay), EMS Box(F/PUMP Relay), Oxygen Sensor (UP, DOWN), PCM

SENSOR 3 10A EMS Box(A/CON Relay), Injector(#1, #2, #3, #4)

SENSOR 2 10A -

TCU 1 15A PCM

A/CON 10A EMS Box(A/CON Relay)

SENSOR 1 10ACrankshaft Position Sensor, Camshaft Position Sensor #1/2, Oil Control Valve #1/2, Canister Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Variable Intake Manifold Valve, Canister Close Valve

ECU 1 20A Ignition Colil (#1, #2, #3, #4), Condenser

ECU 30A EMS Box(Engine Control Relay)

7 59

Maintenance

LIGHT BULBS

Use only the bulbs of the specifiedwattage.

✽✽ NOTICEAfter heavy, driving rain or washing,headlight and taillight lenses couldappear frosty. This condition is caused bythe temperature difference between thelamp inside and outside. This is similarto the condensation on your windowsinside your vehicle during the rain anddoesn’t indicate a problem with yourvehicle. If the water leaks into the lampbulb circuitry, have the vehicle checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Headlight, position light, turn sig-nal light, side marker light andfront fog light bulb replacement(1) Front turn signal light(2) Position light(3) Headlight (High/Low)(4) Front side marker light(5) Front fog light (if equipped)

WARNING - Working onthe lights

Prior to working on the light, firmlyapply the parking brake, ensurethat the ignition switch is turned tothe LOCK position and turn off thelights to avoid sudden movementof the vehicle and burning your fin-gers or receiving an electric shock.

CAUTIONBe sure to replace the burned-outbulb with one of the same wattagerating. Otherwise, it may causedamage to the fuse or electricwiring system.

CAUTIONIf you don’t have necessary tools,the correct bulbs and the expertise,consult an authorized HYUNDAIdealer. In many cases, it is difficultto replace vehicle light bulbsbecause other parts of the vehiclemust be removed before you canget to the bulb. This is especiallytrue if you have to remove the head-light assembly to get to the bulb(s).Removing/installing the headlightassembly can result in damage tothe vehicle.

OLM079029

Maintenance

607

Headlight bulb 1. Open the hood.2. Remove the headlight bulb cover by

turning it counterclockwise.3. Disconnect the headlight bulb socket-

connector.4. Unsnap the headlight bulb retaining

wire by depressing the end and push-ing it upward.

(Continued)• If a bulb becomes damaged or

cracked, replace it immediatelyand carefully dispose of it.

• Wear eye protection when chang-ing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cooldown before handling it.

OHD076046

WARNING - Halogen bulbs• Halogen bulbs contain pressur-

ized gas that will produce flyingpieces of glass if broken.

• Always handle them carefully,and avoid scratches and abra-sions. If the bulbs are lit, avoidcontact with liquids. Never touchthe glass with bare hands.Residual oil may cause the bulbto overheat and burst when lit. Abulb should be operated onlywhen installed in a headlight.

(Continued)

OLM079030

7 61

Maintenance

5. Remove the bulb from the headlightassembly.

6. Install a new headlight bulb and snapthe headlight bulb retaining wire intoposition by aligning the wire with thegroove on the bulb.

7. Connect the headlight bulb socket-connector.

8. Install the headlight bulb cover by turn-ing it clockwise.

Front fog light bulbs (if equipped)If the light bulb is not operating, have thevehicle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Turn signal light/Position light1. Remove the socket from the assembly

by turning the socket counterclockwiseuntil the tabs on the socket align withthe slots on the assembly.

2. Remove the bulb from the socket bypressing it in and rotating it counter-clockwise until the tabs on the bulbalign with the slots in the socket. Pullthe bulb out of the socket

3. Insert a new bulb by inserting it intothe socket and rotating it until it locksinto place.

4. Install the socket in the assembly byaligning the tabs on the socket with theslots in the assembly. Push the socketinto the assembly and turn the socketclockwise.

OLM079046

Maintenance

627

Side repeater light replacement If the light bulb does not operate, havethe vehicle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Rear combination light bulbreplacement(1) Stop and tail light(2) Rear turn signal light(3) Back-up light(4) Tail light(5) Rear side marker light

Outside light1. Open the tailgate.2. Loosen the light assembly retaining

screws with a philips head screwdriver.3. Remove the rear combination light

assembly from the body of the vehicle.

OLM079031 OLM079033

OLM079034

OLM079035

7 63

Maintenance

4. Remove the socket from the assemblyby turning the socket counterclockwiseuntil the tabs on the socket align withthe slots on the assembly.

5. Remove the bulb from the socket bypressing it in and rotating it counter-clockwise until the tabs on the bulbalign with the slots in the socket. Pullthe bulb out of the socket.



8. Reinstall the light assembly to thebody of the vehicle.

Inside light1. Open the tailgate.2. Remove the service cover using a flat-

blade screwdriver.

OLM079036 OLM079047

Maintenance

647

3. Remove the socket from the assemblyby turning the socket counterclockwiseuntil the tabs on the socket align withthe slots on the assembly.

4. Remove the bulb from the socket bypressing it in and rotating it counter-clockwise until the tabs on the bulbalign with the slots in the socket. Pullthe bulb out of the socket.



7. Install the service cover by putting itinto the service hole.

High mounted stop lightreplacement If the light is not operating, have the vehi-cle checked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

License plate light bulb replace-ment 1. Remove the lens by pressing the tabs.2. Remove the socket from the lens.3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight

out.4. Install a new bulb in the socket and

install the socket to the lens.5. Reinstall the lens securely.

OLM079038 OLM079039 OLM079055

7 65

Maintenance

Interior light bulb replacement1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently

pry the lens from the interior lighthousing.

2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straightout.

3. Install a new bulb in the socket.4. Align the lens tabs with the interior

light housing notches and snap thelens into place.

WARNING Prior to working on the InteriorLights, ensure that the “OFF” but-ton is depressed to avoid burningyour fingers or receiving an electricshock.

Map lamp Luggage room lamp (if equipped)

Sunvisor lamp

Room lamp OLM079040/OXM079041/OLM079042/OLM079044/OLM079045

CAUTIONUse care not to dirty or damagelens, lens tab, and plastic housings.

Glove box lamp (if equipped)

Maintenance

667

APPEARANCE CARE

WARNING - Wet brakesAfter washing the vehicle, test thebrakes while driving slowly to see ifthey have been affected by water. Ifbraking performance is impaired,dry the brakes by applying themlightly while maintaining a slow for-ward speed.

Exterior careExterior general caution It is very important to follow the labeldirections when using any chemicalcleaner or polish. Read all warning andcaution statements that appear on thelabel.

Finish maintenanceWashing

To help protect your vehicle’s finish fromrust and deterioration, wash it thoroughlyand frequently at least once a month withlukewarm or cold water.If you use your vehicle for off-road driv-ing, you should wash it after each off-road trip. Pay special attention to theremoval of any accumulation of salt, dirt,mud, and other foreign materials. Makesure the drain holes in the lower edges ofthe doors and rocker panels are keptclear and clean.Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,industrial pollution and similar depositscan damage your vehicle’s finish if notremoved immediately.

Even prompt washing with plain watermay not completely remove all thesedeposits. A mild soap, safe for use onpainted surfaces, may be used.After washing, rinse the vehicle thor-oughly with lukewarm or cold water. Donot allow soap to dry on the finish.

CAUTION• Do not use strong soap, chemical

detergents or hot water, and donot wash the vehicle in directsunlight or when the body of thevehicle is warm.

• Be careful when washing the sidewindows of your vehicle.Especially, with high-pressurewater. Water may leak through thewindows and wet the interior.

• To prevent damage to the plasticparts, do not clean with chemicalsolvents or strong detergents.

7 67

Maintenance

Waxing

Wax the vehicle when water will nolonger bead on the paint.Always wash and dry the vehicle beforewaxing. Use a good quality liquid orpaste wax, and follow the manufacturer’sinstructions. Wax all metal trim to protectit and to maintain its luster.Removing oil, tar, and similar materialswith a spot remover will usually strip thewax from the finish. Be sure to re-waxthese areas even if the rest of the vehicledoes not yet need waxing.

Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in thepainted surface must be repairedpromptly. Exposed metal will quickly rustand may develop into a major repairexpense.

✽✽ NOTICEIf your vehicle is damaged and requiresany metal repair or replacement, be surethe body shop applies anti-corrosionmaterials to the parts repaired orreplaced.

CAUTION• Water washing in the engine com-

partment including high pressurewater washing may cause the fail-ure of electrical circuits located inthe engine compartment.

• Never allow water or other liquidsto come in contact with electri-cal/electronic components insidethe vehicle as this may damagethem.

CAUTION• Wiping dust or dirt off the body

with a dry cloth will scratch thefinish.

• Do not use steel wool, abrasivecleaners, or strong detergentscontaining highly alkaline orcaustic agents on chrome-platedor anodized aluminum parts. Thismay result in damage to the pro-tective coating and cause discol-oration or paint deterioration.

OJB037800

Maintenance

687

Bright-metal maintenance• To remove road tar and insects, use a

tar remover, not a scraper or othersharp object.

• To protect the surfaces of bright-metalparts from corrosion, apply a coating ofwax or chrome preservative and rub toa high luster.

• During winter weather or in coastalareas, cover the bright metal parts witha heavier coating of wax or preserva-tive. If necessary, coat the parts withnon-corrosive petroleum jelly or otherprotective compound.

Underbody maintenanceCorrosive materials used for ice andsnow removal and dust control may col-lect on the underbody. If these materialsare not removed, accelerated rusting canoccur on underbody parts such as thefuel lines, frame, floor pan and exhaustsystem, even though they have beentreated with rust protection.Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbodyand wheel openings with lukewarm orcold water once a month, after off-roaddriving and at the end of each winter. Payspecial attention to these areas becauseit is difficult to see all the mud and dirt. Itwill do more harm than good to wet downthe road grime without removing it. Thelower edges of doors, rocker panels, andframe members have drain holes thatshould not be allowed to clog with dirt;trapped water in these areas can causerusting.

Aluminum wheel maintenance The aluminum wheels are coated with aclear protective finish.• Do not use any abrasive cleaner, pol-

ishing compound, solvent, or wirebrushes on aluminum wheels. Theymay scratch or damage the finish.

• Use only a mild soap or neutral deter-gent, and rinse thoroughly with water.Also, be sure to clean the wheels afterdriving on salted roads. This helps pre-vent corrosion.

• Avoid washing the wheels with high-speed car wash brushes.

• Do not use any cleaners containingacid or acid detergents. It may damageand corrode the aluminum wheelscoated with a clear protective finish.

WARNINGAfter washing the vehicle, test thebrakes while driving slowly to see ifthey have been affected by water. Ifbraking performance is impaired,dry the brakes by applying themlightly while maintaining a slow for-ward speed.

7 69

Maintenance

Corrosion protectionProtecting your vehicle from corrosion

By using the most advanced design andconstruction practices to combat corro-sion, we produces cars of the highestquality. However, this is only part of thejob. To achieve the long-term corrosionresistance your vehicle can deliver, theowner's cooperation and assistance isalso required.

Common causes of corrosion

The most common causes of corrosionon your car are:• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is

allowed to accumulate underneath thevehicle.

• Removal of paint or protective coatingsby stones, gravel, abrasion or minorscrapes and dents which leave unpro-tected metal exposed to corrosion.

High-corrosion areas

If you live in an area where your vehicleis regularly exposed to corrosive materi-als, corrosion protection is particularlyimportant. Some of the common causesof accelerated corrosion are road salts,dust control chemicals, ocean air andindustrial pollution.

Moisture breeds corrosion

Moisture creates the conditions in whichcorrosion is most likely to occur. Forexample, corrosion is accelerated byhigh humidity, particularly when tempera-tures are just above freezing. In suchconditions, the corrosive material is keptin contact with the car surfaces by mois-ture that is slow to evaporate.Mud is particularly corrosive because it isslow to dry and holds moisture in contactwith the vehicle. Although the mudappears to be dry, it can still retain themoisture and promote corrosion.High temperatures can also acceleratecorrosion of parts that are not properlyventilated so the moisture can be dis-persed. For all these reasons, it is par-ticularly important to keep your vehicleclean and free of mud or accumulationsof other materials. This applies not onlyto the visible surfaces but particularly tothe underside of the vehicle.

Maintenance

707

To help prevent corrosion

You can help prevent corrosion from get-ting started by observing the following:

Keep your car cleanThe best way to prevent corrosion is tokeep your vehicle clean and free of cor-rosive materials. Attention to the under-side of the vehicle is particularly impor-tant.

• If you live in a high-corrosion area —where road salts are used, near theocean, areas with industrial pollution,acid rain, etc.—, you should take extracare to prevent corrosion. In winter,hose off the underside of your vehicleat least once a month and be sure toclean the underside thoroughly whenwinter is over.

• When cleaning underneath the vehicle,give particular attention to the compo-nents under the fenders and otherareas that are hidden from view. Do athorough job; just dampening the accu-mulated mud rather than washing itaway will accelerate corrosion ratherthan prevent it. Water under high pres-sure and steam are particularly effec-tive in removing accumulated mud andcorrosive materials.

• When cleaning lower door panels,rocker panels and frame members, besure that drain holes are kept open sothat moisture can escape and not betrapped inside to accelerate corrosion.

Keep your garage dryDon't park your car in a damp, poorlyventilated garage. This creates a favor-able environment for corrosion. This isparticularly true if you wash your vehiclein the garage or drive it into the garagewhen it is still wet or covered with snow,ice or mud. Even a heated garage cancontribute to corrosion unless it is wellventilated so moisture is dispersed.

Keep paint and trim in good conditionScratches or chips in the finish should becovered with "touch-up" paint as soon aspossible to reduce the possibility of cor-rosion. If bare metal is showing through,the attention of a qualified body and paintshop is recommended.

Bird droppings : Bird droppings are high-ly corrosive and may damage paintedsurfaces in just a few hours. Alwaysremove bird droppings as soon as possi-ble.

Don't neglect the interiorMoisture can collect under the floor matsand carpeting to cause corrosion. Checkunder the mats periodically to be surethe carpeting is dry. Use particular care ifyou carry fertilizers, cleaning materials orchemicals in the vehicle.These should be carried only in propercontainers and any spills or leaks shouldbe cleaned up, flushed with clean waterand thoroughly dried.

7 71

Maintenance

Interior careInterior general precautions Prevent caustic solutions such as per-fume and cosmetic oil from contactingthe dashboard because they may causedamage or discoloration. If they do con-tact the dashboard, wipe them off imme-diately. See the instructions for the prop-er way to clean vinyl.

Cleaning the upholstery and interiortrim Vinyl

Remove dust and loose dirt from vinylwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner.

Fabric

Remove dust and loose dirt from fabricwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean with a mild soap solution recom-mended for upholstery or carpets.Remove fresh spots immediately with afabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do notreceive immediate attention, the fabriccan be stained and its color can beaffected. Also, its fire-resistant propertiescan be reduced if the material is notproperly maintained.

Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt web-bing Clean the belt webbing with any mildsoap solution recommended for cleaningupholstery or carpet. Follow the instruc-tions provided with the soap. Do notbleach or re-dye the webbing becausethis may weaken it.

Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehi-cle become fogged (that is, covered withan oily, greasy or waxy film), they shouldbe cleaned with glass cleaner. Follow thedirections on the glass cleaner container.

CAUTIONNever allow water or other liquids tocome in contact with electrical/elec-tronic components inside the vehi-cle as this may damage them.

CAUTIONUsing anything but recommendedcleaners and procedures may affectthe fabric’s appearance and fire-resistant properties.

CAUTIONDo not scrape or scratch the insideof the rear window. This may resultin damage to the rear windowdefroster grid.

CAUTIONWhen cleaning leather products(steering wheel, seats etc.), useneutral detergents or low alcoholcontent solutions. If you use highalcohol content solutions oracid/alkaline detergents, the colorof the leather may fade or the sur-face may get stripped off.

Maintenance

727

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMThe emission control system of yourvehicle is covered by a written limitedwarranty. Please see the warranty infor-mation contained in the Owner’sHandbook & Warranty Information book-let in your vehicle.Your vehicle is equipped with an emis-sion control system to meet all applicableemission regulations.There are three emission control sys-tems, as follows.

(1) Crankcase emission control system(2) Evaporative emission control system(3) Exhaust emission control system

In order to assure the proper function ofthe emission control systems, it is rec-ommended that you have your vehicleinspected and maintained by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer in accordance withthe maintenance schedule in this manu-al.

Caution for the Inspection andMaintenance Test (With ElectronicStability Control (ESC) system)• To prevent the vehicle from misfir-

ing during dynamometer testing,turn the Electronic Stability Control(ESC) system off by pressing theESC switch.

• After dynamometer testing is com-pleted, turn the ESC system back onby pressing the ESC switch again.

1. Crankcase emission controlsystem

The positive crankcase ventilation sys-tem is employed to prevent air pollutioncaused by blow-by gases being emittedfrom the crankcase. This system suppliesfresh filtered air to the crankcase throughthe air intake hose. Inside the crankcase,the fresh air mixes with blow-by gases,which then pass through the PCV valveinto the induction system.

2. Evaporative emission control(including ORVR: OnboardRefueling Vapor Recovery) system

The Evaporative Emission ControlSystem is designed to prevent fuelvapors from escaping into the atmos-phere.(The ORVR system is designed to allowthe vapors from the fuel tank to beloaded into a canister while refueling atthe gas station, preventing the escape offuel vapors into the atmosphere.)

7 73

Maintenance

CanisterFuel vapors generated inside the fueltank are absorbed and stored in theonboard canister. When the engine isrunning, the fuel vapors absorbed in thecanister are drawn into the surge tankthrough the purge control solenoid valve.

Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)The purge control solenoid valve is con-trolled by the Engine Control Module(ECM); when the engine coolant temper-ature is low during idling, the PCSV clos-es so that evaporated fuel is not takeninto the engine. After the engine warms-up during ordinary driving, the PCSVopens to introduce evaporated fuel to theengine.

3. Exhaust emission control system

The Exhaust Emission Control System isa highly effective system which controlsexhaust emissions while maintaininggood vehicle performance.

Vehicle modifications This vehicle should not be modified.Modification of your vehicle could affectits performance, safety or durability andmay even violate governmental safetyand emissions regulations.In addition, damage or performanceproblems resulting from any modificationmay not be covered under warranty.

Engine exhaust gas precautions (car-bon monoxide) • Carbon monoxide can be present with

other exhaust fumes. Therefore, if yousmell exhaust fumes of any kind insideyour vehicle, have it inspected andrepaired immediately. If you ever sus-pect exhaust fumes are coming intoyour vehicle, drive it only with all thewindows fully open. Have your vehiclechecked and repaired immediately.

WARNING - ExhaustEngine exhaust gases contain car-bon monoxide (CO). Though color-less and odorless, it is dangerousand could be lethal if inhaled.Follow the instructions on thispage to avoid CO poisoning.


Engine exhaust and a wide varietyof automobile components andparts, including components foundin the interior furnishings in a vehi-cle, contain or emit chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and birth defects andreproductive harm. In addition, cer-tain fluids contained in vehiclesand certain products of componentwear contain or emit chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and birth defects orother reproductive harm.

Maintenance

747

• Do not operate the engine in confinedor closed areas (such as garages) anymore than what is necessary to movethe vehicle in or out of the area.

• When the vehicle is stopped in anopen area for more than a short timewith the engine running, adjust theventilation system (as needed) to drawoutside air into the vehicle.

• Never sit in a parked or stopped vehi-cle for any extended time with theengine running.

• When the engine stalls or fails to start,excessive attempts to restart theengine may cause damage to theemission control system.

Operating precautions for catalyticconverters (if equipped)

Your vehicle is equipped with a catalyticconverter emission control device.Therefore, the following precautionsmust be observed:• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gaso-

line engines.• Do not operate the vehicle when there

are signs of engine malfunction, suchas misfire or a noticeable loss of per-formance.

• Do not misuse or abuse the engine.Examples of misuse are coasting withthe ignition off and descending steepgrades in gear with the ignition off.

• Do not operate the engine at high idlespeed for extended periods (5 minutesor more).

• Do not modify or tamper with any partof the engine or emission control sys-tem. All inspections and adjustmentsmust be made by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• Avoid driving with a extremely low fuellevel. Running out of fuel could causethe engine to misfire, damaging thecatalytic converter.

Failure to observe these precautionscould result in damage to the catalyticconverter and to your vehicle.Additionally, such actions could void yourwarranties.

WARNING - FireA hot exhaust system can igniteflammable items under your vehi-cle. Do not park, idle, or drive thevehicle over or near flammableobjects, such as grass, vegetation,paper, leaves, etc.

7 75

Maintenance

CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE NOTICEPerchlorate Material-special handlingmay apply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/haz-ardouswaste/perchlorate.

Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers:Perchlorate containing materials, such asair bag inflators, seatbelt pretensionersand keyless remote entry batteries, mustbe disposed of according to Title 22California Code of Regulations Section67384.10 (a).

8

Dimensions / 8-2

Bulb wattage / 8-2

Tires and wheels / 8-3

Recommended lubricants and capacities / 8-4

Vehicle identification number (VIN) / 8-6

Vehicle certification label / 8-6

Tire specification and pressure label / 8-7

Engine number / 8-7

Consumer information / 8-8

Reporting safety defects / 8-9

Binding arbitration / 8-9



28

Item in (mm)

Overall length 173.2 (4400)

Overall width 71.7 (1820)

Overall height 65.2 (1655) / 66.3 (1685)*1

Front tread 62.4 (1585)

Rear tread 62.44 (1586)

Wheelbase 103.9 (2640)

DIMENSIONS

Light Bulb WattageHeadlights (High/Low) 60/55Front turn signal lights 28/8

Position lights 5Side repeater lights LEDFront side marker lights 5

Front fog lights* 27Stop and tail lights 28/8Rear turn signal lights 27Back-up lights 16Rear side marker lights* 5High mounted stop light LED

License plate lights 5

Map lamps 10

Room lamps 10

Luggage lamp* 5

Glove box lamp 5

Vanity mirror lamps 5

BULB WATTAGE

* : if equipped

*1 : with roof rack

8 3


TIRES AND WHEELS

Front Rear

225/60R17 6.5J×17 230 230

225/55R18 6.5J×18 (33) (33)

420 420T155/90D16 4.0T×16

(60) (60)

Full size tire

Compact spare tire

Wheel lug nut torque

lb•ft (kgf•m, N•m)

65~79

(9~11 , 88~107)

ItemTire

sizeWheel size

Inflation pressure

kPa (psi)


48

RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. The correctlubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.

These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.

*1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.*2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing

the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year’stime, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.

*3 If the API service SM engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API service SL.

Lubricant Volume Classification

Engine oil *1 *2 (drain and refill)Recommends

2.0 Engine 4.33 US qt. (4.1 l)API Service SM*3,

ILSAC GF-4 or above2.4 Engine 4.76 US qt. (4.5 l)

Manual transaxle fluid2.0 Engine 1.90 US qt. (1.8 l)

API GL-4, SAE 75W/852.4 Engine 2.22 US qt. (2.1 l)

Automatic transaxle fluid 7.50 US qt. (7.1 l)

MICHANG ATF SP-IV, SK ATF SP-IVNOCA ATF SP-IV, HYUNDAI genuine ATF SP-IV or other

brands meeting the above specification approved byHyundai Motor Co.,

Coolant 7.19 US qt. (6.8 l)Mixture of antifreeze and water (Ethylene glycol base

coolant for aluminum radiator)

Brake/clutch fluid 0.7~0.8 US qt. (0.7~0.8 l) FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4

Rear axle oil (AWD) 0.69 US qt. (0.65 l) Hypoid gear oil API GL-5, SAE 75W/90 (SHELL SPIRAX X or equivalent)Transfer case oil (AWD) 0.63 US qt. (0.6 l)

Fuel 14.5 US gal. (55 l) -

8 5


Recommended SAE viscositynumber

Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has aneffect on fuel economy and cold weatheroperating (engine start and engine oilflowability). Lower viscosity engine oilscan provide better fuel economy and coldweather performance, however, higherviscosity engine oils are required for sat-isfactory lubrication in hot weather. Usingoils of any viscosity other than those rec-ommended could result in engine dam-age.

When choosing an oil, consider the rangeof temperature your vehicle will be oper-ated in before the next oil change.Proceed to select the recommended oilviscosity from the chart.CAUTION

Always be sure to clean the areaaround any filler plug, drain plug, ordipstick before checking or drain-ing any lubricant. This is especiallyimportant in dusty or sandy areasand when the vehicle is used onunpaved roads. Cleaning the plugand dipstick areas will prevent dirtand grit from entering the engineand other mechanisms that couldbe damaged.

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers

Temperature

Gasoline Engine Oil *1

°C(°F)

-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

*1 For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W-20 (API SM / ILSAC GF-4). However, if the engine oil is not available in your country, selectthe proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.

10W-30

5W-20, 5W-30


68

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONNUMBER (VIN)

The vehicle identification number (VIN) isthe number used in registering your carand in all legal matters pertaining to itsownership, etc.The number is punched on the floorunder the passenger seat. To check thenumber, open the cover.

The VIN is also on a plate attached to thetop of the dashboard. The number on theplate can easily be seen through thewindshield from outside.

The vehicle certification label attachedon the driver’s side center pillar gives thevehicle identification number (VIN).

OLM089002N

VEHICLE CERTIFICATIONLABEL

OLM089006NOLM089001

Frame number VIN label

8 7


The tires supplied on your new vehicleare chosen to provide the best perform-ance for normal driving.The tire label located on the driver's sidecenter pillar gives the tire pressures rec-ommended for your car.

The engine number is stamped on theengine block as shown in the drawing.

OLM089008NOLM089003

ENGINE NUMBERTIRE SPECIFICATION ANDPRESSURE LABEL


88

This consumer information has been pre-pared in accordance with regulationsissued by the National Highway TrafficSafety Administration of the U.S.Department of Transportation. YourHyundai dealer will help answer anyquestions you may have as you read thisinformation.

Hyundai motor vehicles are designedand manufactured to meet or exceed allapplicable safety standards.

For your safety, however, we stronglyurge you to read and follow all directionsin this Owner's Manual, particularly theinformation under the headings"NOTICE", "CAUTION" and "WARN-ING".

If, after reading this manual, you haveany questions regarding the operation ofyour vehicle, please contact your nearestHyundai Motor America Regional Officeas listed in the following:

Eastern Region: Connecticut, Delaware,Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire,New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania,Rhode Island, Vermont.

Eastern Region1100 Cranbury South River RoadJamesburg, NJ 08831(800) 633-5151

Southern Region: Florida, Georgia,North Carolina, South Carolina.

Southern Region270 Riverside Parkway, Suite AAustell, GA 30168(800) 633-5151

South Central Region: Alabama,Arkansas, Louisiana, Mississippi,Missouri, New Mexico, Oklahoma,Tennessee, Texas.

South Central Region1421 South Beltline Road, Suite 400Coppell, TX 75019(800) 633-5151

Central Region: Illinois, Indiana, lowa,Kentucky, Michigan, Minnesota,Nebraska, North Dakota, South Dakota,Ohio, Wisconsin, Kansas, Missouri.

Central Region1705 Sequoia DriveAurora, Illinois 60506(800) 633-5151

Western Region: Alaska, Hawaii,Arizona, Colorado, ldaho, Montana,Nevada, Oregon, Utah, Washington,Wyoming.

Western Region10550 Talbert AvenueP.O.Box 20850Fountain Valley, California 92728-0850(800) 633-5151

California Region: California

California Region10550 Talbert AvenueP.O. Box 20850Fountain Valley, California 92728-0850(800) 633-5151

CONSUMER INFORMATION

8 9


If you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could cause a crash orcould cause injury or death, you shouldimmediately inform the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) inaddition to notifying HYUNDAI MOTORAMERICA. If NHTSA receives similarcomplaints, it may open an investigation,and if it finds that a safety defect exists ina group of vehicles, it may order a recalland remedy campaign. However, NHTSAcannot become involved in individualproblems between you, your dealer, orHYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA.To contact NHTSA, you may call theVehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go tohttp://www.safercar.gov; or write to:Administrator, NHTSA, 400 SeventhStreet, SW., Washington, DC 20590. Youcan also obtain other information aboutmotor vehicle safety from http://www.safer-car.gov.

Any claim or dispute you may have relat-ed to your vehicle's warranty or the dutiescontemplated under the warranty, includ-ing claims related to the refund or partialrefund of your vehicle's purchase price(excluding personal injury or product lia-bility claims), shall be resolved by bindingarbitration. Binding arbitration shall beadministered by and through the NationalArbitration Forum (NAF) or the AmericanArbitration Association (AAA), under theCode of Procedure of the entity youselect.You will not be responsible for paying fil-ing and hearing fees above $275.00. Allother arbitration costs shall be borne byHyundai Motor America. You are notresponsible to pay any of the costsHyundai incurs.This Binding Arbitration Agreement shallnot deprive you of any remedies avail-able to you under applicable law. Theparties are waiving their right to seekremedies in court, including the right to ajury trial.

This Binding Arbitration Agreement shallbe governed by and interpreted underthe Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. sec-tions 1-16. Judgment upon any awardmay be entered in any court having juris-diction.You may revoke this ArbitrationAgreement by (1) written notice or (2)electronic notice. Written notice must bedelivered (via certified mail) to HyundaiMotor America, Attn: Consumer Affairs,10550 Talbert Avenue, P.O. Box 20849,Fountain Valley, CA 92728-0849.Electronic notice must be submitted atthe following website address: http://war-ranty-arbitrat ion.hyundaiUSA.com.Notice must be received within 90 daysafter you purchase your vehicle.

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS BINDING ARBITRATION (U.S.A ONLY)

IIndex

Index

2I

Air bags··········································································3-38Air bag warning label ··················································3-63Air bag warning light ··················································3-41Curtain air bag ·····························································3-55Driver's and passenger's front air bag··························3-49Occupant classification system ···································3-44Side impact air bag······················································3-53

Air cleaner ·····································································7-28Alarm system···································································4-7All wheel drive (AWD)··················································5-17Antenna··········································································4-90Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ······································5-27Appearance care·····························································7-66

Exterior care ································································7-66Interior care ·································································7-71

Armrest ··········································································3-13Ashtray···········································································4-83Audio system ·································································4-90

Antenna········································································4-90Steering wheel audio control·······································4-90

Auto lock mode (Passenger seat belt) ···························3-33Automatic climate control system ·································4-71

Air conditioning ··························································4-77Automatic heating and air conditioning······················4-72Manual heating and air conditioning···························4-73

Automatic transaxle ·······················································5-10Ignition key interlock system ······································5-14Shift lock system ·························································5-14Sports mode·································································5-13

Battery············································································7-34Battery saver function····················································4-50Before driving ··································································5-3Bottle holders, see cup holders······································4-84Brake system··································································5-24

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ····································5-27Electronic stability control (ESC) ·······························5-30Parking brake·······························································5-25Power brakes································································5-24

Brakes/clutch fluid·························································7-25Bulb replacement ···························································7-59

Front fog light bulb replacement·································7-61Headlight bulb replacement·········································7-60High mounted stop light replacement ·························7-64Interior light bulb replacement ····································7-65License plate light bulb replacement···························7-64Position light bulb replacement···································7-61Rear combination light bulb replacement ···················7-62Side marker light bulb replacement ····························7-61Side repeater light bulb replacement···························7-62Turn signal light bulb replacement······························7-61

Bulb wattage ····································································8-2

A

B

I 3

Index

California Perchlorate Notice ········································7-75Capacities (Lubricants) ····················································8-4Care

Exterior care ································································7-66Interior care ·································································7-71Tire care·······································································7-37

Cargo capacity ·······························································5-57Cargo security screen·····················································4-87Cargo weight··································································5-61Center console storage···················································4-81Central door lock switch················································4-10Certification label ··························································5-59Changing a tire with TPMS···········································6-10Changing tires································································6-13Chains

Safety chains································································5-51Tire chains ···································································7-49Tire chains ···································································5-47

Checking tire inflation pressure·····································7-38Child restraint system ····················································3-30

Auto lock mode (Passenger seat belt) ·························3-33Tether anchor system···················································3-35Lower anchor system···················································3-36

Child-protector rear door lock ·······································4-12Climate control system (Automatic) ·····························4-71

Air conditioning ··························································4-77

Automatic heating and air conditioning······················4-72Manual heating and air conditioning···························4-73

Climate control system (Manual) ·································4-62Air conditioning ··························································4-67Heating and air conditioning ·······································4-63

Cigarette lighter ·····························································4-83Climate control air filter ················································4-69Climate control air filter ················································7-29Clock (Digital) ·······························································4-86Combined instrument, see instrument cluster ···············4-33Compact spare tire ·························································6-18Compact spare tire replacement ····································7-42Consumer information ·····················································8-8Coolant···········································································7-22Cooling fluid, see engine coolant ··································7-22Crankcase emission control system·······························7-72Cruise control system ····················································5-36Cup holder ·····································································4-84Curtain air bag ·······························································3-55

Dashboard, see instrument cluster ·································4-33Dashboard illumination,

see instrument panel illumination ·······························4-34Defogging (Windshield) ················································4-78Defogging logic (Windshield) ·······································4-80Defroster (Rear window) ···············································4-60Defrosting (Windshield) ················································4-78

C

D

Index

4I

Digital clock···································································4-86Dimensions ······································································8-2Displays, see instrument cluster ····································4-33Display illumination, see instrument panel illumination···4-34Door locks········································································4-9

Central door lock switch ·············································4-10Child-protector rear door lock·····································4-12

Drinks holders, see cup holders·····································4-84Driver's air bag·······························································3-49Driving at night······························································5-43Driving in flooded areas ················································5-44Driving in the rain··························································5-44

Economical operation ····················································5-40Electric chromic mirror (ECM) ·····································4-30Electronic power steering ·············································4-28Emergency starting ··························································6-4

Jump starting ·································································6-4Push starting ··································································6-5

Emergency tailgate safety release··································4-14Emergency towing ·························································6-21Emergency while driving·················································6-2Emission control system················································7-72

Crankcase emission control system·····························7-72Evaporative emission control (including ORVR)

System ·······································································7-72Exhaust emission control system ································7-73

Engine compartment ················································2-4, 7-2Engine coolant ·······························································7-22Engine number·································································8-7Engine oil·······································································7-21Engine overheats······························································6-6Engine temperature gauge ·············································4-35Engine will not start·························································6-3Evaporative emission control (including ORVR) System ··7-72Exhaust emission control system···································7-73Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ···············7-18Exterior care···································································7-66Exterior features·····························································4-89

Roof rack ·····································································4-89

Flat tire···········································································6-12Changing tires······························································6-13Compact spare tire·······················································6-18Jack and tools ······························································6-12Removing and storing the spare tire····························6-13

Floor mat anchor(s) ·······················································4-86Fluid

Washer fluid·································································7-26Brakes/clutch fluid·······················································7-25

Folding the rear seat ······················································3-13Four wheel drive (4WD), See all wheel drive (AWD)··5-17Front fog light bulb replacement ···································7-61Front seat adjustment - manual ·······································3-5

EF

I 5

Index

Front seat adjustment - power ·········································3-6Fuel filler lid ··································································4-21Fuel gauge······································································4-36Fuel requirements ····························································1-3Fuses ··············································································7-50

Fuse/relay panel description········································7-54Main fuse and multi fuse·············································7-53Memory fuse································································7-52

GaugeEngine temperature gauge ···········································4-35Fuel gauge ···································································4-36

Glassroof, see sunroof ···················································4-24Glove box·······································································4-81

Hazard warning flasher··················································4-49Hazardous driving conditions ········································5-42Headlight bulb replacement···········································7-60Headlight escort function···············································4-50Headlight welcome function··········································4-50Headrest··································································3-8, 3-12Heating and air conditioning ·········································4-63High mounted stop light replacement ···························7-64Highway driving ····························································5-45Hitches ···········································································5-51Hood···············································································4-19

Horn ···············································································4-29How to use this manual ···················································1-2

Ignition key interlock system ········································5-14Indicators and warnings·················································4-40Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster ···················1-7Instrument cluster ··························································4-33

Engine temperature gauge ···········································4-35Fuel gauge ···································································4-36Instrument panel illumination ·····································4-34Odometer/Tripmeter ····················································4-37Speedometer ································································4-34Tachometer ··································································4-34Trip computer ······························································4-36Warning and indicators················································4-40

Instrument panel illumination········································4-34Instrument panel overview···············································2-3Interior care····································································7-71Interior features······························································4-83

Ashtray ········································································4-83Cigarette lighter ···························································4-83Cargo security screen ··················································4-87Cup holder ···································································4-84Digital clock ································································4-86Floor mat anchor(s) ·····················································4-86Luggage net (holder) ···················································4-87Power outlet·································································4-85

G

I

H

Index

6I

Sunvisor ·······································································4-84Interior light ···································································4-58Interior light bulb replacement ······································7-65Interior overview······························································2-2Interlock system·····························································5-14

Jack and tools·································································6-12Jump starting····································································6-4

Key positions ···································································5-5Keys ·················································································4-3

Label Air bag warning label ··················································3-63Certification label ························································5-59Tire and loading information label······························5-57Tire sidewall labeling ··················································7-43Tire specification and pressure label ·····························8-7Vehicle certification label ··············································8-6

Latch system, see lower anchor system·························3-36License plate light bulb replacement ·····························7-64Light bulbs ·····································································7-59

Headlight bulb replacement·········································7-60Position light bulb replacement···································7-61Turn signal light bulb replacement······························7-61

Side marker light bulb replacement ····························7-61Front fog light bulb replacement·································7-61High mounted stop light replacement ·························7-64Interior light bulb replacement ····································7-65License plate light bulb replacement···························7-64Rear combination light bulb replacement ···················7-62Side repeater light bulb replacement···························7-62

Lighting··········································································4-50Battery saver function··················································4-50Headlight escort function ············································4-50Headlight welcome function ·······································4-50

Low tire pressure telltale ·················································6-8Lower anchor system·····················································3-36Lubricants and capacities·················································8-4Luggage net (holder) ·····················································4-87Luggage rack, see roof rack···········································4-89Lumbar support································································3-7

Main fuse and multi fuse ···············································7-53Maintenance

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ·············7-18Maintenance services·····················································7-3Maintenance under severe usage conditions ···············7-17Normal maintenance schedule·······································7-7Owner maintenance ·······················································7-4Scheduled maintenance service·····································7-6Tire maintenance ·························································7-42

K

L

M

J

I 7

Index

Maintenance services·······················································7-3Manual climate control system······································4-62

Air conditioning ··························································4-67Climate control air filter ··············································4-69Heating and air conditioning ·······································4-63

Manual heating and air conditioning·····························4-73Manual transaxle······························································5-7Memory fuse··································································7-52Mirrors ···········································································4-30

Electric chromic mirror (ECM)···································4-30Inside rearview mirror ·················································4-30Outside rearview mirror ··············································4-31

Moonroof, see sunroof···················································4-24

Neck restraints, see headrest ··································3-8, 3-12

Occupant classification system······································3-44Odometer/Tripmeter ······················································4-37Oil (Engine) ···································································7-21Outside rearview mirror·················································4-31Overheats ·········································································6-6Owner maintenance ·························································7-4

Panorama sunroof ··························································4-24Parking brake ·································································7-27

Parking brake ·································································5-25Passenger's front air bag ················································3-49Position light bulb replacement ·····································7-61Power brakes··································································5-24Power outlet ···································································4-85Power window lock button ············································4-18Pre-tensioner seat belt····················································3-24Push starting·····································································6-5

Rear combination light bulb replacement······················7-62Rear seat adjustment ······················································3-12Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ··················7-37Recommended lubricants and capacities·························8-4

Recommended SAE viscosity number··························8-5Remote keyless entry·······················································4-4Reporting safety defects ··················································8-9Road warning···································································6-2Rocking the vehicle ·······················································5-42Roof rack ·······································································4-89

Safety chains··································································5-51Scheduled maintenance service ·······································7-6

Normal maintenance schedule·······································7-7Maintenance under severe usage conditions ···············7-17

Seat belts ········································································3-16Pre-tensioner seat belt ·················································3-24

N

O

P

R

S

Index

8I

Seat belt - Driver's ·······················································3-18Seat belts - Front passenger and rear seat ···················3-19Seat belt warning ·························································3-17

Seat warmer ···································································3-10Seatback pocket ·····························································3-11Seating capacity ·····························································5-57Seats ·················································································3-2

Armrest ········································································3-13Headrest································································3-8, 3-12Folding the rear seat ····················································3-13Front seat adjustment - manual ·····································3-5Front seat adjustment - power ·······································3-6Lumbar support ·····························································3-7Rear seat adjustment····················································3-12Seatback pocket ···························································3-11Seat warmer ·································································3-10

Shift lock system ···························································5-14Side impact air bag ························································3-53Side marker light bulb replacement·······························7-61Side repeater light bulb replacement ·····························7-62Spare tire

Compact spare tire·······················································6-18Compact spare tire replacement ··································7-42Removing and storing the spare tire····························6-13

Smooth cornering···························································5-43Snow tires ······································································7-48Snow tires ······································································5-46Special driving conditions ·············································5-42

Driving at night ···························································5-43

Driving in flooded areas ··············································5-44Driving in the rain ·······················································5-44Hazardous driving conditions······································5-42Highway driving ··························································5-45Rocking the vehicle ·····················································5-42Smooth cornering ························································5-43

Speedometer···································································4-34Sports mode ···································································5-13Starting difficulties, see engine will not start ··················6-3Starting the engine ···························································5-6Steering wheel ·······························································4-28

Horn·············································································4-29Electronic power steering ············································4-28Tilt steering··································································4-28

Steering wheel audio control ·········································4-90Storage compartment ·····················································4-81

Center console storage·················································4-81Glove box ····································································4-81Sunglass holder····························································4-82

Summer tires··································································7-48Sunglass holder······························································4-82Sunroof···········································································4-24Sunvisor ·········································································4-84

Tachometer·····································································4-34Tailgate···········································································4-13

Emergency tailgate safety release ·······························4-14

T

I 9

Index

Tether anchor system ·····················································3-35Theft-alarm system ··························································4-7Tie-down hook (for flatbed towing) ······························6-24Tilt steering ····································································4-28Tire and loading information label ································5-57Tires pressure monitoring system (TPMS)······················6-7

Changing a tire with TPMS·········································6-10Low tire pressure telltale ···············································6-8TPMS (Tire pressure monitoring system)

malfunction indicator ··················································6-9Tire specification and pressure label ·······························8-7Tires and wheels·····················································7-37, 8-3

All season tires ····························································7-48Checking tire inflation pressure ··································7-38Compact spare tire replacement ··································7-42Radial-ply tires ····························································7-49Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ················7-37Snow tires ····································································7-48Summer tires································································7-48Tire care·······································································7-37Tire chains ···································································7-49Tire maintenance ·························································7-42Tire replacement ··························································7-41Tire rotation ·································································7-39Tire sidewall labeling ··················································7-43Tire terminology and definitions ·································7-46Tire traction ·································································7-42Wheel alignment and tire balance ·······························7-40Wheel replacement ······················································7-42

Towing ···········································································6-20Emergency towing ·······················································6-21Removable towing hook (rear) ····································6-21Tie-down hook (for flatbed towing) ····························6-24

Towing capacity ·····························································5-57Trailer towing·································································5-50

Hitches ·········································································5-51Safety chains································································5-51Trailer brakes ·······························································5-51Weight of the trailer (tongue) ······································5-56

Transaxle Automatic transaxle·····················································5-10Manual transaxle ···························································5-7

Tripmeter········································································4-37Trip computer ································································4-36Turn signal light bulb replacement ································7-61

Vehicle break-in process ··················································1-5Vehicle certification label ················································8-6Vehicle data collection and event data recorders·············1-6Vehicle identification number (VIN)·······························8-6Vehicle load limit···························································5-57

Cargo capacity ·····························································5-57Certification label ························································5-59Seating capacity···························································5-57Tire and loading information label······························5-57Towing capacity···························································5-57Vehicle capacity weight···············································5-57

V

Index

10I

Vehicle weight ·······························································5-61Base curb weight ·························································5-61Cargo weight ·······························································5-61GAW (Gross axle weight) ···········································5-61GAWR (Gross axle weight rating) ······························5-61GVW (Gross vehicle weight) ······································5-61GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating)·························5-61

Washer fluid···································································7-26Waste tray, see ashtray···················································4-83Warnings and indicators ················································4-40Weight ············································································5-61

Base curb weight ·························································5-61Cargo weight ·······························································5-61GAW (Gross axle weight) ···········································5-61GAWR (Gross axle weight rating) ······························5-61GVW (Gross vehicle weight) ······································5-61GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating)·························5-61

Wheel alignment and tire balance ·································7-40Wheel replacement ························································7-42Windows ········································································4-15

Auto up/down window ················································4-17Power window lock button··········································4-18

Windshield defrosting and defogging····························4-78Defogging logic ···························································4-80

Winter driving································································5-46Snow tires ····································································5-46Tire chains ···································································5-47

Wiper blades ··································································7-31Wipers and washers ·······················································4-54

W

Documents

2010 tuscan